Skip to main content

Full text of "The sacred edict"

See other formats


\    STUPIA     IN 


Presented  to 
THE  LIBRARY 

of 
VICTORIA  UNIVERSITY 

Toronto 
by 

Leslie  G.    Kilborn 


•e 


r  > 


• 


! 


.• 


THE 


SACKED  EDICT 


WITH   A    TRANSLATION    OF&T It E    COLLOQUIAL    RENDERING 


NOTES  AND    VOCABULARY 


F.   W.   BALLEll 


PREPARED  FOR   THE   USE  OF   JUNIOR   MEMBERS    OF    THE  CHINA  INLAND   MISSION 


SHANGHAI 

• 

„•     AMERICAN    PUESBYTEIUAN    MISSION   PKESS 


189-J 


} 

_     l 


Es 

\  Q.QO 

j  ^  J  L 

TV,  I 


\ 


* 

i 


SHANGHAI 
AMERICAN     PRESBYTERIAN     MISSION     PRESS 

(Price  with  Vocabulary  Three  Dollars.) 


56695 


PREFACE. 


THE  Student  of  Chinese  whose  aim  is  to  acquire  a  good  knowledge 
of  colloquial,  is  speedily  confronted  by  two  difficul'.ios.     On  the  one 
hand,  few  teachers  \vill  talk  to  their  pupils  as  they  talk 
to  their  fellow-countrymen  ;  while  on  the  other,  there  is  Vaiucorthcbook 

<•    *     •     i          i  11  i  ,    to  the  Student. 

a  great  scarcity  of  suitable  books,   such  as  works   of 
travel,  history,  adventure,  etc.»  written  in  everyday  language.     The 
consequence  is,  that  in  many  c£ses  the  beginner  falls  into  a  style  of 
language,  which  though  intelligible  is  not  by  any  means  "  a  well  of 
Chinese  uudefiled." 

Novels  and  moral  treatises  written  from  a  Buddhist  standpoint 
do  indeed  abound,  but  the  former  are,  as  a  rule,  loaded  with  all 
manner  of  indecency  both  of  thought  and  expression,  and  the  latter 
soon  become  very  tedious  reading.  And  even  in  books,  to  whose 
subject  matter  no  one  can  take  exception,  a  page  or  two  of  colloquial 
is  commonly  followed  by  several  pages  written  in  the  Uen-U  (]£  $]£), 
i.e.,  literary  style. 

In  the  Sacred  Edict  the  Student  will  find  a  thesaurus  of  everyday 
words,  phrases,  and  idioms  ;  and  he  who  has  it  at  his  tongue's  end  and 
knows  how  to  use  it,  may  safely  count  upon  being  "  well  uuderstauded 
of  the  common  people." 

In  its  original  form,  the  Sacred  Edict  consisted  merely  in  the 
sixteen  Maxims  of  the  Emperor  IPauq-hsi,  each  con- 

.    .  ,  ,         .  .  ,  .  Origin  and  style. 

taming  seven  words,  and  written  in  the  highest  literary 

style.     These  were  issued  as  a  Hortatory  Edict  in   1670,  and  were 

hung  up  in  prominent  positions  in  the  law  courts  of  the  Empire. 

In  1724  long-chcng  (K'any-hsi's  sou  and  successor)  republished 
the  Edict  in  an  enlarged  form,  superadding  a  series  of  ample 
expositions  of  his  father's  texts,  written  in  a  simple  literary  style. 
A  high  official  named  Uang-ia-p'uh  (]£  5C  H)»  holding  the  position  of 
Salt  Commissioner  in  Sheusi,  feeling  that  the  style  was  still  too  abstruse 
for  ordinary  people  to  understand,  rendered  this  exposition  into 
colloquial,  dilating  upon  and  illustrating  the  thoughts  contained  in  it, 
and  interspersing  it  with  proverbs  and  homely  sayings.  Classical 
quotations  too,  that  Lave  passed  into  curr'jnt  use,  are  occasionally 
introduced,  and  here  and  there  are  to  be  fourjd  parts  written  in  a  very 
simple  literary  style.  The  latter,  though  n  jt  numerous,  still  from  a 

iii 


Chinese  point  of  view,  redeem  the  book  from  being  too  simple — an 
unpardonable  fault  in  the  eyes  of  Chinese  scholars.  It  is  this  Colloquial 
Rendering  which  is  above  referred  to,  as  containing  a  thesaurus  of 
everyday  words,  phrases  and  idioms. 

The    beginner   will    do   well   to   beware   of   the  very   common 
mistake  of  trying  to  translate  word  for  word.     This  is  to  attempt  the 
impossible.     At  the  same   time  he  ought  certainly  to 

Mode  of  study.  ,  c    , ,  ,     ,  ,  .     ,  „ 

acquire,  by  means  01  the  vocabulary,  a  knowledge  of 
each  individual  word  and  phrase.  Then,  with  the  aid  of  a  teacher, 
he  should  grasp  the  general  drift  of  the  passage,  and  make  as  good  a 
translation  as  possible ;  and  finally,  he  should  compare  the  result  with 
the  translation  in  the  book,  and  with  the  notes. 

In  the  translation,  style  has  >  sometimes  been  sacrificed  to 
literalness — some  parts  being  over-taanslated  for  the  benefit  of  the 
beginner.  In  many  cases  it  is  an  idea  rather  than  a  word  that  has  to 
be  expressed,  and  the  best  rendering  is  the  one  which  most  idiomatically 
expresses  the  shade  of  meaning  of  the  original.  To  study  the  translation 
with  the  text  right  away  will  perhaps  seem  to  the  student  to  be  a  great 
saving  of  time.  At  first  it  may  be  so ;  but  the  greatest  and  most 
lasting  benefit  will  result  from  independent  and  painstaking  effort  on 
the  lines  indicated  above.  With  a  view  to  lighten  labour,  the  text  has 
been  punctuated  and  divided  into  paragraphs. 

He  who  studies  this  work  with  a  view  to  becoming  a  good  speaker 
of  colloquial,  must  learu  phrases  and  sentences  off  by  heart.  And  in 
acquiring  them,  he  should  commit  them  to  memory  with  both  tones 
and  aspirates,  regarding  these  as  integral  parts  of  the  language.  This 
may  seem  tedious  at  first,  but  the  after  results  will  more  than  compensate 
for  all  the  extra  work.  The  Chinese  think  in  quotations ;  and  he  who 
can  quote  their  ready-made  expressions,  will  add  a  vivacity  to  his  style, 
which  will  be  greatly  to  his  advantage  in  his  intercourse  with  the 
people.  He  will  do  well  too  to  put  the  question  to  his  teacher,  "  Es 
this  sentence  inconstant  use  here;'"  (Chcs-kii  hua  tsai-chte-li  ch'ang 
iong  ma  Jifi)j$&5!X1tA]  PJi)  ™  order  to  get  any  local 
equivalents. 

The  Sacred  Edict  is  also  useful  as  giving  a  comprehensive  view 

of  Chinese  life  and  character,  and  shewing  the  value  of  mere  moral 

teaching.     In  every  chapter  may  be  seen  the  importance 

attached  by  this  people  to  respect  to  parents  and  seniors, 

general  reader.  *  ... 

and  deference  to  rulers  ; — principles  which  probably  have 
done  much  toward  securing  that  long  continuance  as  d  nation,  of  which 
China  is  justly  proud :— but  the  only  true  source  of  right  action, 
the  recognition  of  man'I  responsibility  to  God,  is  unknown — almost 
unhinted  at-  I 

i? 


It  also  illustrates  the  extremes  of  Chinese  character.  On  the 
one  hand;  may  be  seen  a  shrewdness,  and  a  knowledge  of  human  nature 
difficult  to  equal,  and  on  the  other,  a  credulity  and  childishness,  which 
are  pitiable  in  the  extreme. 

And  lastly,  it  well  exemplifies  both  the  strength  and  weakness  of 
mere  morality.  There  is  high  thinking,  but  the  outcome  is  low  living. 
These  moral  maxims  have  no  life-giving  power  in  them.  They  are 
as  sterile  as  a  schoolboy's  copybook  headings.  However  brilliant  these 
"Lights  of  Asia"  may  appear  through  the  richly  tinted  medium  of 
poetic  imagery  borrowed  from  Western  culture,  the  people  of  China 
who  have  followed  them  for  generations  are  still  enveloped  in  a 
darkness  which  may  be  felt.  Nothing  but  Divine  motive  power  can 
raise  fallen  humanity. 

p"  Thou  bleeding  Lamb, 
Thou  maker  of  new  morals  for  mankind, 
The  best  morality  is  love  of  Thee." 

The  edition  used  is  one  published  in  Wuchang  (jj£  J|)  by  the 
Hupeh  Kuan-shu  Ch'u  (jgj  ;ft  *jr  ff  ;^).  It  is  issued 
with  the  sanction  of  the  Provincial  Authorities,  and 
differs  from  the  ordinary  editions  in  having  extracts 
from  the  Penal  Code  printed  in  full  in  many  of  the  chapters.  The 
wording  too,  is  slightly  different  from  that  of  the  original  edition. 

The  IJcn-li  text  o£  long-chsng  is  printed  together  with  the 
original  Preface  at  the  end  of  the  book.  They  are  not  translated :  to 
have  translated  them  would  have  been  foreign  to  the  object  in  view. 

The  work  is  intended  to  serve  as  a  supplement  to  the  "Mandarin 
Primer";*  and  is  published  to  enable  those  who  are 

i  .,  ,  ,          Object  of  the  work, 

beginning  to  preach  the  gospel,  to  acquire  such  a 
knowledge  of  Chinese  thought  and  expression  as  will 
give  them  power  to  put  truth  clearly  and  forcibly  before  the  people. 

Warmest  thanks  are  due  to  F.  Howard  Taylor,  M.D.,  F.  R.  C.  S., 
(Lond.),  etc.,  and  H.  N.  Lachlan,  Esq.,  M.A.,  for  much  valuable  help, 
and  many  most  useful  suggestions. 


F.  W.  BALLEB. 


GANKINC, 

October,  1S92. 


*  MANDARIN    TUIMKK.     Price  Two   Dollars.     Shanghai  iaii  Mission 

Press. 


In  the  notes  on  the  Text,  and  in  the  Vocabulary,  the  following 
abbreviations  are  used  : — 

Cp.       =       compare. 

Lit.       =       literally. 

i.e.        =       that  is. 

e.g.       =      for  example. 

N.A.     =       munerary  adjunct. 

The  figure  1.  2.  3.  or  4.  affixed  to  the  Romanised  equivalent  of  a 
character,  indicates  the  tone  in  which  it  should  be  read,  whether  1 
thang-p'ing  (J;  Zfc),  2  hsia-p'ing  ("f  Zjl),  3  shang-sheng  (_[;  ^),  or  4 
k'ii-s/ieng  (^j  f^.).  The  fifth  tone  ruh-sheng  (\  ^)  is  indicated 
by  a  final  //. 


' 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER.  j 

I.    DUTEOUSNEI&S   AND   SUBORDINATION  1 

II.  CLAN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  HARMONY       19 

III.  KEEPING  THE  PEACE          29 

IV.  FARMING  AND  MULBERRY  CULTURE       • 42 

V.  THRIFT  AND  ECONOMY       ...  51 

VI.  SCHOOLS  AND  ACADEMIES 62 

VII.  HERETICAL  SECTS 72 

VIII.  LAWS  AND  PENALTIES        88 

IX.    COURTEOUSNESS           ...  99 

X.  ABIDING  IN  ONE'S  VOCATION         110 

XI.  EDUCATION  OP  THE  YOUNG           ...                    ...  119 

XII.  PREVENTION  OF  FALSE  ACCUSATIONS        134. 

XIII.  SHELTERING  DESERTERS      143 

XIV.  PAYMENT  OF  TAXES            149 

XV.  WARDS  AND  TITHINGHS         156 

XVI.  MAKING  UP  QUARRELS        169 

USN-LI  TEXT            ...         ...         182 

INDEX  TO  NOTES  213 


Vll 


in 


i\      &      tik. 


T 


ft 


A 


THE    SACRED    EDICT 

WITH 

EXPOSITION  AND  COLLOQUIAL  It 

CHAPTER  I. 

"  tin  force  diiteousnetis  and  subordination,  >-j  as  to 
emphasize   nodal   obligations*^ 

Introduction. 

1.  The  meaning  of  the  d  Emperor :!  :   (he)  savs  : — • 
Our    Imperial    Ancestor,     the     Benevolent''     Emperor     ruled"1 
the    empire  for    sixty-one   years.     Those8    he    held  in  the    highest 
esteem  were  his  ancestors  ;    consequently  he   exhorted  everybody   to 
duteousness7  and    subordination.      Hence,    in    the    sixic'-n   ^ec> 
of  the  Sacred  Edict,  duteousness  and  subordination  are  first  in  onu-r  . 

1.  Lir.,  Sacred   (i.e.  Imperial)  command,  broad  instruction.,  atraitrht  explanation. 

Th"   shen ;/-•//   (J£-l  '(jjji)  refers  to  the   Sixteen   Maxims  of   K'n     i-Uai    (j^    ftft);      / 
/I.SI/IH  (1^5  gj||)  to  thu   Exposition   by  his  son  I<nij-ckenj  ($£  'jp)  and  ch'ih-kiai  (|f[  f$) 
to  the  Trausiai-ion  or  Hendering  into  colloquial. 

2.  Uespect   is   indicated  in   Chinests   wri1  intf   by  the  t'le.ation   of  cliai  arters    one. 
two,  or  tliree  placKa  abovu  tin*  eolumn  in  which   t  he.y  are  f   'ind.      tS|ie'-i:ii    i.  ^pect.  IH 
uhewn   to  aneeb'ur.H  of   ihr.   imperial   lino   by  raising  their  i  tlea  to  tho    third    place. 
Seo  Mayer's  Cliinesn  (Jovernment. 

3.  Li:.,  Lord  of  lO.tlOO  years:   ie  (5K)  forma  part  of  ma  :y  appol'.arionn  of  hononi 

4.  AV  .v  /i  :IIIT  <i-t<  (^.  ^  ^)  is   t  In-  "  lempltt-: inn,'  (  /-/w  (i&  lft& )  th<>  f  at.hei' 
of  lint.j-c;.' ••'//  (fjji  "jfj    and                                                  i.f    the     |ir'-     -nt,    dvi    isly     fl 

(?3  W)-      ^"   reigned  from  A.  II.   UJf'i^  to  ',  7'_'H.       Ul  etnporon    have  a   name   by   which 
tliey  aro  worshipped  after  death  :   Lhirtisc;  »i  "  temple  d.-n    .•:  .. 

6.  Li'  the    tlironc  A^      f,       i,  .  l,jr     heaven,    uieaiiH 

Chin:-,  pi-t.per  I    cp.   Luke  ii.  1. 


pi-t.per 

fi.    7'i't  (jtj)   hei-ez=tlioao  who. 

7.  Hs'aa  (&•)  filial  resjwJC^    ti  (^})  brotherly  H  i*  " 
b.  b\>r  use  of  »A-iic  ••  (—  ^)  a\>pl^    ig  to  two  BabjeoU, 


;  chap,  iv  j  noto 


£ 


a.  # 


7'  <&.  BIB. 


a 


ft 


in 


S    BE.   BE. 


T 


p. 


Definition  of 


A 


2.  What  is  duteousness?  Duty1  to  parents  is  a  self-evident 
principle3  of  nature'",  and  the  root  of  virtuous  conduct  in  tnan. 

Indebtedness  to  Parents. 

o.  You  who  are4  children,  and  do  not  know  how  to  do  your 
duty  by  your  parents,  only  think5  of  their  passionate  affection  for 
you  and  see  whether  you  ought  to  be  filial  or  not. 

When  you  were  (a  babe)  in  arms,  were  you  hungry  ?  you 
could0  not  feed  yourself:  cold?  you  could,  not  clothe  yourself. 
Your  parents  looked  upon  your  face,7  listened  to  your  voice. 
Did  you  bingh  ?  they  were  pleased:  did  you  cry?  they  were 
sad:  did  you  toddle?  step  oy  step  they  followed  you.'  If  you 
had  never  so  trifling  an  ailment  they  were  distressed8  to  the 
last  degree,  and  could  not  take  their  food.9  They  grieved,  not 
that  children  were  difficult  to  rear,  but  at  their  own  blunders; 


1.   Lil-..    This    duly  :    <:!„,•     (*§)     ;Uul    ckte-lco 


,    '"'o    often   nsc-d     to    call 


attention  to  or  einplijisi/e  ;i  .. 

-.    Lit.,  throughout;   heaven  ;mil  earih. 

:j.   '/'-in-li  (_j|J  JIj!)  a  riir],fc  principle;  the  nitioiinle  of  aiiylliint;. 

'••  I  *"  (f&)  "frcn  =  "  to  be"  i:i  :vn  nci  ivo  sense;  iii-utf.n,  you,  lib.  \viio,  /.so  n-ln'i, 
;ici  i  he  ]>:irt.  of  sons. 

o.  Tlio  use  of  [in  (-fG)  is  to  introduce  the  object  of  the  verb;  it  here  introduces 
the  object,  of  the  verb  xm)i:;  (;$). 

6.  If  n.i'i  (<j^)  indicating  acquired  ability. 

7.  Jt'i  (9i)  forms  part  of  nfluiy  nouns. 

8.  Til  i,  (fl^j)  here  =  te/i  ('flj-J  and  is  used  as  an  auxiliary  to  complete  the  action  of 
tlie  verb.      It  frequently  has  at4  adverbial  force. 

y.  Lit.,    tea  and  rice  ;    op.  English  "  bread."     Matthew  vi.  11  . 


,  "K  ft 


ATE, 
ft    ^    B 


a 


JL 


3      IP      — 

i»v       'Llt>k 


B  m 

nts  — 

*  ff- 

"F.  ^ 


fKl.  R 

#.  «; 

A,  ftr 

xf>  * 

*n  •* 

s  # 


A    f* 
Ift    fif 


and  were  more  than  willing  to  bear  (the  sickness)  in  their  own  per 
sons1.    They  waited  till  you  were  well  before  their  minds  were  at  ease2. 

They  looked  forward  with,  great  expectation3  to  your  coining 
to  manhood.  You  do  not  know  how  much  fatigue  they  endured  ; 
how  much  anxiety  they  bore  to  rear  you  and  to  instruct  you. 
When  you  had  grown  up  and  come  of  age,  they  chose4  you  a  wife 
to  bear  you  children;  hoped  you  would  study  and  obtain  a 
degree ; — got  together  a  little  property  to  set  you  up  in  life  :— 
which  of  these  things  was  not  a  matter  of  cone  ru  to  your  parents' 
heart  ? 

Just  think :  You  were  born  a  little  naked  being  and  did5 
not  bring  a  stitch  of  silk  or  cotton  with  you.  Up  till  now  you 
have  had  food  and  clothing  (through)  your  pai  uts'  kindness:  c;iu 
you  (ever)  repay  them  ?  If  you  don't  realize  t'lo  kindness  of  your 
parents,  just  think  of  the  affection  with  which  YOU  treat  your  own 
children  and  then  you  will  know.  Well  .said  th  •  Ancients,  "Bring 

1.  Tx'tany  (l&)=pa  (ffi)  page  2. 

2.  Lit.,  let  go;  i.e.,   from  a  state  of  suspense.      ]f*lu  O")  In-  M-nily 
nii  auxiliary   to  1«lie   verb. 

»         3.  Emphatic  expressions  similarly  constructed  of  j-liree    ir    four  character*,    are 
very  common.     It  will  be  noticed  that  the  second  and  third    'laracters  are  the  mini*'. 
I.    In  China,  the  choice  of  :i  wife  is  in  the  hands  of»the  y    rents. 
5.  '/'.t'eiKj  (•f^)=rsigu  of  the  past  tense  :  it  always  precei. ••«  the  \ 


^i         41 


X 

ft 


l~t 

0 


"t2<     •&+ 

*    T. 


0. 


*.    0, 


II 


± 


*1pf       vE»       ^^>, 


ft 


*.  * 


up  children,  and  you  will  then  understand  the  kindness  of  your 
parents."  Now  seeing  that  you  are  aware  of  the  kindness  of  your 
parents,  why  do  you  not  do  your  duty  by  them  ? 

•  Recompence  to  Parents. 

4.  Now  the  performance  of  duty  to  parents  is  no  impossibility  ; 
it  is  merely  to  put  their  minds  at  rest,  and  to  care  for  their  bodies. 
How  put  their  minds  at  rest?  At  home  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
things  do  good  and  be  good.  If1  you  are  a  scholar,  study  with 
painstaking  application  ;  if  a  farmer,  cultivate  the  land  diligently; 
if  either  engaged  in  trade  or  making  a  livelihood  by  working  for 
others,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  be  content  with  your  lot. 

There  are  your  grandparents  above-  your  parents,  and  by 
their  jside  are  the  younger  children.  Care  ior  both  with  more  than 
ordinary  attention,  if  :!  you  would  shew  special  consideration4  for 
the  wishes  of  your  parents,  that  they  may  6  be  free  from  caro  all  their 
days.  This6  is  (all  that  is  required)  to  put  their  minds  at  rest. 

How  should  you  minister  to  their  bodily  (wants)?  To  the 
extent  of  your  ability,  to  the  limit"  of  your  means,  sedulously 

1.  Supposition  is  very  frequently  implied  rather  than  expressed. 

'2.  Shany-mien  (J;  j|j)=above  in  point  of  age  and  respect  due  to  them. 

3.  la<>  (jgi)  and  iao-shi  (!g  ^)  ofteri=condition  or  supposition.  * 

4.  T'i  (f|)  primarily  meant)   "a  body;"    hence  to  embody  or  shew  in   action      It 
here=t't'-t'*«fc  (ff  Bfi). 

5.  Lit.,  live  a  day  expand  the  breast  a  day. 

G.  Pien  (•Jg)  ig  used  in  boolAj  as  the  equivalent  of  tsiu 

4 


L 


&  l|0  III  ffi  S?  HB  * 

-?  'g  T0 .  fl  ^  *  » 

fi  ?L|  5  A  T>%  g  m 

j£  H  H  ^  S'  W  Me 

«  ^  m  m  ^  '«  ^ 

A0  ^  H  U:  iio  (ffi  pf 


A 


ft   4- 


> 


cherish  x  ii>o  aged  couple.  Rather  eat  less  and  use  less  yourself, 
that  they  may  have  all  they  want  to  eat  and  to  use.  Take-  a  little 
trouble  for  your  father  and  mother.  Bear  some  of  their  burdens. 
lf:?  they  are  ill,  call  a  doctor  to  attend  them:  this  is  (all  that  is 
required)  to  care  for  their  bodies. 

On  no  account  go  gambling  and  drinking.  On  no  account 
fight  with  others.4  Do  not  secretly  lay  up  money  for  private  use, 
loving  6  your  wife  and  children  but  neglecting  your  parents.  Just 
make  the  aged  couple0  as  nappy  as  possible  day  by  day:  thin  is 
acting  dutifully  indeed. 

further    Application    of  the    Principle   of   l)iitcoitsiiess. 

5.  Again,  let  us  shew  the  application  of  this  principle.  Years 
age,  the  philosopher  Txwy  of  the  Confucian  school,7  said  : — • 

"  Parents  naturally  hope  their  sons  will  ho  gentlemen. s  If 
the;;  suffer  their  bodies  to  commit  disorderly  acts,  are  harum-scarum 

1.  Feny-ch'ev;/   ($7?:)    usually   menus   "to   flatter;''    the  primary    moaning   uf 
the  two  characters  is  merely  "  to  present  and  roceivu  with  courtesy." 

2.  Lit,  for  your  paveiita,  take  in  iheir  stead  some  trouble. 

3.  When  i<i.  (^ff)  begins  a  sentence,  it  often  implies  a  supposition. 

4.  Ren  (A)  often— '.' others "  when  used  m  contrast. 

5.  Tiny  (ft^t'enij.™  (&  ®). 

6.  Tn  «&)  constant  (ftj  fp1]). 

7.  Lit.,  door;  hence  the  cut  ratico  into  a .son ,  or  the  op.     "disciples 
of  the  Porch."    Tscn<j-fii-t*i  (f^"  ^  ^f-)  a  f:  •                     i'.o  of  Confooiua and  the  reputed 
author  i  f  a  woi  k  entitled    I'lioliient   r.eirning,  td-h<ioh  (^  J^). 

8.  Chrn'j-kiny  ( ]£  j^)     "upright'1   in   a   Confooiap  sense.      Id-re  n  appl.f  - 
to  iiitlividnal  depoitmunt  than  to  reeutude  between  man  and  nitlii. 


fr  A  £  $  W  0 
*  A  m  *  *  & 
tt'  H  '  X  7.  £  •  HE 


ft 


ft 

T 


•& 


± 


T 


*J. 

.-'* 


JR. 


H 


A 


, 

•tfc    9>    -f 

in  deportment  —  this  is  to  treat  the  bodies  transmitted  by  the  parents 
with  contumely,  and  is  undubiful. 

Parents  hope  their  sons  mil  become  loyal  Ministers  of  State. 
If  they  acb  falsely1  and  fraudulently  in  serving  the  Government,  it 
is  the  same  as  defrauding  their  parents,  and  is  uudutiful. 

Parents  hope  their  sons  will  be  good  rulers.  If  they  impede 
the  affairs  of  the  State  and  oppress  the  people,  provoking  them  to 
ridicule,  and  bringing  about  difficulties;  even2  their  parents  will 
be  distressed;  (thi-s  too)  is  to  be  undutiful. 

Parents  hope  their  sous  will  form  friendships  with  worthy  men. 
If  in  their  intercourse3  with  friends  they  pay  no  regard  to  truth 
and  consistency,  but  are  wholly4  lacking  in  sincerity  so  that  every 
body  despises  them  ;  (this  too)  is  to  be  uudutiful. 

Parents  hope  their  sons  will  be  brave  fellows.  If  as  soldiers, 
they  go  to  battle,  but  are  frightened  and  \vill  not  gallantly  press 
forward  in  the  fight,  so  5  transgressing  military  regulations  and 
bringing  shame  upon  their  parents;  (this  too)  is  to  be  undutiful.'3 

It  is  evident  from  this  passage  of  the  philosopher  Tseng  that 
the  principle  of  filial  piety  is  very  inclusive. 

1.  Lit.,  iu  the  light  respectful,  iu  the  dark  disobedient. 

2.  le  (•&)  is  constantly  used  as  a  complement  of  lien  (~^L)- 

3.  Lit.,    vainly    corning,   falsely    going.      Such    expressions,    consisting    of    four 
characters,  are  very  common  in  colloquial  Chinese.     The  verbs  are  usflally  the  second 
and  last  words. 

4.  Muh-tien  ($%  jgi)  are  short  for  muJi-iu-ih-tien  (•$  ^f  —  f^). 

*       5-  7   (.£0  indicates  the  mea^s  used  to  ch'i  (J^)  bring  about,  cause,  certain  results. 
The  whole=''  whereby  was  occasioned  ;"  "  the  result  was." 

6. 


A. 


ft 


* 


J&  H 


£    in 


f±! 


,  T 


I'niliitJJ'nl    Coiuliirl    ft  iif/-    /to 

li.  Hut1  unfortunately  there  are  wilful  people  without  man 
ners  or  breeding.  If  their  parents  ask  them  for  a  single  thing, 
they  at  once  grow-  stingy  and  are  unwilling  to  give  it  them.  It' 
their  parents  command  them  to  do  a  single  act-,  they  at  once  excuse/ 
themselves  and  are  unwilling  to  obey.  Their  parents  find  fault  with 
them  or  scold  them  a  little  :  they  at  once  become  4  snlky.  Their  own 
wives  and  families  are  all  the  time  as  well  fed  and  warmly  clad  as 
can  be5,  while  their  parents  are  at  the  point  -of  starvation  :iml 
freezing.  That  Justice11  will  not  tolerate  men  of  this  stamp,  noes 
without  savins;:  even  their7  own  children  seeing  their  example,  will 
imitate;  them.  Notice—  where  have  uHcliUiful  sons  turned8  out 
any  good  children  ? 

1.  l'-l,;>.  (<'•,})  m«,in;ii-   "to  lean  toone«de,"   is  used  as   u  conjunction,    witli  ilic 
sense  <>!'    perversity  or  cciisnre  ;itt;icliod  to  it. 

I.'.   I/i.,   iiiiiiiircst,  a  stiniry  lic:ivi, 

:;.  Note  the  parallelism  with  Lho    last   Benfcence,     This   is  very  common   in  good 
<  'liinrsf. 

•1.    I,  it.,   cliaii^o  connifUMiK-i-  ;   op.  Gen.  iv.  6. 

."..   The  cmplr  ..ftition  of  j>fv>  (0(1)  itn-l  »  • 

c.   Lit.,  beavenly  principles,    i.e.,  moral   rectitude;   the  highest  heathen  iden  of 
ricrlit  ;  cp.  Acts,  \.\viii.  4. 

7    Note  the  change  of  person.     This  is  very  common  throughout  the  book,   the 
writer  seeming  l<>  tarn  Ins  attention  to  one  of  t.li.-  class  he  is  speaking  of. 

s    The  verb  is  inng-ch'^lai  (&  |U  *)  both  t,-h  and  ch'vk-lai    being  anxiliano, 
ased  to  denote  "h.-  resalt  -,f  the  action  of  verl..     It  is  a  common     diom  to  take  the 
firsl  character  of  the  auxiliaries  cA»ttA.lai  and  fc't-Zai  (£1  .*)  and  place   the  obj. 
the  verb  (as  here)  between  it  and  la.  (>&.     \  qnesti..n  in  this  form     a  very  strong 
negative.      It  is  a  common  thin-  t.)  m:iko  a  strong  statement    m  negative 
"  Unduliful  sons  have  novel-  turned  out  good  children." 


pf     J^ 

^  m. 


«.  T  £ 
ife  -  *fi 
tit 


T 


ft 


a  •*- 


-y-. 


-t!i 


Theu  there  is  an  ill-bred  expression  :  such  a  uiau'  will  say,  "  I 
'/o1  wish  to  be  filial,  but,  alas,  my  parents  do  not  love  me."  He  is 
unaware  however,  that  sons  ought  uoi.  to  discuss  right  and  wrono- 
with  their  parents.  Parents  are  a  like  heaven.  Haavt-n  produces  a, 
blade  of  grass.  The  arrival  of  spring  causing  it  to  geim.nate,  and 
autumn  coming  to  kill  it  with  frost,  are  equally  by  the  will  of 
lu-aveu.  In  like  manner,  the  power  of  life  and  death  over  the  body 
which  they  have  begotten,  lies  with  the  parents.8  What  have  you 
to  urge  (to  the  contrary)  ?  The  Ancients  said,  "  Under  heaven 
there  are  no  parents  in  the  wrong."  How  can  you  say  r.hafyour 
parents  do  not  love  you?  it  is  you,  who  are  undutifui  !  Besides,  if 
VJLU-  parents  do  not  love  you,  it  is  still  owing  to  your  undutit'ul 
conduct.  It  you  can  be  dutiful,  where4  is  there  one  that  will  be 
displeased  s1  Give  it  a  little  consideration  :  don't  you  5  see  ? 

Duties  of.  Urotkurx  to  one  another. 

7.  Besides  your  parents  there  are  your  brothers.  These  brothers 
must  not  be  looked  on  as  separable  the  one  from  the  other.  He  and 
I  are  one  flesh  and.  blood  ;  and  are  therefore  spoken  of  as  "  Hands 
and  Feet/'  li:  you  treat  your  brother  badly,  you  are  really  slighting 

1.  le  (-ft),)  here  is  emphatic. 

2.  Tsiu  (f0t)=feiu-8&f,  are. 

3.  Lit,,  say  what,  lou^  8|iOrt.     S/m/t  ch'any  tuan  (|£  -J|  ^)  is   ustd  of  talking  over 
the  pros  and  cons  ;  disoussmir  the  merits  of  a  case  ;  etc. 

4.  Nu  in  Ico  (M  ^  W=Ha-l*  *w  ih-h)  (M&~fi  —  flfl):  n<i-ll  id   used   iu  this  way 
!'j  c'x\)ivsa  a  strong  negative.    « 

5.  Liu.,  comprelieud. 


I 

fl,  *.  fif  »'  ?G  .1.'  M  -fc  A 

i  «'  a  a'  4  HD.  ffi  # 

i  g  t-t  PT  m  *  *  7 


J»M 

Afa 

T/h 


§£&       

g'  1B0 
If    A 

B/uk 

-ItJ  A3" 

TO     ^l 


IB 


7 

JeZ 


ftK  10 

$T  flf, 

J#  ffi 

«4  * 


your  parents.  Even  if  brothers  are  not  born  of  one  Another 
yet1  they  are  the  bones  and  blood  of  one  father.  It  doesn't  do  to 
say,  "They  are  not  of  the  same  mother,"  and  accordingly  regard- 
them  as  of  a  different  stock. 

"With  men  of  the  present  day,  the  chief  object  of  affection  is 
the  wife  !  Suppose  your  wife  dies  you  can  marry  again  ;  but  if  tins 
brother  of  yours  dies,  where  will  you  look  for  another  ?  The 
Ancients  said,3  "  The  root  is  without  doubt  glorious,  when  the 
branches  are  united  and  possessed  of  the  same  vitality.1  Do  not  for 
a  few  words  wound  friendly  feelings.  Each  time  we6  meet  we 
are  so  much  the  older.  It  is  but  a  few  days6  we  shall  be  brothers 
(together)." 

The  gist  of  this  saying  is,  that  though  there  is  mutual7  respect 
between  brethren,  they  should  still  bear8  in  mind  the  uncertainty 
of  life,  and  that  meeting  and  parting  do  not  go  on  for  ever. 

1.  Lit.,  bone  and  flesh  ;  cp.  Genesis  ii.  2:~>. 

2.  Ie  (ijj,)  is  frequently  used  as  a  correlative  of  ttiu-ahi  (()#  i|). 

3.  Ch'twy  (/R)  =  au  auxiliary  completing  the  action  of  the  verb. 

4!  Lit.,  together-breath  connected  branches,  root  of  course  glorious.  The 
idea  is  that  the  family  resembles  a  tree;  the  parents  being  the  root,  the  children  the 
branches.  • 

5.  Siany  (tB)^ reciprocal,  and  is  used  to  indicate  an  action  going  on   betwcer 
two  or  more  parties. 

6.  Lit.,  can  obtain  how  much  time  to  be  brother^  i.e.,  we  have  but  i 

7.  Lit.,  you  respect,  I  love. 

8.  Lit.,  dread. 


ft    ft 


it    ft  •  A; 

tf  &    ft 


V    J». 


ffc  rfc 


*   IK    *   11 

H  is.  n   4 


5  S3  # 
fe   k   Jt 


^  .  ».  +    * 
A.  21  -^   (ft 

ft    K&  ••  *    A. 


IB 


S    ft, 


flf. 


fl.  w,  ffe  ft. 


How  can  they  act  as  if  there  were  some  grievance  between 
them  and  they  were  at  enmity  ? 

Therefore  he  who  respects  his  elder  brother,  should  in  all 
matters,  whether  in  eating  and  drinking,  or  dressing  or  speaking, 
whether  in  walking  or  sitting  or  standing,  invariably1  give  way 
to  him.  If  one  of  the  Ancients  saw  another  native  of  the  same 
hamlet  or  countryside  ten  years  older  than  himself,  he2  would  pay 
deference  to  him  as  to  an  elder  brother ;  if  older  by  five  years,  would 
follow  close  behind  him,  not  daring  to  hurry  past  him.  Observe: 
if  outsiders  of  a  greater  age  were  treated  with  such  deference  as 
this — how  much  more  one's"  own  elder  brother ! 

To  come  to4  those  who  are  elder  brothers,  they  on5  their  part, 
must  tenderly  love  their  younger  brothers.  Be  their  age  what  it 
may,  they  should  simply  be  treated  as  children. 

For  instance,  if  my  son  is  a  dolt  and  I  am  thoroughly  vexed 
with  him,  upbraid  him  and  beat  him  ;  (still)  inr'  a  short  time  I  love 
him  as  tenderly  as  before. 

1.  TII  (^|5)  after  such  an  enumeration  as  tlio  above — ::  on  all  oecnsions." 

2.  Lit.,  I;  the  writer  putting  himself  into  the  position  of  the  one  referred  to. 

3.  7>'in   (j£ty=ttf-ki*tih  (Q    2,    fit]).     It  ofr.en  forma  a  reflexive  pronoun.   t>.i/., 
1'n  /s't'n  xheo  ta  fa  (\fa  ^  ^  fl"  •(&)  lie  struck  him  with  hia  own  hnnd.  '' 

4.  Ch'i-u  (3?  fj*)  "as  to,"  is  often  used  to  introduce  a  new  subject  or  turn  of  thought. 

5.  Lit.,  also;  i.e.,  if  the  younger  brothers  respect  them,  they  must  in  turn  shew 
consideration . 

«i.  Lit.,  in  the  turning  of  a  body. 

10 


*'•  5» 

Ifc    ffl 
fc    Jft 


*  ft 


if 


J3    1B   ^F,  ft    ft 

P   A   Jl   *r    - 


•ft  *. 


fife.  .  $ 


T.  ' 


.    i 


8 


*. 


T 


ffl 


Jt 


.  *r 

f» 
Jt 


Jl 


Bat  in  the  case  of  younger  brothers  you  are  utterly1  unwilling 
gently  to  admonish  them.  As  -soon  as  you  find  them  a  little  at 
fault,  you  at  once  commence  to  quarrel  with  them.  You  should 
consider  that  you  have  all  been  brought  up  by  the  same  parents, 
and  it'  you  strike  your  younger  brother,  it  is  just  the  same  as  beating 
yourself.  And  if:  the  younger  brother,  who  scarcely  knows  good  from 
uvil,  be'-'  beaten  by  his  elder  brother,  he  certainly  will  at  once  return 
the  blow.  Compare  this  with  the  case  of  a  man's  hand  and  foot  : 
•suddenly  by  accident  the  hand  strikes  the  foot;  is  it  likely  the  foot- 
will  kick  in  return  ''.  :; 


AV//.S-  of  Animosity 


Brethren. 


8.  All  the  squabbles  that  arise  among  brethren  in  the  present 
day  nre4  on  account  of  property.  Some5  squabble  about  money, 
some  about  land,  some  about  houses,  some  about  food:  all  sorts  of 
things.  But  they  overlook  the  fact  that  monetary  affair's  are  trifling 
compared  with  the  weighty  affections  of  kith  and  kin.  What  it 

1.  Y'fui'  (If.)  before  ;i  nc^alive  adds  einplmsis. 

-•   h"'.'K  (  fl)  freqnently=»ign.of  (lie  p-issive,  <•.;/.,  kitu-shany  (  g,  f$)  to  be  wounded. 

3.   riili-rh't!yy  (^  JjR)—  mo    (''tg)  interrogative.     It  is   vary  commonly  used    with 
nan-toy  (j^  Jg). 

'•  '  '*''  (S)  •••  ^  '-^''-n  (|B  ^D  neiirl)~i'/i.(te/  (gj  ^)  '•  because  of"  and  points 
out  the  motive  or  reason. 

">.  !Note  the  idionmtic  way  of  placing  lilt  (fi^))  after  the  noun,  instead  of  after  i'< 
C-^f)  iu-tih  t3eH.iii-ta'ien. 

11 


10 


tt      I? 


tt 


•ft  Jfc. 


T. 

tt 


' 


,*    1 


.*h   1ffi 
A.  ^ 


xa. 


t   _—  ^* 

ifc       »:  •  if      # 

Jl    *&    -it    IS 

^  ji.  ffi.  it 

tt.  K-  tt   '4H 


ffl    ^ 


4V 


ft    ffi 

e.  a 


there  is  a  little  unfairness  in  dividing  the  family  estate,  the  advantage 
is  still  in  the  family,  not  (shared  by)  an  outsider. 

But  forsooth,  you  love  to  listen  to  what  your  wives  have  to^say, 
and  perceiving  that  there  is  some  reason  in  their  talk,  you  listen 
until  before  you  are  aware  of  it  you  believe  them.  The  wife  of 
the  elder  brother  says  to  him,  "How  lazy,  how  prodigal,  your  young 
brother  is  !  You  laboriously  make  money  to  keep  him,  and  he  still 
finds  fault  :  are  we  his  son  and  daughter-iu-law,  that  we  ought  to 
yield  him  the  respect  due  to  a  parent  ?  " 

The1  wife  of  the  younger  brother  will  -  also  say  to  him,  "  Even 
if  your  elder  brother  knows  how  to  make  money,  you  have  made 
money  too;  you  do  just  as  much  as  he  does  in  the  home  :  if  you 
hire  a  labourer  by  the  year,y  even  he  has  not  such  hard  toil.  But 
hi*  children  forsooth,  they  are  children,  buying  this,  thafc  and  the 
other  to  eat, — can  it  be  that  our  children  are  not  fit  to  live?  " 

A  little  to-day  and  a  little  to-morrow  of  such  talk5  as  this,  and 
thenceforth  the  brothers'  affections  will  all  have  grown  cold,  and  at 

1.  Properly,  a  daughter-in-law?  ve'T  commonly  applied  to  wive^  in  many  parts. 

2.  Huei  (^)  is  constantly  used  in  colloquial  Chinese  to— t:  will." 

3.  Engagements   in  China  are  usually  made  for  a  year  or  from  one  tsieh   (gfi) 
''holiday  time"  to  another.       , 

4.  Kui-si  (25  ^E)  •'  you're  not  fit  to  live,"  is  a  common  Chinese  curse. 

5.  tihoh-hua(j$l  fj§)  here  used  as  a  noun. 

12 


Jl, 


A   ft 


*\f       r~t  =^ 

Alc»  Yv-  =r' 

/N.  AC »  •*    \ 

Z  Itn  * 


T. 


v£- 

ftf 

« 
-tfc 


BEf 


T.  H 

H  W 

®  « 

W  H 


* 
7 


.  IS. 


JR.  $t 
»  lit 
T>  Jl 


T.  ' 


length  they  begin  l  to  quarrel  in  consequence.  But  they  fail  to  bear 
in  mind  that  in  point  of  fact  brothers  are  one.  Even  if  tho  elder 
brother  is  a  little  deficient  in  ability,  and  the  younger  brother  keep 
him,  or  vice  versa,  it  is  only  as  it  should  be.  Suppose  there  should 
be  scandal,  just  treat  (the  speaker)  as  if  he  were  drunk,  or  talking 
nonsense,2  and  each  go  about  his  business  :  why  must  you  take  it 
in  earnest  ? 

Take  by  way  of  illustration  the  two  hand-:  the  right  hand  can 
write,  can  calculate  on  the  abacus,3  is  dexterous  in  all  things. 
Although4  the  left  hand  is  awkward  to  a  degree,  nobody 
b.-iits  the  left  hand  with5  the  right.  Now  an  elder  brother  and 
a  younger  brother  are  as  closely0  related  as  hand  and  foot;  how 
then  can  they  wrangle  ? 

Think  a  little  —  wealth  is  a  flowing  commodity:  if  it  goes,  there 


is  only  used  of  verbuJ   altercation.     Note  k'i.lai  (,fji 


to 


1.  Ch'ai-nno  (ȣ 
rise  "  —  to  lii^in. 

2.  Lit  ,  dream  words. 

8.  The  oommon  reckoning  instrument,     Note  usa  of  ta  (JJ).     ''Dexterous,"   lit., 
able  to  grasp  the  oust  and  (lie  \vest. 

4.  Ch«-  (5l)*I1(l  "ft  (W)  constantly^''  the."     Chi  (•$&)  is  the  common  N.  A.  used 
for  one  of  a  pair. 

5.  Na  (<f£)  lit.,  taking;  cp.  innj  (ft})  to  denote  the  instrument. 

6.  Ti  h  (($)  here,  makes  sheo-tsuk  (^-  g)  inio  an  ndverbial   phrase,  shewing  from 
closely,  they  are  related. 

13 


na   V   *nfc  Jt    ffi    ^ 
IP!    tr   f»    ^k  £\  *n 


K 


T 


. 


fl 


Jt    IS. 


,15). 


no 


A 


Eft.    S     Ift.    ifc     f*.  jfe     * 

o 


A 


la] 


w  n 

A.  tr 


is  more  to  be  had.  (So  with)1  our  wives;  they  are  not  on  the 
same  foobitig  (with  us):  we2  are  of  the  same  parents — what  do  they 
know  of  the  rights  of  things  ! 

Besides,  if  brethren  are  at  variance,  their  parents  will  assuredly 
get  angry.  You  just  catch  your  own  children  fighting  :  don't  you' 
feel  grieved?  Therefore :!  dutiful  sons  will,  on  no  account,  fall  out 
with  their  brethren.  The  Ancients  used  to  say,  "  If  brothers,  living 
together,  bear  and  forbear,  (all  will)  go  smoothly  :  do  not  begin  to 
strive  about  mere  trifles;  4  the  children  now  born  to  you,  are  also 
brothers,  and  will' transmit  your  example  to  posterity."  If  you 
brethren  are  not  at  peace,  your  descendants  will  follow  suit, 
and  generation  after  generation  will  go  on.  quarrelling.  The 
common  saying  has  it,  "If  brothers  disagree,  and  their  one  concern 
is  to  quarrel  about  tnfles,  bystanders  will  take  advantage  of  them." 
The  upshot5  is  that  people  come  and  egg  you  on  by  tale-bearing, 

1.  The  connection  of  thought   lies  in  the   fact  that  wives  can  be  replaced,  :ind 
brethren  cannot :  nee  commencement  of  par.  7. 

2.  0($£)=o-men. 

3.  Translate — ^muh-iu  there  are  no,  *t90~hsiao-tsl-tih-rai  dutiful   sons,  3tih   who, 
*puh-ho-muh  disagree  with,   3h*inng-tl  brothers.      The    two  negative,-)  make   a  strong 
affirmative,  which  is  strengthened  by  tsai  (^). 

4.  Lit.,  the  end  of  a  hair.% 

5.  Tsiw  (ijjjj;)  constantly— a  consequence,  the  result  of  any  action. 

14 


'It 


1'0 


K 


ti 


r 


«r.  *. 


A 


m  * 


m.  .ft 

if    4- 


T. 


m  i 


9 
ft 


either  to  fight  or  to  go  to  law,  with  the  most  disastrous    results1    to 
the  family. 

General  Exhortations. 

9.  If  you  are  dutiful  to  your  parents  and  are  respectful  to  your 
elder  brothers;  then,  as  subjects,  you  will  be  well  conducted';  as 
soldiers,  you  will  be  patriotic.  But  you  soldiers  and  civilians  do-  know 
that  you  should  honour  your  parents,  and  respect  your  elder  brothers  ; 
but  you  are  addicted  to  following  your  own  bent,  and  cannot  heartily 
and  strenuously  put  your  knowledge  into  practice.  If  you  are  willing 
to-1  turn  over  a  new  leaf  and  resolutely  to  examine  (yourselves),  you 
will  be  ashamed  of  yourselves4  and  show  yourselves  sorry  for  'the 
past. 

If  you  wish  to  give  due  weight  to  these  duties  of  man  to  man, 
then  refrain  from  pretence,  from  erring  in  trifles,  from  merely  wishing 
to  purchase  a  good  name  (while)  larking  sincerity  within,  from  being 
diligent  at  first  and  remiss  afterwards.  Thus.6  as  a  matter  of  course? 
you  will  be  able  fully  to  carry"  out  the  doctrines  of  duty  to  parents 
and  respect  to  elder  brothers. 

1.  Pa*-i*o-KA  (tt  |Jt  fth) is  an  adjectival  phrase  requiring  •' matters"  to  be   under, 
stood.     For  taai'V^uA-iu-pun  see  note  3.  pa<.'<>   11. 

2-  7«(iil)  '"  emphatic.     Xolo  th.-  [motion  of  I-,;  (jj£)  and  /«»'/(&•). 

.'».  Lit.,  mm  the  head,  »'.«.,  to  reform. 

4.  '7>i--im(g  §80-NV./.i(@   5,) 

5.  Chce  (ig)— <•//<••-'«/)'/  (jg  f,k)  '•  in  tin's  manner." 

fi.  Notice  the  elliptical  construction  ;  one  tih  (tfj)  is  adjectival  to  both  subjects. 


rfii 


*    ffl 


ft  Z  & 

A  ffl  *, 

*  ^  tt 

*t  ffl  - 


ffl 


10 

effi 

JL 


ffl 


ffl 


M 


Punishment  of  the  TJndutiful  and  Insubordinate. 

10.  Moreover,  the  punishment  of  undutiful  and  insubordinate 
(conduct)  is  very  severe.  Look  at  the  Penal  Code  of  the  Great  Pure1 
(Dynasty)  :  — 

"Sons  or  grandsons2  who  disobey  the  orders  of  grandparents  or 
parents,  or  inadequately  provide  for  their  wants,  are  beaten  one 
hundred  heavy  blows8  and  banished  for  three  years.  Those  (sons  or 
grandsons)  who,  by  means  of  the  corpse4  of  either  parent  or  grand 
parent,  falsely  charge  another  (with  their  death),  are  beaten  one 
hundred  heavy  blows  and  banished  for  three5  years  :  those  who  extort 
money  on  this  pretext,  may  be  regarded  6  as  robbers." 

"  Sons  or7  grandsons  who  bring  a  charge  against  parents  or 
grandparents,  and  wives  or  concubines  who  bring  a  charge  against  the 
husband  or  his  parents  or  grandparents,  are  beaten  one  hundred  heavy 
blows  and  banished  for  three  years;  if  the  charge  is  false,  they  are 
strangled." 

"  Sons  or  grandsons  who  occasion  the  death  of  parents  or  grand 
parents,  and  wives  or  concubines  who  occasion  the  death  of  the  husband's 

1.  "Pure,"    the  distinctive  name  of  the  present    dynasty,    which    dates    from 
Shuen-cJtl  (Jflg  JH)  father  of  ka?ig-hfi,  who  began  to  reign  A.  D.  1044. 

2.  Chce  (^)  following  a  sentence  may=who,  those  who,  or  a.noun  :  tsi-suen  sons 
or  grandsons,  clue  who,  etc. 

3.  Chang  (*jt)  implies  the"  use  of  a  long  and  heavy  bamboo  ;7a"lighter   form  of 
beatinjr  is  spoken  of  as  cA'i'  (^§). 

4.  It  is  not   an'  uncommon    thing  for   the]  Chinese   to   carry  jtlie    corpse    of    a 
relative  to  the  house  of  a  person  they  wish  to  injure,  and  charge  him  with  murder. 
In  some  cases  a  cliarge'is  lodged  and  the  accused  put  to  considerabk:  expense. 

5.  2''i/   (^)  means  banishment  to  some  city  one  or  two  hundred  or  more  miles 
away,  where  the  criminal  must  stay  under  official  surveillance  till  the  term  expires. 

6.  Lit,,  permissible  to  speak  of  as  thieves  and  robbers. 

7.  The  Chinese  do  not  usually  number  the  different  clauses  of    a    document 
cousecutively,  but  head  each  one  with  the  character  (—  ). 

16 


f    16    tt    SL   J£    *l 
*  W,   it    Si 

£    W,   *,   l£    #T> 


«f. 


»    SB 


7J 


fet    R 


ffi    5E 


r>   ffi    ft 


*.. 


parents  or  grandparents  by  ill-treatment,  are  all  beheaded  in1  accord 
ance  with  the  law  (relating  to)  striking." 

"  Sous  or  grandsons  who  use  abusive  language  to  their  parents  or 
grandparents,  or  wives  or  concubines  who  abuse  the  husband's  parents 
or  grandparents,  are  alike  strangled  ;  those  who  strike  (the  afore 
mentioned)  are  beheaded  ;  those  who  kill  them,  are  put  to  death  by 
slow  degrees."  : 

"  Whoever  reviles  au  elder  brother  or  an  elder  sister,  is  beaten 
one  hundred  heavy  blows:  he  who  curses  the  parents  of  an  uncle  or 
an  aunt,  in  either  (case)  is  doubly8  punished." 

"  Younger  brothers  or  sisters  who  strike  elder  brothers  or  sisters, 
are  beaten  ninety  heavy  blows  and  banished  for  two  and  a  half  years  : 
if  they  wound  them,  they  are  beaten  one  hundred  heavy  blows  and 
banished  for  three  years  :  if  death  ensue,  they  are  beheaded." 

"If  a  nephew  strikes  the  parents  of  an  uncle  or  an  aunt,4  or  a 
daughter's  son  ''  strikes  his  mother's  parents,  in  either  (case)  they 
receive  double  the  punishment:  if  they  seize  an  edged  weapon"  and 
pursue  them  with  intent  to  kill,  they  are  banished  to  penal  servitude 


1.  I  according   to,   liift   the  law  (concerning,   relating  to)  eo-c/tu    strikers, 
br!,  cud.     Chtv  ($)  following  a  veil)  forms  a  noun. 

2.  It  is  considered  a  lighter  puuiabmeut  to  be  strangled  than  to  be  beheaded,  as 
a  headless  man  goes  into  the  in  xt  world  a  confessed  malefactor.     The  Chinese  believe 
they  can    hoodwjnk    unseen   Powers  ns  easily  ns  their  own  rulers.     Linj-c/t^'i  (S^ig) 
"shameful  and  slow"  refers  to  the  last  refinement  of  heathenish  cruelty. 

15.   Lit.,  "  add  one  degree,"  i.e.,  as  much  more. 

4.  Ku  (fc[f)=£t{  tsu  tie-ni/in;/.  ^ 

'}.    Uni  (#|>)  i*  applied  to  relatives  of  a  different  surname. 

('..   Lit,,  a  one  edged  knife,  two  edged  weapon      any  t-di^'d  instrument. 

17 


.   ffl 


«! 


A    11 


T.  Bi 

10  ft, 


.    fiv,  K 

,fj:  • 


9. 


in  distant  garrisons1    according    to    law;a    if    they    commit    wilful 
murder,  they  are  done  to  death3  by  slow  degrees." 

"  Male  or  female  slaves  who  curse  their  masters,  are  strangled  : 
if  they  strike  them,  they  are  beheaded  :  if  they  kill  them,  they  are 
put  to  death  by  slow  degrees." 

Concluding  Exhortations. 

11.  These  laws  were  drawn  up  in  the  first  instance  with  reference 
to  undutiful  and  insubordinate  persons.  But  punishment  can  only 
administer  correction  to  your  body  ;  it  cannot  change  your  heart  : 
if  you  do  not  feel  ashamed  (of  your  conduct),  then  to  correct  you  will 
be  equally  in  vain. 

"We  have  now  emphatically  urged  you  again  and  again  to  come 
to  your  senses,  and  to  act  as  worthy  sons  and  brethren  :  if  one  and  all 
in  the  Empire  were  to  do  so,  the  natural  result  would  be  constant 
and  universal  peace.  How  delightful  it  would  be  ! 

You  soldiers  and  civilians  must  invariably  act  in  conformity  with 
what  I  have  been  advising  you.  Firmly  bear  it  in  mind. 

c- 

1.  Military  convict  labour  is  the  severest  form  of  transportation. 

2.  In  (*J|)  "  to  bring  forward,  cite,  adduce  "=chao  ($f)  "  i"  accordance  with.'' 

3.  Ch'u  (J^t)  read  sluing  sheny="  to  do,  to  act  :  "    the  expression  ch'u-s'i    is    used 
exactly  like  our  "to  do  to  death,"  i.e.,  to  briug  about  the  death  of, 

18 


m  «,  ft 


ffl. 


m 

IB.,  .3* 
S    &J 


T    lit.     1 


i[  ra 


jt    ft    —    n4    ffl 

CHAPTER  II. 
6rire  cZue  weight  to  kinship,  ivith  a  view  to  the  display  of  concord" 


Clou  Relationships. 

1.  The  meaning  of  the  Emperor  :  (he)  says  : — 

All  mankind  have  ancestors.  Those  who  descend  from  them  (like) 
the  branching  of  a  tree,  are  spoken  of  as  the  ''  Nine  clan1  relatives." 
Why  called  "Nine  clan  relatives?"  [  represent  one  generation. 
Above  me 2  there  are  in  all,  relatives  of  four  different  degrees : — 
my  father,  grandfather,  great  grandfather,  and  great  great  grandfather. 
Below  me  there  are  also  relatives  of  four  degrees  : — my  son,  grandson, 
great  grandson,  and  great  great  grandson:  nine  generations  all  told. 
Within  these  nine  generations,  the  senior  and  junior  members  of 
each  family  are  my  clansmen.3 

1.  7'xnh  (|j£)  is  applied   to  persons  bearing  the  same    name   and—"  tribe,  dun, 
or  house." 

2.  Shang-t'eo  (_t  M)  !U1(1  hxia-pien  ("f."  ^)  wlien'applied  to  people— senior  and 
junior;   superiors  and  inferiors. 

3.  "Senior  members"   lit.,  uncles  and    brothers;    "junior   members"    lit.,    sons 
and  brothers.     Those  only  arc  reckoned  clansmen  who  worship  the  same  ancestor  in 
the  one  ancestral  hall  (biny  ih-kn  tx'i.t'aiif/  ^  —  f0  Jjii>l  ;•?:)  those  of  the  same  name, 
but  not  of  the  s%me  ancestor  being  spoken  of  as  tx  >ng  /.«r  (^  ^).     Those  descended 
from  the  same  son  of   a   remote  ancestor  are  called  ts'in-fang  ($i  Jf|) ;  all  such  arc 
included  in  the  above  enumeration,  the  terms  "  uncles  and  brot  hers  "  being  used  in  its 
broadest  sense  for  senior  relatives,  as  also  the  words  "  nephews  and   neices  *'  for  the 
junior   branches  of  the   family.     Those   related   to   tTie  above  by  intermarriage  are 
spokeu  of  as  su  fan<j  (i^fe  J]§)  "  distant  relatives." 

19 


A 


IT     ffi 
t         J    k       M-f 


ff. 


II 


+±*          (I 
7K       A 


2 

iS 


A, 


ffl 


is.  "51 

4^b  ii{t 

rj—  jj~ 

m  10 

A,  ^K, 

&  a 


*. 

ii 


»    ffl    A 


£, 
ffi 


P. 


. 


± 


ft    iS 
ff    T 

1    »  -I    c 


it    A 


The  different  families  of  these  kinsmen,  although  some  are  closely, 
others  more  distantly  related,  are  yet  all  descendants  of  (the  same) 
ancestors.  Hence  if  you  wish  to  sho\v  respect  to  your  ancestors,  you 
must  be  very  loving  to  your  kindred:  do  not  regard  them  with 
indifference. 

Unity  of  the  Ci'ui  illustrated. 

2.  All  these  members  of  the  same  clau  are  like  a  head  of  water, 
which,  (though)  it  flows  forth  into  a  large  number  of  streams  is,  after 
all,  the  water  of  a  single  spring  :  or,  to  the  many  branches  and 
countless  leaves1  of  a  tree,  which  all  spring  from  the  same  root.  Let 
these  kinsmen  divide  off  into  as  many  as  you  please:'-'  they  are  all 
descended  from  a  common  ancestor.  I  and  my  relatives  are  just  like 
the  hands,  feet,  ears,  eyes,  nose,  mouth,:!  etc.,  of  our  ancestor;  (which) 
once  brought  together,  make  but  one  individual. 

Think  now — Suppose  a  sore  comes  on  my  body,  or  perhaps  I  rick 

1.  Ts'ien  (-f-)  and  uan  (J|)  are  constantly  used  as  above,  before  touns  of  similar 
meaning. 

2.  Lit.,  a  few  tens,  :i  few  hundreds  of  people. 

.'!.  Teng  (3£)  is  used  after? iiu  enumeration  of  articles  or  facts,  to  express  the 
plural,  and  does  not  need  to  be  translated.  See  Mirth's  notes  ou  the  Chinese 
Documentary  Style,  p.  LJ'J. 

20 


ft  #  S  «  A   Ji    ft  &  A    T 

^  ^  &  fig  H    *    ^  ^  S    ±  ^ 

^  ^t  -  3K,  K,  jfii   -  w  f&,  as  ^ 

ft    ft  '•  ft  X-"  Mf^ '  A  fll  Mk    7  ± 

*n    ^  ffl  T  ^    5]    ^»  go  ^    ff  £ 

&•  $  ^  ft  ;^'»£    £'  *H  4U' £•  fl 


T, 


A 
SE 


a 


A 


ft 

***A 


T 


in 


iny-aukle,  or  sprain  my  leg,  the  entire  person  is  ill  at  ease.1  If  in  your 
intercourse  with  your  kinsmen  you  get  them  into  a  scrape  or  take 
advantage  of  them  so  that  they  are  quite  upset,  is  it  possible  that  you 
will  feel  happy  (about  it)?  You  ought  to  treat  them  as  if  they  were 
yourself.  Just  as  (when)  one  part  of  a  body  aches,  the  whole  aches  ; 
when  one  part  itches,  the  whole  is  uncomfortable:  when  things  are  as 
they  should  be,'-'  the  blood  circulates  freely  to  every  part  of  the  body. 
Hence  the  Ancients  said,  "You  need  to  teach  the  masses  filial 
reverence,  brotherly  love,  harmony,  love  of  kindred,  endurance  on 
behalf  of  others,  charitableness.3  You  see  they  speak  of  filial  rever 
ence,  then  of  brotherly  love,  and  immediately  after  that  use  the  word 
"  harmony."  This  no  doubt  is  just  because  all  the  clan  are  descended 
from  the  one  ancestor  ;  and  if  people  do  not  promote  harmony 
among  kinsmen,  they  are  undutiful  and  un  brotherly. 

Hindrances  to   I  '//it;/. 

'3.   Seeing  that  people  desire  to  be  dutiful  and  friendly,  what  is 
the  reason  that  in  many  cases1  they  camiot  promote  harmony  among 


^  J'f  '$)  or  fiih  shunny-k'ttai 
frequently  untranslatable  :  thry 


1.  L'lth  tch  .-7<<  o  ioii'j  (^  $  $£  Jli)     i'vh  luio 
3%.  i&)  "  otlt'  °f  softs,  uncomfortable. 

2.  Ts'ai-h<io   (${|   if)    and    f.--'ai'->7<j    ($J   j£) 
express  general  satisfaction. 

3.  These  are  the  Luh  Using  (^  -f^)  or  Six  Courses  «bf  Conduct  mentioned  in    the 
L'luo  Li(ft\ 

•i.  To  (£)  frequently—''  the  most  part." 

gt 


2 
Ef 

0 

Wt 
ffi 


A.  § 


T* 


fi 


a 


In)     ft 

A  @ 
*  a 


&    |K  31  ?fto.  4F  A 

73*  *k  |H>  £S  £2 

O  ?IV»  ILL  3^  XT 

>  o  . 


IT    ffif 


A 


«, 


*   f  ^ 

T    ft    ffl 

tr*  M,  &i 


A 


If 


A 


l 


.   T 


A. 


ft 


kinsmen?  Either  it  is  (that)  one  has  money  and  is  loth  to  help 
others;  or  that  he  is  poor  and  begs  a  loan  of  some  one  who  will  not 
lend  ;  and  so  hates  him.  Either  it  is  that  one  has  an  official  position, 
and  presuming  on  his  power  and  influence,1  hrowheats  and  takes 
advantage  of  others ;  or  that  he  is  without  rank,  and  seeing  another 
raised  to  honour,2  envies  him  accordingly.  One  perhaps  from 
monetary  considerations  entirely  ignores  the  ties  of  flesh  and  blood  ; 
or  each  follows  his  own  inclinations  and  is  indifferent  to  the  welfare 
of  others  ;  or  may  be  one  listens  to  the  idiotic  talk  of  women  and 
children  ;  or  is  stirred  up  to  strife  by  an  outsider,3  with  the  result 
that  the  whole  family  is  cozened  into  discord.  Thenceforward  there  is 
constant  altercation  and  unreasonable  quarrelling;  you  bent  on4 
detecting  my  faults,  and  I  (no  less)  bent  on  discovering  yours;  who 
will  acknowledge  his  own  melons  bitter  ?  5  Your  one  occupation  being 
simply  to  wrangle  about  anything  and  everything,  the  result  is  that 
day  by  day  your  natural  affection  grows  cold,  till  positively  you 
become  enemies,  go  to  law  and  prosecute  (each  other)  until  you  are 

1.  Note  the  position  of  the  verb  i. chant/  (•(£$•  •££). 

2.  Lit.,  priory. 

3.  Stico  (5£)=sign  of  the  passive. 

4.  P'ien  (tin)  expresses  the  idea  of  a  resolve  to  do  something  bad. 

5.  Lit.,  who  will  say  whose  melou  is  bitter  ? 

22 


-ft 


4      A. 


-fc 


7 


m  m  &  w 

A    ffi    —     P 


JE 


»    «    A    JLV   - 

• 

M    M    Wl    ft    in'   PJ    *a 


all  reduced  to  penury.1  Men  of  this  class  not  only  break  the  peace, 
but  also  forget  their  common  origin,  and  regarding  their  kinsmen  of 
the  present  day  as  (mere)  passers-by  treat  them  accordingly.  How 
can  it  be  right  to  do  so  ? 

Illustrations  of  Unity  :    how  to  promote  it. 

4.  In  the  'Pang  Dynasty,2  there  was  one  Chang  Kong**,  whose 
entire  clan  was  still  undivided.3  In  tho  Southern  T'ang  Dynasty,4 
at  Kiang  Ckeo  there  was  a  man  named  Ch'erig-pao,  whose  clan  was  a 
large  one,  over  700  persons"'  having  a  common  supply  of  food.6 
There  were  about/  one  hundred  dogs  belonging  to  the  family,  all 
fed  iu  the  same  enclosure  :  if  a  single  dog  were  absent,  none  of  the 
others  were  willing  to  take  their  food.  (So)  you  see  that  in  the 
family  of  Ch'eng-pao,  because  the  people  were  on  very  good  terms 
with  each  other,  all  the  dogs  were  influenced  for  good  iu  consequence  ! 
Now,  is  it  possible  that  men  are  inferior  to  dogs  ? 

If  in  these  days  you  wish  to  live  in  harmony,  just  aim  at  reflecting 

1.  Lit.,  worked  into   a  condition  of  clean  bareness  ;  cp.   English   "  cleaned  out." 
The  reference  is  to  the  ruinous  effects  of  litigation.     Some  write  (^)  for  (rp). 

2.  A.  D.  618-913. 

.'J.  This  must  not  be  supposed  to  imply  that  tho  "  iiino  generations ''  were  all 
alive;  but  thut  all  the  living  members  of  the  clan  were  dwelling  together  iu  the  same 
place. 

4.  A.  D.  923-93G. 

5.  K'eo  (p)  *'  mouth  "  stands  for  "  a  person  ;  "  cp.  English    (:  so  many  hand*." 

6.  Lit.,    '' same  pot."     This  is  obviously  not  meant  to  bo  taken  literally.     Each 
family  would  take  their  meal  in  their  own  homes  :    but  not  yet  having  fen -kin  they 
would  have  a  common  purse.  » 

7.  Lit.,   one  hundred,  ten :  a  common  colloquial  expression  for    "  a  little  ovi-i   a 
hundred." 

23 


r\ 

^ 
«  itt 


¥ 


5:  "© 

if  %u 


X 


%a        P      ± 

^rU          /^A        -J—  k 

/{ft    SI   ll 


9    7 


*    tf 


8    /fi   Sfc 
W    ft  ft 


±, 


JZ, 


-e 


honour  upon  your  ancestors,1  arid  do  not  have  divided  interests.2 
la  all  the  courtesies  of  life,  better  that  others  should  give  me  rather 
shabby3  presents,  while  I  treat  them  more  generously  ;  better  that 
they  should  behave  rudely  to  me,  than  that  I  should  be  discourteous 
to  them. 

t  Let  the  older  members  (of  the  clan)  make  it  their  one  business4 
to  shew  affection  to  their  juniors  :  it  is  needless  to  (too)  narrowly 
discuss5  whether  they  are  obedient  or  the  reverse;  and  let  its 
younger  members  be  solely  concerned  about  paying  due  reverence 
to  their  seniors,  and  not  make  invidious  comparisons  as  to  their 
affection  or  indifference.  Let  each  uniformly6  fulfil  his  own  duty. 
In  a  family  there  are  superiors  and  inferiors;  when  each  keeps  his 
own  place,  there  is  harmony.  Is  there  a  wedding?7  let  all  offer 
congratulations  :  is  there  a  funeral  ?  let  all  lend  a  helping  hand. 

In   the  case    of  those   who   have  ample  means,8  it  is  specially 

1.  Lit.,  look  on  ancestor's  face.     "Face"  (usually  lien  0)  stands  foi-  "reputation, 
character  :"    a  person  without  face  (jj[  ^f  0)  is  one  insensible  to  sluiuie.     '•  To  look 
on  another's  face"="to  act  for  his  sake  ;  "  cp.  Ps.  Ixxxiv.  9. 

2.  Lit.,  cherish  a  you  and  me  heart. 

3.  Lit.,  better  they  give  uie  thinner,  I   give  them  thicker.     Heo-poh  (Jf[  J*|)  are 
opposites,   and="  liberal,  illiberal;  generous,   shabby;  unselfish,  selfish-,"   etc.     Kill 
($])  points   to  the  custom  of  shewing  respect   by   presents.     Li-au  (if@  Hi)  must  be 
understood  after  ti/t  ($J)- 

4.  Lit.,  only  know. 

5.  Ki-kiao  (ff  ijg;)  to  reckon  and  couipare="  to  think  over,  or  about  a  wrong; 
go  into  a  matter."  * 

6.  Lit.,  one  flavour=in  the  same  style. 

7.  II*i-*i  Qg  3£)=any  thing  tliafc   is  a  matter  for  congratulation.     In  some  parts 
hony  ($0  "  red  "  or  peh  (  {^)  'Vwhite  "  is  prefixed  when  either  a  wedding  or  a  funeral 
(!)  is  spoken  of.     K'iny-ho  Ojg  1=0  usually  includes  a  present. 

8.  Lit.,  wealth,  strength,  abundant  men  ;  for  a  similar  idiom  cp.  II  Kings  xxiv.  1C, 

24 


W. 


T 


!    Jl    T 

I,    T     M 


A    7 


v    fa 


ffe     5 

3Fn    1 


* 


*.   m    ffl    A.   JE 

^    m    ft    fB    fit 

is  £?   fit   ii   A 


life 


If    A    31    A. 


* 


us.   yj    »?e    33    f% 
!p    «    A,   «    IR 

ifl        TTv       'fffi        >k       ^ 


^5 


n       * 


incumbent  on  them  to  erect  public  ancestral  halls,  that  sacrifices 
may  be  offered  to  those  of  their  clan  who  have  no  descendants,1  so 
that  the  "Orphan  Spirits"  may  have  something  on  which  they  may 
depend  :  to  establish  schools  for  the  instruction  of  those  of  their 
clan  who  lack  the  wherewithal  (io  pay  the  school  fees)  so  that  the 
rising  generation  may  all  obtain  an  education:  to  set  apart  free 
land  for  the  support  of  those  kinsmen  who  are  short  of  food  and 
clothing,  so  that  (even)  poor  and  weakly  households  may  all  have 
sustenance:  and  to  compile  a  clan  register  to  link  together  (the 
more)  distant  members  of  the  clan,  so  that  succeeding  generations 
may  know  their  rank  in  the  clan.  Even  ordinary  persons,  whose  means 
are  limited,  should  still  each  fulfil  the  duties  of  his  own  position. 

If  all  are  friendly  and  courteous,  one  elderly  person  meeting 
another  will  exhort  him  to  be  very  affectionate  to  his  children  ;  one 
young  man  coming  across  another  will  urge  him  to  honour  his  parents. 
Do  contemporaries  meet?  they  will  admonish  each  other  to  be  loviuo 
and  agreeable.  Thus  you  will  each  and  all  become  dutiful  sous  and 
ideal  brothers.  The  rulers  will  all  say,  "It  is  a  well  behaved 

1.  According  i(>  Chinese  ideas,  one  of  the  greatest  calamities  that  can  befall  a 
man  is  to  luivo  no  nnlr  issue.  If  he  have  no  sou  to  sacrifice  for  him  after  death  it  is 
supposed  to  largely  affect  his  wclfuiv  in  the  next  worlcj.  There  is  a  feast  to  "  Orphan 
Spirit*"  (/.-//  //HP//  if! pit  fll  fiU  ffii)«>n  the  ]:>th  of  the  7th  moon. 


*•   Jt    -   ffc    * 

'  tfe'.  •*,  V*  :*'£ 

<    =    tst    -ffi    it    T 


m  if. 


.   3E     7 


IKS' 


IS.    «    &   IB    *.  *fe.  *,  #r 
lift   ^-.    1m   ^.  fet    ES   ti    7. 


*    ft 


district,  they  are  folk   who  accumulate   virtue."1    (Now)  would    not 
this  be  an  excellent  thing  ? 

Punishment  of  Refractory  Clansmen, 

5.  But  if  on  account  of  some  petty  jealousy  you  break  the 
peace,  and  give  yourselves  up  to  wrangling  and  doing  one  another 
harm,  losing  sight  of  right  principles,  the  law  of  the  land  will 
certainly  punish  you.  Take  notice  of  what  is  said  in  the  Penal  Code 
of  the  Great  Pure  (Dynasty)  :  — 

"  Whoever  abuses  his  elder  brother  or  elder  sister,  is  beaten 
one  hundred  heavy  blows  :  whoever  curses  his  uncle,  receives  double." 

"  Younger  brothers  or  sisters  who  strike  elder  brothers  or 
sisters,  are  beaten  ninety  heavy  blows,  and  are  banished  for  two 
and  a  half  years;  if  they  injure  them  (by  the  blow),  they  are  beaten 
one  hundred  heavy  blows  and  banished  for  three  years  ;  if  death 
ensue,  they  are  beheaded.  A  nephew  who  strikes  his  uncle  or  aunt, 
or  a  grandchild  who  strikes  either  of  his  grandparents  on  the 
mother's  side,  in  either  case  receives  double  the  punishment  (one 
hundred  and  eighty  blows)  ;  if  they  seize  an  edged  weapon  and  pursue 
with  intent  to  kill,  they  are  banished  to  penal  servitude  in  distant 
garrisons  as  the  law  directs  ;  if  they  commit  wilful  murder,  they  are 
done  to  death  by  slow  degrees." 

"  Whoever  strikes  a  relative  of  the  same  clan,  or  a  connection  by 

1.  This  is  part  of  a  saying  which  runs  as  follows  ;  tsih  shun  chl  kia  pih  iu  ii  k'in</ 
(fa  i&  £.%£>&  ^  $fc  JfD  "  the,/amily  where  goodness  nronmnlates,  is  bound  to  have 
an  extra  share  of  happiness," 


2 


#. 


tt 


.    tt 


W,    -    ¥    fi:  *.  3£,  *  «  *  *.  *. 

•K    &    ®    m  %.  M  %>  «  «  *  tt 

E  ftn  *  fet  *  -t.  3*. 

%  ^  *.  «  &  W. 

.  *    ti£   If.  ».  E    -b    * 

-°   £°   «r     ft    *n    -K   5&. 

^  g|  A  BE  a'-  It  H«  *.  «  tt 
^.  S  +.  ft  £  •*.  *n  tr.  ^.  * 
*t  H.  a  »  ^  *  liil  -,  ft  *  +. 

marriage,  for  whom  three  months'  mourning  should  he  worn,1  is 
hcaten  one  hundred  heavy  blows;  if  he  strike  one  for  whom  five 
months'  mourning  should  he  worn,  he  is  beaten  sixty  heavy  blows 
and  banished  for  a  year;  if  he  strike  one  for  whom  mourning  should 
be  worn  nine  months,  he  is  beaten  seventy  heavy  blows,  and  banished 
for  a  year  and  a  half.  If  he  seriously  wound  any  of  the  foregoing,  in 
every  case  double  the  punishment  assigned  to  each  offence  ;  whoever 
by  fighting  (with  them)  causes  a  dangerous  illness,  is  strangled;  if 
death  ensue,  he  is  beheaded/' 

"Wives  who  strike  their  husbands,  are  beaten  one  hundred  heavy 
blows  ;  it'  they  inflict  a  severe  wound,  they  are  punished  as  much  again 
as  for  (merely)  bruising  them  ;  if  a  dangerous  illness  follow,  they  are 
strangled  :  concubines  who  strike  their  husband  or  the  principal  wife, 
also  receive  double  the  foregoing  punishment  (two  hundred  blows).3' 

•'  Whoever  occasions  the  death  of  a  senior-  relative  for  whom 
one  year's  mourning  is  worn,  is  strangled.  If  he  be  killed  and  the 
younger  members  of  the  family  privately  arrange  to  hush  the  matter 
up  (they  are)  beaten  eighty  heavy  blows,  and  banished  for  two  years.  ' 

1.  Tin1  mourning  worn  for  one's  owu  brothers,  sisters,  IMC.  ;  is  culled  /</-/•<)/,</ 
.I'ult  (~X  $]  Jjg);  for  uncles,  aunts,  etc.  ;  .tin,,.  fan,;/  fuh  (/f»9^|K);  for  more  distant 
relatives  s'i-ma  fuh  (jjgj.  1$  flg).  It  is  supposed  co  be  \\orn  for  I  lie  time  mentioned 
in  the  translation  ;  but  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  custom  has  dropped  out  of  use. 


"2.  Ki-ts'in  (i$  $j,)  is  a  general  designation  of  such  senior  relatives  as  are  included 
in  the  five  grades  of  mourning,  u  fuh  (  j  jjg)  :  the  mourning  woru  for  them  is  called 
/•</"  h  0$  )](x).  The  correct  character  is  i  (^)  but,  the*  me  in  the  text  is  more  com. 
inouly  used. 

27 


n 


m.   Jtfc 
.   IE    ^ 


»    )ffl     T      6 
*C    •£    fit-' 


A 


IS 


-Ir 

y>v 

^ 
7 
f* 


K 


m 

A 


ft 
« 

* 


a  it  T   £\ 

ft    *    55    1W 


"  Whoever  brings  a  charoo  against  a  near  senior  relative,  even 
though  it  bo  substantiated,  is  beaten  one  hundred  heavy  blows ; 
against  a  ta-kon<j,  ninety;  against  a  xido-konr/,  eighty;  against  a  n'i-ut/i, 
se\enty ;  if  the  charge  be  false,  inliict  four  times  the  punishment."1 

Concluding  licunir/^. 

G.  Observe,  no  sooner  do  you  act  contrary  to  the  law  of  Heaven, 
than  you  break  the  law  of  the  land.  How  much  better  to  persuade 
one  another  to  conform  to  your  forefathers'  wishes  !  Do  not  say,  "  We 
are  separate  families,"'  just  regard  one  another  as  blood  relativ< 
the  whole  family  must  be  knit  together  just  like  a  single  body  ;  and 
forthwith  the  whole  empire  will  be  united  like  a  single  family. 
Truly,  this  is  " .(Joodwill  bringing  about  good  luck."  Every  man  will 
be  in  thriving  circumstances,  every  family  prospering  in  business:  the 
whole  empire  will  be  "a  perfect  paradise.3'  Will  you  not  all  encourage 
OIK  another  (to  bring  this  about)? 

1.  i.e.,  ridel  Llirico  na  uuicli  l<>  the  I'm  ri">;n^. 

2.  Tin    /s'l/i  (($5  f!f)  :ire  ;ill  tlmdr  \vliu  ;irr  at  ililTcrcuL  rumuvcSi  Imt  still    inoui  neil 
'or  in  the  »/.'A(fn.JJfel). 


m   4  ffi   »   «t'  it   *   ^°  -s   jp 

H  #     *     ffi".    W     8&     «B      « 


.     = 

CHAPTER  III. 

••  I'dciji/   Ikv  Local  Communities  in  order  to   put  an  nut 
to  Litigation." 


<>/  a  District  Community. 

1.  The  uioaniiio  of   tlio  Emperor:    (he)    says:  — 

From  time  immemorial  there  have  been1  district,  communities." 
"Why  called  communities  ?  "Well,  for  example,  the  near  and  distant 
neighbour-;  in  every  village  and  hamlet  are  the  inhabitants  of  such  vil 
lage  or  hamlet.  Their  fields  adjoin,  their  houses  touch,  they  meet  as 
they  go  in  and  out,  they  hear  each  others'  fowls  and  dogs,  they  inter 
marry,  they  render  mutual  aid  in  case  of  fire,  flood,  or  robbery  —  which 
of  them  do  you  suppose3  is  not  very  intimate  with  (his  neighbour)  ? 

Causes  of  Strife  among  its  Members. 

~.  But  day  by  day  the  people  of  each  village  and  hamlet  steadily 
increase  in  numbers.  (And  now)  constantly  for  some  trifle  one  and 
smother  will  disturb  the  peace.  Perhaps  they  quarrel  on  account  of 


1.  7'si'i!  OJ'Jt)  merely  completes  the  force  of  <sW/  ({^). 

2.  Iti   ancient    times,    a   tm></  (•!$)   was  a   village  of   500   house.-;    a  lixi«n<i 


, 

3.   K'an,  (f()  HIM!  l.«ii  ni  i'a/i  (fa  f/"p  §-)  ofocn=-,"  looked  at  from  your  point  of 
view  ;  in  your  estimation  ;  '  etc. 


It'  A.    £,   #    ft    B 
i=i-   S    ft    P     SI 


B.  *    * 
Sc     ^     48. 


Uh.        >5 

w     * 


;.  ^   m 

*   *  a 


A 

m. 


B.         OM  L 

XE    ?@» 
f  T    ^    PH 


/^-         A»          -^V 

il    X    ^ 


*T    A 

.  A 


B» 


s,    JS»  ^c 


*r 


A 


t: 


To   - 


Uie  children  carrying  tales:  or  through  the  fowls  or  dogs,  there  is  an 
occasion  of  annoyance;  or  because  of  a  thoughtless  word  while  they 
are  taking  tea  or  wine  together  ;  or  it  may  be  they  take  umbrage  and 
become  enemies  because  of  a  loan  refused ;  or  quarrel  and  fight  over  an 
unpaid  debt;  or  possibly  ill-will  is  occasioned  by  not  fully  notifying 
everyone  when  building  a  house  or  buying  land — all  sorts  of  things, 
not  at  all  easy  to  set  forth  in  detail.  To  put  the  matter  in  a  few 
words,1  if  you  were  willing  to  give  way  a  little,  and  to  concede  a  point 
or  two  to  other?,2  in  a  very  few  days  all  would  be  peaceably  settled. 

But,  alas !  you  cannot  curb  the  least  rising  of  anger  but  must 
curse  each  other,  fight,  listen  to  others  who  incite  to  contention,  and 
either  go  to  law  or  beat  some  one  to  death.  At  the  same  time,  you  do 
not  consider,  "  If  I  may  abuse  others,  may  not  others  abuse  me  ?  if  I 
may  strike  others,  may  not  others  strike  me  ?  if  I  wish  to  take  undue 
advantage,  may  not  others  do  the  same  ?  if  we  go  to  law  and  others 
waste  their  money,  do  not  I  waste  mine  ?  if  I  kill'  a  member  of 

1.  Tsonij-chi  (I&  ;£)=tec»j9  r'i  ien  ch'i  (jjjjg,  ]fjj  |f  ;£)  "  to  say  all  that  is  to  be  said," 

2.  Lit.,  retire  a  step,  yield  another  one  or  two  sentences. 

30 


Ife 


i    - 


fc  % 


T 


.  a  *  A  a   ft..  IE  BIB.  tt  A.  9. 

m  tfe  ^  a  ?i]  a  A  s  -s-  si 

.  Jffl  **  X  T    T  ft  n  &  Jtfe  tr' 

S.  *h  Si.  gR  •  ^  ft  is  tt  tfc  5E 

m  iih  -fc  ^  n  A.  «•  T  s  flu 


-t 


M. 


,    J§Ff 


fl 


another  family,  I  must  atone  with  my  own  life  ;  if  (others)  kill  a 
member  of  my  family  (I)  also  (shall)  be  in  the  indictment."  When  it 
comes  to  being  out  of  pocket  and  out  of  temper,  if  you  lose  you  will 
feel  yourself  disgraced  ;  while  if  you  gain  the  day  people  will  all  look 
upon  you  coldly.1  Bear  in  mind,  if  there  is  mutual  hatred  and  dislike 
among  people  living  in  the  same  hamlet,  lifelong  enmities  are 
contracted,  which  are  handed  down  to  your  descendants,  and  even 
then  cannot  be  settled.  Is  not  this  for  you  to  sow  a  future  pregnant  • 
with  evil  possibilities? 

I  loir  lo  a  roid  Strife. 

3.  So  then,  among  the  inhabitants  of  this  our  hamlet,  though 
some  are  more  and  some  less  intimate  ;  some  mere  marriage  con 
nections,"  brought  from  all  quarters,  while  others  are  friends  constant 
ly  together,  yet  to  sum  the  matter  up,  treat  them  all  kindly,  and  in 
all  things,  important  or  trivial,  be  ready  to  give  way:  whenever4  you 

1.   Lit  ,  look  upon  (with)  a  cold  eye,  cp.  "  give  him  the  cckl  shoulder." 

'2.  Lit.,  sow  misfortune's  womb. 

;$.  TVtn-te'th  ($i  Jf£)  is  more  inclusive  than  ts'uh  ren  (Jj^  A)  for  it  embraces; 
nifirriago  relations  of  every  degree  just  as  in  English  "  family  connections  "  ismon- 
comprehensive  than  ''relatives."  In  this  context,  la  la  eh'cs  </>'"  tlh  (£./r 
flt])  —  lit.,  dragged  (in)  —  refers  to  those  who  have  been  brought  into  the  circle  of 
tx'ih  by  marriage.  0  ($£)—  n.wf*n  ;  tit>  being  omitted  as'iisual  before  c/ic'. 

4.  Lit.,  early,  late. 


>%    tfc    ».  ?- 


w  CKJ 


A 


A 


186 
A. 


*r 


meet  be  respectful.  At  any  coming  of  age1  or  marriage,  or  funeral 
ceremony,  conform  to  etiquette.  If  there  be  calamity,  by  all  means 
render  assistance;  if  sickness,  by  all  means  call  and  ask  after  (the 
patient)  ;  if  there  be  litigation,  exert  yourself  to  the  utmost  to  bring 
about  a  reconciliation,  and  do  not  help  on  (the  quarrel)  by  tale  bearing: 
if  there  be  a  robbery  or  a  fire,a  combine  to  give  assistance  :  do  not 
take  pleasure  in  calamity.  You  must  not  let  your  cattle3  trample  on 
other  peoples'  (crops),  nor  let  your  lads  behave  rudely.  Do  not 
undervalue  your  life,  and  scheme4  —  by  committing  suicide  —  t-o 
incriminate  (another);  nor  sell  your  patrimony  and  go  amusing 
yourselves  with  gambling. 

Duties  toward  Fellow   Villagers. 

4.  (Take  for  instance)  the  case5  of  a  poor  villager.  I  ought  to 
assist  him,  and  if  I  give  him  a  loan,  must  not  take  more  than  30  per 
cent,  interest  :  °  (or  in)  a  debt  of  many  years  standing  that  cannot  be 

1.  Capping  was  an  aucicut  ceremony  observed  when  boys  came  of  age:  it  lias 
now  fallen  into  disuse.     Sacrifice  is  offered  both  to  parents  as  well  as  to  ancestors  : 
that  offered  before  the  body  of  a  parent  is  taken  out  of  the  house,  is  spoken  of  as 
hsien  mao  hsiieh  (fft  ^  jfQ.)  offer  hnir  and  blood. 

2.  Lit.,  fire,  candle. 

3.  The  "  six  animals  "  are  horses,  cows,  sheep,  fowls,  dogs  and  pigs. 

4.  e.<j.  —  If    A   quarrel  with  B   aud_  commit    suicide  in    consequence,  B    is  held 
accountable  for  his  death. 

5.  Lit.,   to  see,  perceive  :  klen  (  f|J  is  vised  in  the  sense  given  above,  to  introduce 
a  new  subject  ;    seo  the  following  flections.     Notice  that  hsiang-tany  ($jjfl  $£)  is  used 
for  a  member  of  the  community  as  well  as  for  the  community  itself. 

6.  Lit.,   three  per  cent,  »3ckoned  per  month  in  accordance  with  the  invariable 
custom. 

32 


. 
«    * 


ft. 
* 


ffl    ¥> 

Wit    IE 


SB     T0    «''  H 

tt  ftk  •  011*  ft 


A.    fl'. 


B"    ft.  ft    *    pf 

tt  *  mk  tfi  $ 


# 


repaid,  the  tiling  to  do  is  to  let  him  off  on  generous  terms,  and  not 
exact  compound  interest,  or  exceed  the  current  rate :  (nor) 
presuming  on  my  being  well-to-do  fleece  another  man  who  happens 
to  be  poor. 

(Or)  take  the  case  of  a  resident  without  a  literary  title,  (my 
duty  is)  to  reflect  thus  : — "When  I  became  a  B.  A.,1  or  took  my 
higher  degrees — no  sooner  had  the  announcement2  come,  than  the 
whole  community  came  and  offered  their  congratulations.  How 
came  this  about  ?  It  was  simply  because  they  expected  me  to  look 
after  them  and  render  them  assistance.  But  if  I  presume  on  the 
influence  (my  literary  status  gives  me)  to  despise8  the  people  of  the 
place,  they  will  not  consider  it  an  honour4  to  own  a  man  of  mark. 
Hence  I  must  not  rely  on  my  having  a  degree  to  oppress  this6  man 
that  has  none." 

In  the  case  of  a  simple  minded  or  easy  going  neighbour,  you 
must  treat  him  fairly  with  the  strictest  impartiality.  If  because  he 
happens  to  have  good  land  or  houses,  you  set  your  wits0  to  work  to 


1.    Siu-ts'ai 


cultivated  talent "  is   the  lowest  literary  degree ;    aiid   is 


2.  Colloquially"  called  pao   tan   ($j[  J?t)   aud  Bent  out   by   the  pao  fang 
Announcement  Office. 

3.  Lit,,  flesh  aud  fish,  i.e.,  treat  them  as  mere  food. 

4.  The  district  that  produces   a   tsin-si  ($£  ±)  is  considered  peculiarly  fortunate. 

5.  Lit.,  that.  • 
(5.  Lit.,  devise  a  hundred  plane. 

33 


m 


7 
s 

a 


.  T    *tb¥  is 

SI     m.     S 


ffr 


A    * 


Hr 


»Jt 


A 


Ji*  ffi, 
$1.  A 
flf  * 


s    "T 


ft    8B  tt 

T_L»L*  9 

&  A. 

ffi    JS  7 


i?  121  7  m  A.  is 


58),  X 

.S  Jfc 

fr  ft 

•t    A  M 

A    ^  A 


swindle  him,  and  when  the  time  comes  to  conclude  the  bargain  (in 
purchasing  them  from  him)  either  abate  the  price,  or  use  inferior 
silver,  determined  to  gain  undue  advantage  ;  or  lend  to  (such  a) 
man,  either  money  or  grain  on  compound  interest,  rolling1  into  my 
coffers  the  proceeds  of  his  houses  and  lands — the  community  gnash 
their  teeth  at  men  of  this  class:  nor  does  Providence  permit  (such 
conduct).  How  many  families  have  been2  enriched  (by  it)?  Hence 
you  must  on  no  account  employ  your  despicable  cleverness  and  petty 
cunning  to  take  advantage  of  simpletons,  nor  trust  to  your  own 
power  of  intimidation  to  insult  the  weak.  . 

As  regards  the  wealthy  resident,  if  at  some  time  or  other  you 
have  borrowed  something  of  his  to  help  you  iu  an  emergency,  (it  is 
only)  right  and  proper  to  return  it  promptly  at  the  appointed  time  ; 
whatever  you  do,  you  must  not  for  an  instant  act  against  your 
conscience,  and  covertly  think  how  (you  may)  cheat  the  man  out  of 
his  capital.3 

In  the  case  of  an  ill-disposed  neighbour,  you  must  most  carefully 
be  on  your  guard  against  him,  treat  him  with  courtesy/ (and)  in  all 

1.  Kuen  ($g)=rolling  ;  cheh  (ff )  to  break  up  (his  property). 

2.  Ts'eng  (-f^)  "  already  "  aigu  of  past  tense  ;  Iden  (  gj  sign  of  passive. 

3.  Lit.,  root  money,  i.e.,  that  from  which  other  is  producer!, 

34 


I 

•  > 


JE. 


Ife 


*        $. 


A    Ife 


IX 


m  #  a 


iffi, 


* 


ti»  ft, 
7  A! 


A. 


. 

tt    T 


A 


B    K 


>%• 


ff  s 

M    ft. 


T     A 


if 


is. 


sincerity,  (seek  to)  influence  him  for  good.  You  should  give  way  to 
him  in  all  things,  be  (very)  patient  with  him.  It'  there  should  be  a 
slight  misunderstanding,1  approach  him  cautiously8  and  with  fair 
words  persuade  him  to  clear  it  up  :  and  exert  yourself  to  get  him  to 
arrange  the  difficulty.  ' 

Consideration^  in  Fa  four  <>f  Forbearance- 

6.  In  conclusion,  even  if,  in  your  dealings  with  your  neighbours, 

a  little  advantage  —  in  grain,  or  money  —  (accrue  to  them),  still  it 
counts  as  secret8  merit  on  your  part  :  do  not  because  other  folk  fail 
to  requite  you,  bear  a  grudge  against  them  in  consequence.  And  it' 
anyone  has  shewn  a  lack  of  courtesy  to  you,  just  excuse  him,  and 
not  be  as  undiscerning1  as  he.  Or  suppose  a  person,  destitute  of 
common  sense,  treats  you  rudely  or  insults  you,  be  content  with 
bringing  reason  to  bear  on  him,  and  in  no  wise  lay  it  to  heart. 

At  the  present  time  those  who  are  fond  of  making  trouble 
frequently  say,  "  If  I  yield  on  this  occasion  the  whole  countryside 
will  come  and  take  advantage  of  me;  I  should5  not  be  acting  as 

1.  Lit.,  a  word  or  half  a  sentence  not  agree  opinion  place. 
•_'.  Lit.,  from  the  side. 

3.  i.e.,  merit  unseen  by  uian  but  noted  by  the  gods,  and  to  be  rewarded  hereafter. 
•I.  Kien-shili  (  g.  jfa)   "to   see  and  know  "=experience,  or   the  wisdom  and  sense 
derived  from  it.  ' 

5.  Lit.,  how  can  1. 


• 

3®    A 

m   7. 


«    W  ' 
7    JW 


'IS    Bi_ 
7.    - 

11  10 


Jt 


* 


sn 

7 


w 

A 


ffi 


JW 


* 


-Ifc. 


« 


a  man  of  mettle :  hence  if  I  am  treated  rather  badly1  by  a  villager 
I  at  once  go  and  rate  him."  But  such  people  forget  that  the 
Ancients  rightly  said,  "  He  who  cati  swallaw  an  affront,  is  the  true 
man;"  and  again,  "If  when  another  hates  me  I  do  not  hate  him, 
enmity  will  cease  at  once."  But  simply  because  you  are  unwilling 
to  come  off  second  best,  on  the  spur  of  the  moment  you  contend 
together  ;  rowing  and  storming  at  each  other,  wrangling,  jangling — 
hating  each  other — till  there  ensues  either  loss  of  life  or  some  other 
serious  difficulty.  When  (matters  have  come  to)  this  pass  there  will 
be  no  getting  out  of  it  (much  as  you)  wish  to,  but  you  will  have  a 
bad  time  of  it  indeed;  as  it  is  said,  "For  the  less  you  lose  thu 
greater."  What  if  another  is  quarrelsome  ?  you  simply  concern 
yourself  with  keeping  the  peace — one  foolish,  the  other  wise.  If  he 
sees  you  ai*e  long-suffering  he  will  come  to  a  better  mind ;  if  he 
still  is  insensible  to  shame,  he  is  no  man — what  difference  is  there 
between  him  and  the  brute  creation  ?  Consider  a  little — if  you 
being  a  man,  reason  with  a  brute,  are  you  not  placing  "yourself  on  a 
par  with  him  ? 

1.  Note  that  the  word  whroh  really  applies  to  the  object  precedes   the  verb;  cp. 
shao  wny  ki-ko  ta'ivn  (^  $  $£  O  ||)  leas  use  a  few  cash=-use  a  little  leas  mouey. 

36 


ft   ft   W    ft   &   #  1£ 

ftft&'Aif-tii'iir 

Jt    •    ft    tt    ft   ft    A 

II    «.   If    »  0    ^ 


A 


7.   II    T    f*. 

ft  **# 


n-  ir 


J3. 


m 


ft 


.  A    ffl 
S    A 


ft 


' 


t    Jtfi 


A,  * 


. 


In  everything  you  must  just  be  a  little  more  patient  and  not 
lay  peoples'  faults  to  heart.  Always  be  ready  to  pocket  an  affront, 
and  nobody  will  say  you  are  simple,  but  all  will  love  you,  honour 
you  and  praise  you  :  the  rulers  noticing  how  well  you  behave  will 
also  commend  you.  Is  not  this  position  in  which  you  suffer  loss, 
the  position  in  which  you  really  gain  advantage  ?  Hence  the 
Ancients  in  changing  their  residences,  did  not  seek  for  good  houses 
but  only  for  good  neighbours;  and  that  for  the  simple  reason  that 
one  is  always  dependent  on  one's  near  and  distant  neighbours,  who 
live  in  the  same  hamlet. 

How  to  promote  Harmony. 

6.  It'  people  would  regard  all  connected  T  with  the  community 
as  making  one  corporate  body  —  if  there  were  advantages  all  would 
enjoy  them  ;  if  adversities,  all  share  them  :  this  would  be  (true) 
union  among  the  people. 

If  soldiers  at  the  stated  times  for  drilling,  drill  together;  and 
when  they  go  to  guard  a  military  outpost,  help  each  other  to  keep 
watch  :  this  is  concord  in  the  ranks.  The  military  hazard  their 
lives  in  protecting  the  people  ;  the  people  pay  taxes  to  support  the 
military;  and  this  is  harmony  between  soldiers  and  civilians. 

1.   Some   such  word  as  "people"  must  be  supplied  after    tih  (fltj)  or  it  must  be 
looked  on  as  =  a  noun. 

37 


R.  # 

7  ft  HI 

*  j*  fl 

R  Hfc 


il.  H 


m 

itt 


R 

ffl 


R  •& 

«  w 


F  .9    ft 

,    li    7, 


T 


Jit 


m 


.  ft* 


T 


(If)  from  this  time  onward  with  mutual  affection  in  the 
interchange  of  courtesies,  none  fight,  rior  go  to  law,  there  will  be  no 
room  for  such  things  as  enmity,  loss  of  time  and  waste  of  money, 
culminating  in  families  broken  up,  beggared,  and  drifting  away  to 
strange  places.1 

Although  these  remarks  are  addressed  to  the  soldiers  and 
civilians,  we  still  wish  you  country  squires,  men  of  rank,  elders  well 
up  in  years,  graduates  in  letters,  and  leading  men  in  the  community, 
lirst  of  all  to  set  an  example  of  concord  :  then  '2  you  will  be  able  to 
educate  the  masses. 

Punishment  of  the  Contentious. 

7.  You  soldiers  and  civilians  bethink  yourselves — you  have 
each  your  own  circle  of  neighbours — have  you  been 3  peaceful  ? 
If  not,  the  law  of  the  land  will  not  let  you  off  lightly.  Glance  a 
moment  at  the  enactments  in  our  Penal  Code  : — 

"  Let  the  residents  in  each  community  rank  according  to  their 
ages;  and  whoever  transgresses  this  order  shall  receive  fifty  light 
blows." 

1.  Note  how  the  various  items  in  this  long  lisf  depend  on   tih  (($).     A  fuller  and 
more  colloquial  construction  would  need  tih  si"  (fi{]  2ff)  after  each  item,  e.y..  v,  lian  kony 
fit  tih  HI  ;   etc. 

2.  Hao  (jf)  "in  order  thc^,  so  that.'' 

3.  Ko-ts'eng  ("SJ  ^^past  tense. 

38 


m  *d« 


A 


A 
+, 


-    IL 


«.   »<    «. 

s    •&   n 


•.  flfr    A     -,  A 
B.  ».   A   W 


tt 


J: 


-    A    tt 


JfiL   + 
*.  5 


"Whoever  curses  another  shall  receive  twenty  light  blows; 
those  who  curse  one  another  shall  receive  twenty  each." 

"  Whoever  strikes  another  (so  as  to  cause)  spitting  up  of  blood, 
shall  receive  eighty  heavy  blows,  and  be  banished  for  two  years." 

"Whoever  pulls  out  another's  hair  in  great  or  small  quantities, 
or  breaks  his  finger,  shall  receive  sixty  heavy  blows,  and  be  banished 
for  one  year  :  if  he  break  his  ribs  or  deprive  him  of  the  sight  of  one 
eye,  or  wound  him  with  an  edged  instrument,  lie  shall  receive 
eighty  blows  and  be  banished  for  two  years  :  if  he  break  a  limb  or 
destroy  the  sight,  he  shall  receive  one  hundred  heavy  blows  and  be 
banished  for  three  years." 

"In  case  of  a  scrimmage  resulting  in  death,  the  man  who  deals 
the  fatal  blow  shall  be  strangled:  the  prime  mover  shall  receive 
one  hundred  heavy  blows  and  be  transported  1,000  miles."  l 

"  Whoever  effects  a  double  mortgage  or  sale  of  land,  shall  be 
treated  as  a  robber :  the  price  obtained  shall  bo  reckoned  as 
plunder,  and  the  property  shall  revert  to  the  original  mortgagee  or 
purchaser." 

(Seeing  that)  the  foregoing  laws  are  so  severe,  are  not  you 
soldiers  and  civilians  who  promote  discord  among  your  neighbours 
afraid  ? 

Mischief  Makers  and  their  Punishment. 

S.  To  sum  up,  no  good  people  disturb  tho  peace  of  (their) 
neighbours.  But  among  the  villagers  there  are  troublesome  busy- 

1.  The    punishment  of    liu   (jjft^being   transported  to    a    distance  away   from 
friends;  but  the  offender  is  allowed  to  live  in  his  own  honse  under  police  surveillance. 

39 


3 


A. 


,  ft    $ 
A.  *. 


Ak 

P 

M» 

PJu 


A, 


A 
T 
H 


in 

fr    B 


tf 


•?. 

* 


w 


is 


A, 


bodies  continually  neglecting  their  own  business,  in  order  to  study 
the  role  of  a  polished  villian.  (They)  associate  with  some  of  the 
underlings  at  the  law  courts,  and  learn  -how  to  draw  up  an 
indictment  (containing)  some  ambiguous  phrases — how  to  make 
use  of  a  few  expressions  that  will  hoodwink  and  blind  the  mind. 
Wishing  to  do  the  community  out  of  money  and  wine  for  their  own 
use,  at  every  turn  they  beguile  and  excite  others  to  wrangle  over  the 
least  thing,  adding  the  remark,  "  Lose  money  but  not  reputation." 
They  stir  up  strife  in  all  sorts  of  ways,  perhaps  by  perfecting  some 
artful  device  to  set  people  at  variance,  or  else  acting  contrary  to 
all  reason  and  right,  scare  them  (into  giving  money)  ;  or  under  the 
outward  semblance  of  friendliness  lead  them  astray;  or  make  a 
pretence  of  acting  for  the  public  good,  while  secretly  furthering 
their  own  interests.1  People  of  this  class  rejoice  at  calamity  and 
misfortune.  They  provoke  you  to  go  to  law  and  are  simply  desirous 
that  you  should  be  at  loggerheads.  But  (they  are)  among  those2 
whom,  in  the  end,  the  law  of  the  land  will  punish  and  divine  justice 
disallow.  When  they  have  filled  up  the  measure  of  their  iniquities, 
as  a  matter  of  course  they  will  have  their  appropriate  reward. 

1.  Pa-c/i'i'    (ffi  f$)  =  using    undue  influence   with  officials,   so   as  to   manipulate 
matters  to  one's  own  advantage. 

2.  Tsai  so  (^  ffi)  tsai  among,  so  those  which. 

40 


7    ft 
-    ft 


W 


ft.  -tfc    W 


if 


tt 


A 


Ji    iff 
A    IS 


tt. 


it 


*2. 


,  Ji 


tf 


Ml 
T 


Simply  look   and    see   for  yourselves  —  which    of   the   blacklegs    of 
(your  particular)  locality  has  come  to  a  good  end  ?  l 

Season*  for  Contentment. 

9.  All  the  people  of  a  place  constantly  dwelling  together  at 
home  are  scarcely  aware  of  their  own  advantages.  Some  fine 
rooming  they  travel  abroad,  and  while  a  few  hundred  or  a  few 
thousand  miles  away  from  home  h'ear  a  man  who  has  their  native 
accent.  Even  if  it  be  someone  they  have  noD  known  before,  they 
must  have  a  little  chat.  But  should  they  meet  a  neighbour  they 
know,  they  are  extraordinarily  cordial,  just  as  though  they  had 
met  one  of  their  own  relatives.  How  is  it  then,  that  living  in  the 
same  hamlet  you  nevertheless  become  estranged?  If  folk  would 
always  maintain  these  amiable  feelings,  as  a  result  manners  would 
be  more  kindly  :  their  children  and  grandchildren  would  be  more 
willing  to  be  dutiful  and  submissive,  kinsmen  more  willing  to  be  at 
peace.  Indeed  all  your  descendants  would  be  (so)  mutually  helpful 
(as  to)  bring  about  the  Golden  Age!  The  Emperor  and  you  his 
people  would  all  be  happy  indeed  !  * 

1.  SAu-j  ({$)  eud  of  a  twig  :  taia  shoo  also  includes  tiie  idea  of  one  6  descvuduuta- 

41 


>Ct'  •  I  - 

$>     A     *< 


aft. 


sr  ± 


'fe 


JH 


A 


CHAPTER  IV. 

"Attach  Importance  to  Farming  and  Mulberry   Culture,  that 
there    may  he  sufficient  Food  and  Clothing." 


Importance  of  Husbandry. 

\.  His  Majesty's  meaning  :   (ho")  says  : — 

The  basis  of  the  peoples'  support  consists  in  the  two  items — 
food  and  clothing.  The  human  race  toil  the  livelong  day,  just  for 
bread  to  eat  and  raiment  to  wear  ;  but  without  considering  J  the  way 
in  which  these  things  reach  us.  But  for  sowing,  whence  would  there 
be  food  to  eat?  but  for  silkworm  culture  whence  should  we  have 
clothes  to  wear  ?  True,  there  are  scholars  and  farmers,  artizans 
and  tradesmen,2  each  has  his  different  occupation  ;  but  after  all, 
the  supply  of  these  necessaries  solely  depends  on  husbandmen 
and  silkworm  cultivators.  Are  not  farming  and  mulberry  culture 
obviously  matters  of  the  first  importance  ? 

Sure  Reward  of  Industry. 
2.  If  every  man  in  the  Empire  set  about 3  cultivating  his  own 

1.  Chnli  (4lf)=sign  of  participle. 

2.  ,S'i'  nonff  Long  shany  (j;  Jfjj£  ^C  T.M)  's  n  general  term  for  all  classes  of  society. 

3.  Note  use  of  k'n  (•=£)  fc'/i  ghony  "to  go  and  cultivate."     'Isiu  (jjjft)  shews  where 
the  principal  clause  begins. 

42 


J: 


A    7.* 


it 


A     2 


B    Js 


A 


A. 
* 


T 


tfl* 


A 


35    -  .  If 


* 
H   ft 


A 


land,  everyone  growing  what  they  eat — in  all  the  laud  not  a  soul 
would  suffer  hunger.  If  there  were  one  who  did  not  till  his  field,  then 
just  that  one  would  go  hungry.  And  if  every  woman  in  the  Empire 
began  rearing  her  own  silkworms,  everyone  weaving  what  they 
wore — in  all  the  land  no  one  would  feel  the  cold.  If  there  were 
one  who  did  not  rear  them,  that  one  alone  would  suffer  from  the  cold. 

Observe  that  the  Emperors  of  old  all  regarded  farming  (in  both 
its  branches)  as  a  matter  of  the  utmost  importance.  In  spring  time 
the  Emperor  went  ploughing  in  person  ; i  our  Lady  the  Empress 
herself  set  to  work  rearing  silkworms.  So  you  see,  the  (very) 
individuals  who  were  the  most  respected  and  opulent,  for  all  that, 
were  not  afraid  of  labour,  but  themselves  took  up  these  kinds  of 
occupations.  There  can  be  no  question  that  it  was  to  set  the 
Empire  an  example  that  the  people  might  copy.2  Is  it  possible 
for  all  this  that  you  people  are  loth  to  set  about  it  in  earnest  ? 

1.  Ts'in  (Id)  is  an  emphatic  form  of  tsi-ki  (g  g,)  or  tsi-kia  (g  ||£). 

2.  Lit.,  in  the  interests  of  the  Empire  to  set  a^good  example,  to  cause  their 
subjects  to  be  able  by  copying  to  carry  it  out. 

43 


jff 


f  c 


"4    it 
if  til 


HE       »' 

&r.  A, 

ffl 


MIS 


Industry  and  Indolence. 

3.  Give  the  subject  a  moment's  thought.  Food  and  clothing1 
in  the  first  instance,  are  the  produce  of  the  land.  One  must  sow 
in  the  spring,  hoe  in  the  summer,2  reap  in  the  autumn, — a  little 

labour,   a  little   exertion,   the  best   part   of  a  year's    hard  work 

before3  we   obtain    these   basins  of  rice  to   eat,    these   articles   of 
clothing  to  wear. 

Hence  the  diligent  thrive  and  are  prosperous  through  the 
cultivation  of  their  fields,  mulberries,  and  silkworms4 — their  produce 
returns  increase  yearly.  Grain  ?  it  is  stowed  away  in  large  binsful ; 
silks?  they  are  stored  away  in  bundles:  (they  have)  more  than 
they  can  eat,  more  than  they  can  wear. 

But  if  a  person  is  not  diligent,  neither  on  the  one  hand5 
can  he  support  his  parents,  nor  on  the  other  hand  his  wife  and 
children  :  this  is  a  moral  certaintv. 


1.  Note  the  use  of  chce-lco  (g  f@ 
passage,  and  to  the  fact  that  i-slrih 


It  calls  attention  to  the  chief  subject  of  the 
^)  is  a  single  noun,  for  which  we  have  no 
English  equivalent  :  see  above,  ctue  nong-san  ....  ih-kien.s'i. 

2.  Lit.,  a  little  blood,  a  little  sweat  ;  cp.  Genesis  iii.  19. 

3.  Ts'ai  (^|)  marks  the  result  of  the  toil. 

4.  Lit.,    field-land    cultivated—  thrivingly,    mulberry   trees  silkworms    reared  _ 
prosperously. 

5.  Shang.pien  (±  j^)  &udhsia-pie>i  (~f  j£)  point  out  the  man's  relation  to  hia 
parents  arid  family. 

44 


T 


. 

UT    T 


£  ft  T  ft 

Iti    T;    fi  •*• 


± 


K 


Centres  of  Cultivation. 

4.  Bub  the  soil  of  the  south  differs  from  that  of  the  north : 
the  one  is  high  and  arid,  the  other l  is  low-lying  and  swampy. 
The  former  should  be  cultivated  with  different  varieties  of  millet :  * 
the  latter  with  different  varieties  of  rice.  It  is  still  farming,  though 
the  yield  is  different. 

Coming  to  the  cultivation  of  the  mulberry  and  the  silkworm, 
the  only  places  they  are  found  are  the  few  provinces  of  Kiangnan? 
Chchkiang,  S'ich'uan  and  Hukuang.^  Outside  of  these  few  places 
they  are  not  to  be  found — in  such  provinces5  as  Pehehlh,6  Shan- 
to»g,  Honan,  Sliensi,  and  Shansi.' 

Now,    although    the    cotton    goods,     woven    with     the    hemp 

1.  "Some"  and   "other"  are  expressed  by  the  repetition  of  I'M-  tih  (^f  fit]). 

2.  Shu  (gj|)  and  isih  (if§)  are  different  varieties  of  panicled  millet :  ken'j  ($£)  and 
tan  (ifQ)  are  two  varieties  of  rice. 

3.  Also  called   Liang  Kiang    (p$  ft).     This  includes  the  provinces  of  Kiany-su 
(ft  SS)  An-hnei  (T£  ff£)  and  Kimig-si  (•*£  fflj)-     Each  has  a  governor,  Fu-t'ai   (fa  •£?) 
who  is  associated  with  a  Governor-General,  Chi-t'ai  ({jjlj  -£j)  having  his  residence  at 
Nanking. 

4.  Also  called  Liang  Hu  (pfj  }$J).     It  includes  the  provinces  of  Hu-peh  (Jjfl  ^) 
and  Hu-nan  (%ft  ^)   the  provinces  north  and  south  of  the  'J'«ii'j-tin<j  Lake  (JfpJ  ^  ffl\). 
The  Governor- General  resides  at  Wuchang. 

5.  Lit.,  like. 

6.  i.e.,  the  province  of  Chih-li  ({ft  |fc). 

7.  Koh  (&)  which  usually—1'  every,'1  is  commonly  used  with  siang  (ffc)  and  = 
a  sign  of  the  plural  after  an  enumeration  of  several  adjectives  or  nouns;  ?.</.,  sianj 
i-fah   mao-ts'i,    /isini,    uah,    koh    kien   (^  55t  M  CS  ~F"  $£  U  &  it)    "such    things    as 
clothing,  hats,  shoes  and  stockings."     The  word  that  follows  it  varies  with  the  words 
that  precede  it,  and  may  be  a  N.  A.  or  a  noun. 

45 


£  i   ft' 


4ft   V   #    T 


m  7 


it   £,  ft.  #;  41 

«'  JS   *-  ^'  ^ 
*    ^    ft    T    18 


A  - 
*•.«* 
ft  * 


»  at 


,  4$ 


* 


.   ffl    T    ffl    tf. 


and  cotton  you  have  cultivated,  are  not  equal  to  silks,  after  all 
they  are  (materials  for)  clothing.  Hence  all  is  included  in  the 
phrase  "  mulberry  culture." 

Cautions  against  abandoning  Husbandry. 

5.  Would  that  the  people  would  put  all  their  heart  and 
strength  into  farming  and  mulberry  culture  !  On  no  account  be 
lazy — diligent  at  first,  and  remiss  afterwards.  Neither  because 
one  season  there  happens  to  be  a  scanty  harvest,  at  once  abandon 
lightly  your  fields  and  gardens.1  Nor,  seeing  other  folk  engaged 
iu  trade,  able  to  plan  and  make  a  good  deal  of  money,  eye  them 
enviously  and  change  your  original  occupation,  with  a  view  to 
follow  in  their  wake;  unaware  that  agriculturists  the  world  over  are 
styled  the  '  Source  of  Power '  ;  while  tradesmen  are  spoken  of  as 
'Accessories.'2  The  calling  of  artisans,  though  respectable,  after 
all  is  not  the  "Fundamental  Occupation."  It  is  agriculturists  alone 
that  obtain  ten  thousand  fold  return.3  Besides,  the  grain  obtained 
during  the  year  by  laborious  toil,  converted  into  money — after 

1.  i.e.,  do  not  give  up  farming. 

2.  Pen  (2JS)  and  moh  (^)  are  opposites  — "beginning  and  end  ;"  "important    and 
unimportant,"  etc.  ( 

3.  Lit.,  one  grain  falls  to  the  ground,  10,000  grains  come  home. 

46 


•1 


ffi  ft  A  n 
S  »,  &  «6 


fc  -^ 


T 


* 

$£ 
T. 


is  ^. 


ii&    ^ 
%.    «! 


-a 


if 


T    * 

I    ili 


IS. 


B 


M    if"!    i 


7^=- 
^tf4 


, 

ffi    -fi    T 
A.  —  '.  'H 


deducting  taxe? — is  enough  for  incidental  expenses ;  although 
what  is  put  by,  all  told,  is  certainly  not  much ;  still  laying  up 
year  by  year,  affluence  will  naturally  ensue.  What  you  lay  by 
(as  the  result  of)  hard  toil  you  also  enjoy  in  security.  Besides, 
your  children  and  grandchildren  seeing  from  childhood  how  hard 
you  labour,  will  all  know  the  difficulty  of  making  money,  and  will 
never  ruin  the  family  by  profligacy.  This  is  an  enduring  source 
of  stability. 

Now  if  you  admire  those  skulking  loafing  fellows,  who  swagger 
and  give  themselves  airs — swindling  on  all  hands1 — and  wish  to 
eat  and  dress  as  sumptuously  as  they  do,  and  say  "  Why  do  we  en 
gage  in  such  laborious  occupations?"  you  must,  know  that  fellows 
of  this  sort,  if  they  have  a  bad  run  of  luck  cannot  support  them 
selves  by  manual  labour.2  The  only  road  open  to  them  is  to  beg  or 
to  steal.  In  the  end  they  break  the  law,  are  manacled,  have  to  carry 

1.  Lit.,  east  swindle,  vrcst  cheat. 

2.  Lit.,  shoulders  cannot  carry,  hands  cannot  lift.     • 

47 


±    P    — 


A. 


6 


Jl 


ft    •    ffl 

f    *    ffl    ffl    «    & 

A,  in  ir  ffi  &  * 


ffl 

*• 


*   *•  7    ft.   IK 

ft.  •«.-.£    *    A 


ffl    06 


7 


7 


fit. 


T 


the  wooden  collar1  aud  pass  their  time  in  prison  ; — this  is  their 
finale.2  Consider  now,  what  advantage  have  these  fellows  (over 
you).  Hence  persons  must  on  no  account  abandon  the  "  Funda 
mental  Occupation." 

Relations  of  Husbandry  to  Government. 

6.  Now  as  to  you  soldiers  in  the  army  who  can  neither  sow 
the  fields  nor  rear  silkworms ;  can  it  be  that  on  that  account  you 
must  go  without  food  and  clothing  ?  Consider — \vhere  does  all 
the  money  and  rations  come  from  which  are  served  out  to  you 
monthly  and  quarterly?  Apart  from  the  silver  and  grain  paid  by 
farmers  (for  taxes)  what  would  you  have  for  military  supplies?  apart 
from  those  who  raise  silkworms  and  weave  cloth,  what  would  you 
wear?  When  you  think  of  this  aspect  of  the  case,  should  you  *uot 
exert  yourselves  to  protect  them  ? 

As  regards  local,  civil,  and  military  officials,  they  should  exhort 
the  people  to  attend  to -farming  If  any  government  service  be 
required  (of  them)  you  should  wait  till  farming  operations  are  over, 
aud  then  issue  the  summons.  Do  not  interfere  with  their  work. 

1.  The  "wooden  collar"  is  a  large  wooden  frame  locked  rouud  the  neck  of  a 
criminal  :  it  generally  has  a  utatement  of  his  crime  written  on  it. 

2.  Lit.,  fruit  bearing. 

48 


fll     §1! 
ffi     A 


i&  H  *  I®. 

*  7  flfe.  Hi  A- 

$t  -O  i£  fij  ^c 

M-  s  ^  s  i& 

^°  t»  flfi.  if  m 

H*.  fl  ft  a.  ^ 


m. 


:    *  IB  -  «l  ^  » 

i.   *  tt.  H  ^  ft 

f.  w.  *  0,  a.  UM  a  ^  Ji 

-    ?|c  !$  A  •W  ^  M  A£  W 

I,  ^,  «  *  S  ±,  A,  «  ^ 

'ft*  #J  *  fe  *  ^  A  ffl 

L  t  a'  w  jt.  s  A  A  * 


5. 


T 

HE 


If    9S 
tt.   ffl 


•«• 

w 


* 
7, 


"V^  J-ll, 

^Vl, 

^'   A 


Reprove  the  idle  in  every  case  :  reward  the  diligent.  Bid  all  cultivate 
the  ground  without  fail.  Let  there  not  be  a  plot  of  ground  untilled, 
a  single  person  unoccupied.  Let  the  men  plough,  the  women  weave; 
all  earning  their  own  livelihood.  Even  spare  plots  on  the  hills  and 
the  low-lying  ground  must  all  be  brought  under  cultivation,  (that) 
fowls,  dogs  and  pigs  may  be  reared  and  multiply.  The  people  will 
thus  enjoy  uninterrupted  prosperity. 

Exhortations  to  Economy  and  Simplicity  of  Liviny. 
7.  Now  (while)  it's  true1  that  it  is  your  duly  to  be  diligent, 
at  the  same  time  you  must  also  be  economical  in  your  expenditure. 
The  seasons  are  uncertain,  flood  and  drought  are  matters  of  constant 
occurrence.  But  if  you  are  extravagant  in  your  expenditure  during 
prosperous  seasous,2  how  will  you  live  when  there  happens  to  be  a 
year  of  drought  ?  (If  people)  come  to  attach  undue  weight  to  gold, 
gems,  and  valuables,  and  if  their  one  de-light  is  :o  wear  silks,  satins, 
gauzes,  and  jewellery,3  while  they  look  with  disdain  on  grain  and  all 


1.  Ku  (UU)—  assuredly,  what  is  manifestly  the  casu. 

2.  Tung  (*ff)  used  iu  speaking  of  time—  "at,  iu."     It  may  be  followed  immediately 
by  shi  (B$)  or  a  similar  word  relating  to  time  ;  or  may,  us  in  the  present  instance,  have 
a  sentence  placed  between  it  and  such  word  :  tan<j-shi-txieh,  at  the  time,  wheu. 

3.  CA'a  kin  tai  in  (ffi  $>  *$  gj)  "  sticking  in  silver  and  carrying  gold,"  referring 
to  hairpins  and  earrings.     Pah  ch'ih  fs'ien  (^  fit  £$),  a^  expression  of  contempt  applied 
tu  puraoiiB  ab  well  as  things, 


4 


ft    i:    jit 

;Sfe       fi      3K> 


•o         V7J-*  /T 


58 


±    S3    ti 


dk        ft&       /*t 
7T      IN.     m 


tft      ft       ffl 
^     It      * 


*    fPl  ^  B" 

^    ffl  j^t  ^ 

rt&:         J-Ft  r^  -*-*! 

•I.     -TR  ®v  Si) 

*.  •»'  7 

/A*  5V. 

1/J>  i?- 

in  *HI  * 


A^fk  ^ 


Si    ft   £ 


w»    fl 

ffl    s 


pf 


it 


(sorts  of)  plain  clothing — all  such  pride  and  extravagance  ruins  the 
family:  imitate  it  on  no  account. 

Fn  the  good  old  days  all  the  elderly  people  wore  silk  and  feasted 
on  Mesh,  and  not  one  of  the  young  and  hearty  suffered  from  cold  and 
hunger.  They  all  dwelt  in  peace  and  prosperity,  and  sought  after1 
the  doctrines  of  propriety,  equity,  modesty,  and"  a  sense  of  shame. 
This  was  absolutely  from  no  other  reason  than  that  they  simply- 
attached  great  importance-  to  husbandry;  hence  (they  were)  able 
to  have  such  an  abundance  of  food  and  clothing- 

O 

Our  Sacred  Ancestor  the  Benevolent  Emperor  filled  with  loving 
concern  for  you  his  subjects,  had  a  volume  engraved,  (called)  "  Plant 
ing  and  Weaving  (illustrated  by)  Woodcuts,"  in  which  he  sketched  in 
detail  the  joys  and  sorrows  of  fanners  and  weavers.  This  beyond  all 
question,  was  to  urge  you  to  devote  your  energies  to  that  which  is 
fundamental.  Will  you  not  all  reflect,  and  in  deed  and  in  truth 
attach  importance  to  husbandry? 

1.  Kiany-kln  (ff»  '^)  sometimes^the  result  of  being  careful  or  particular,  e.y.,  a 
man  is  kiang-kiu  about  liis  house,  and  bis  bouse   is  kiang-kiu   in  consequence.     In  the 
south  it  is  also  npplied  to  anything  that  calls  fori.h  admiration. 

2.  T-iici  (£\  ^)  may  be  na^d  ns  a  verb—"  to  regard,  consider  as  ;"  or  it  may  be 
separated  i.  introducing  the  subject  of  the  verb  up.i  to  make,  consider  ;  uei1  to  consider. 
i2  introducing  object,  nonff-san*  husba 


to  husbandry," 


husbandry,  chonff*  important ;  -'to  attach  importance 


50 


m   * 
s   w. 


fl 


A 


A 


T 

-O 


* 

m 


n  0  JB 

a    Jfc  •  tft, 


•  A 


ffi, 


Hi 


ifc 


ft     0     0 


CHAPTER  V. 

>?/  Economy,  as  a  Means  to  the  Cartful   Use 
of  Property ." 

Need  of  providing  for  Emergencies. 

1.  The  meaning  of  the  Emperor  (he)  says: — 

In  matters  of  eating,  dress,  and  social  intercourse,  there  is  never 
a  day  when  people  have  no  expenses.  And  since  there  must  be 
outlay,  one  can  never  dispense  with  money.  But  there  is  both 
unforeseen  as  well  as  the  usual  daily  expenditure. 

For  instance,  how  many  articles  of  clothing  worn  in  a  year,  the 
provision  for  morning  and  evening  meals — this  is  a  regular  order  of 
things,  and  may  be  calculated  for.  But  when  you  come  to  such 
things  as  the  birth  of  children,  marriage  of  sous  and  daughters, 
sic-kness,  death  and  burial,  these  are  things  that  must  fall  to  the 
lot  of  all,  but  are  not  capable  of  a  fixed  estimate.  Nu\v  if  you  do 
not  constantly  put  by  a  little  of  your  spare  cash,  when  such  things 
happen,  with  what  will  you  meet  them  ?  The  proverb  well  says, 

51 


7    ^    B!     0 

M    ^8    A0   ffl, 


A  M 
#$  ^ 
395  B 


fg.   H    'I 


0 


ft) 


-b 


*    * 


A. 


M 


&   B    m 
M  m.  T. 

A¥    Pg     »t 


H     0 


ii     ft     *. 


"In  the  day  you  have  (money)  think  of  the  time  you  will  be  without 
it;  and  not  when  you  are  hard  up  call  to  mind  the  time  when  you 
were  in  funds."  This  saying  bids  people  to  think  when  they  are 
well  off,  of  the  days  when  they  will  be  short  of  money  ;  and  not  to 
think  of  these  well-to-do  times  after  they  are  penniless;  saying, 
"If  I  'had  known  beforehand  that  I  should  suffer  now,  I  would 
at  all  costs  have  put  by  a  little  money  for  present  use;  now  ahis, 
I  know  it  too  late"!  Sayings  of  this  sort  still  serve  to  wake 
people  up. 

The  Improvident  rebuked  by  Ancient  Example. 

2.  But  there  is  a  certain  class  of  fellows  who  are  always  saying, 
"If  we  have  wine  to-day  we  will  get  drunk  to-day,  we'll  bear 
to-morrow's  sorrow  when  to-morrow  comes ! "  Those  who  are 
gluttonous  and  dressy,  hearing  these  sentiments  expressed,  become  all 
the  more  self-indulgent  and  extravagant.  This  matter  of  extravagance 
relates  not  merely  to  gambling  and  licentiousness,  but  also  to  unlimited 
expenditure  in  daily  eating  and  dressing.  But  it  must  be  borne  in 
mind  that  the  Ancients  rwere  above  fifty  years  old  before  they  wore 
silks,  ovt-^  seventy  before  they  ate  meat.  It  is  obvious  from  this, 

52 


t.  ft   ft  tt  * 

«    4fe    &  A 


m  « 


*  «t  ^ 

-W-f  t-rtl  ^y 

Hf      Bte0  W 

a  5u 

i  * 


••  ^ffi 


±    £4 
ffl    $£ 

"*  k 


H 


W  70  5 

i  \sa  u 

.  ~7C  i^  ^ 

•   ^/kV  AOi  ^;x 

a'  ff.  » 

a  A  m 


a 


ftfc. 
.   Hfc 


«•  m. 


SB 


7 


0, 


* 


* 


that  young  men  should  not  dress  in  silks  and  cat  flesh  without 
sufficient  reason.  The  olden  Emperors  would  not  unnecessarily  kill 
an  ox,  the  high  officials  a  sheep,  the  lower  officials  a  pig  or  a  dog, 
so  it  is  evident  that  ordinary  people  lived  in  a  most  temperate  and 
abstemious  fashion. 

Another  point.  Everyone  has  a  limited  share  of  good  fortune  ; 
if  one  enjoy  himself  too  much,  he  discounts  his  own  happiness,1  and 
when  old  age  comes  upon  him  he  certainly  has  not  a  very  bright 
prospect  before  him.  Hence  we  speak  of  "  Setting  Store  by  Economy." 
Why  do  we  need  to  be  economical  ?  Wealth  is  like  water.  Economy 
may  be  compared  to  water  gathered  together  in  a  pond  :  if  you  do  not 
keep  some  in,  but  give  your  sole  attention  to  letting  it  out,2  it  will  be 
dry  in  no  time.  If  you  are  not  economical  with  wealth  but  make 
it  your  one  business  to  get  rid  of  it,  it  will  be  used  up  in  no  time. 
It  will  be  too  late  to  regret  when  it  is  all  gone. 

1.  Chek-fuh  ($f  jig)  to  break  or  cut  short  happiness.     Each  person  has  a  definite 
port-ion  of  happiness  allotted  to  him,  and  he  must  be  careful  how  he  uses  it.     To  dress 
a  child   too  extravagantly,  or  to  live   in  a  manner  not   in  keeping  with  his  social 
position,  is  to  "  discount  his  happiness."    Chefi  is  alao  a\»plied  to  the  purchase  of  goods, 
as  pah  cheh  (yV  $f )  ^0  per  cent.  etc. 

2.  Ttiang  (Iff )=*»  (»)• 

53 


IS   IB 


«  ffi 

H  IS 

Mi  ii 

-t  % 

*n  ft 


&    f$ 

^®  k         M 

m 


fir 


ifi    A 


&  1B 

—  A 

*p  it 

w  w 

T  4 

3fc  $t. 


*i» 

/E 


ifc 


T 

A 
*. 


A  H 


m 


w. 


a  ». 


* 


'•Us  of  Extravagance. 

3  Think,  the  practices  of  antiquity  were  nothing  more  than  (the 
observance  of)  the  two  things1 — Diligence  and  Economy.  Now  you 
cannot  make  money  if  you  are  slothful.  But  if  you  do  not  imike 
money  it  is  you  alone  that  suffer,  you  do  not  drag  others  down  ;  the 
damage  is  comparatively  slight  :  while  if  you  are  improvident  and 
squander  at  will,  even  the  wealth  acquired  by  ten  persons,  or  the 
savings  of  a  year,  would  be  insufficient  for  one  like  you  to  wantonly 
waste  in  a  single  day.  How  serious  an  evil  is  this ! 

Extravagance   Illustrated. 

4.  Think  a  little :  soldiers  have  their  regular  pay  in  money  and 
food.2  But  because  they  have  no  idea  how  to  economise,  and  wish  to 
dress  well  and  to  eat  well,  the  result  is  that  in  the  course  of  one 
month  the  pay  of  several  is  squandered.  Then  it  comes  to  borrowing 
vin  all  directions  :  they  are  willing  to  pay  seven  or  eight  per  cent, 
interest  a  month.  They  only  have  an  eye  to  present  enjoyment,  and 

1.  Lit.,  words  ;  /.si'  (?£.)  often  stands  for  the  thins?  it  represents.     In  speaking  of  a 
number  of  things,  it  is  usual  tJ  specify  the  number  after  they  are  enumerated. 

2.  Ch'ih  Hang  (Pjg  $|)  is  a  common  expression ='*  to  be  a  soldier." 

54 


4$ 


.a 


T. 


*, 


T    *ft    » 

E  T  si 

s  ft    « 


# 


B 


0 


ffl,  tU 


f 


± 


ni-e  heedless  about  compound  interest,  till  the  ewe  becomes  bigger  than 
the  dam.1  They  nro  involved  deeper  in  debt  every  day,  till  when 
they  draw  their  pay.  wiping  off  debts  is  out  of  the  question,-  let  alone 
putting  by  a  little:!  for  the  purchase  of  food  and  clothing. 


As  to  you  people,  when  you  happen  to  have  an  abundant 
harvest  —  the  grain  rotting  in  the  barns  —  you  should  put  by  as  much 
(money)  as  possible.  But,  forsooth,  (what  with)  your  fondness  for 
feasting.1  theatricals,5  building  temples,  rival  processions.'1  (adding 
beyond  measure  to  your  expenditure)  striving  to  out-do  each  other, 
wasting  your  money  so  improvidently,  no  wonder  you  all  come  to 
want.7  Just  think,  in  good  years,  if  you  still  have  a  deficit,  won't 
you  be  much  worse  off  in  bad  ones  ? 

1.   i',".,  the  interest  becomes  more  than  the  principal. 

'_'.  Note  the  idiom:    "repay  debt  also  cannot  repay,  where  still  save"  etc.,  »>..    it- 
is  impossible  either  to  pay  their  debts  or  to  save. 

3.  Ih  Un-nij  u  ts'ien  (—  f$  ]J£  12)--"  half  a  tael  or  a  tael,"  not  a  tuel  and  a  half; 
which  would  be  either  ih  llnn'ju;  or,  ih   li/n;/  u  ts'ien  in-t*'i   (—  pjij  ^J_  £3  $J  •:f-)  cp. 
t'a  ih-t'ien  chunn  ih.iiao  pah.peh  ({^  —  ^  |%  ~~  rfi  A  H)   "  ne  made  eight  hundred  or 
a  thousand  cash  a  day." 

4.  7's  !n<i-txiu  ($}  i$)—t&*ini/.k'th  (!$'{})  to  invite  guests;  the  name  for  a  feast  is 
t*iu.*ih  (}jS  fl|5) 

5.  Theatrical  performances  are,  in  the  country,  nearly  always  given  in  honour  of 
the  gods,  or  :>s  t.lruik  offerings  for  good  harvests,  etc.  Ch'eo  .then  tih  h*i  (g$  i||  tf]  ji%). 

6.  Lit.,  to  welcome  the  gods  contesting  processions.      A  good  deal  of  rivalry  exists 
between  tho  inhabitants  of  different  places,  as  to  which  place  shall  get  up  the  most 
imposing  (from  a  Chinese  po'nb  of  view)  idolatrous  procession. 

7.   I/it.,  arrive  at  an  empty  place. 

55 


'.  A 


»    «,   fit 


=». 


-    T 


5     K 


S 


A. 

m 


±    £ 


•A 


n 


'      % 


A    ii 


&  ft  us  ^  & 

j\ ^\  V  O  JL£**  —  J  ^  ifcY/^ 

_ j  ^  ^^  i5^  ^*£_  "S? 

£  *'  W 


^ 

»         Oc 


lu  the  case  of x  this  class  of  soldiers,  the  government  has  never 2 
deducted  a  fraction3  of  their  pay,  and  yet  they  are  in  straits.  lu  the 
case  of  this  class  of  people,  Fate  never  intended  them  to  he  without 
food  and  clothing,  and  yet  they  are  in  difficulties.  Both  (suffer) 
hecause  of  improvidence. 

Course  of  the  Prodigal. 

5.  Again,  there  is  a  class  of  people  whose  grandfathers  had  to 
toil  and  labour,  making  shift  with  the  barest  necessaries  of  life, 
hoarding  in  a  regular  skin-flint  fashion,4  before  they  made  a  fortune. 
Their  children  and  grandchildren  having  no  sense,  squander  it  at 
pleasure.  If  they  see  this  one  wears  silk,  they  must  wear  satin ; 
if  that  one  rides  horseback,  they  must  ride  in  a  chair.  Their  chief 
concern5  is  how  to  keep  up  appearances,  bragging  everywhere.  They 
can't  stand  being  behind  others  in  the  least  trifle.  They  are  always 
suying  they  are  afraid  of  ridicule  :  their  one  concern  is  how  to  oui-do 
others  in  their  expenditure.  Day  by  day  it  is  the  same  story,  this 
'  fear  ridicule'  and  'must  keep  up  appearances' ;  (till)  they  run  through 
the  money  left  them  by  their  grandfathers. 

1.  Lit.,  like. 

2.  Ho-ch'aitg  (fnj  *?)  "  who  tasted  ?  "  i.e.,  uo  oue  has,  it  has  never  been.  Ch'antj  ("££) 
before  another  verb  puts  it  in  the  past  tense.     The  interrogative  form  ho-ch'ang, 
demands  an  answer  in  the  negative. 

3.  Lit.,  the  hundredth  or  thousandth  part;  a  laughable  statement  in  view  of  the 
systematic  fraud  practised  in  the  army. 

4.  Lit.,  scrapiug-irou-off-the-eud-of-a-ueedle-fashiou  saving. 

5.  Gkt'tfu  (^  12])  only  acheuie,  i.e.,  it  is  the  one  thing  they  think  of. 

56 


XH. 


± 


^sa       At 

»H     m 


7 


M  Eft 

ft*.  £§ 

SI  * 

Hi  *' 

B*  JC 


*     It 


a  as  ^  0 

W        Jo     wn»     tE 


*'  B  S  8ft    ^    W 

?  ft  tt  flf    K%  A 

X  ffl  *  £F    "SI    ^ 

o 

-— **  ^t«-  -f  •-  44T1 

7  ffi  Jit  JB 

If  %  ffl.  IE    ffi 


It    K 


«    JB 


K.   W    «t    tft    A    f|    « 
7    JE*  W    ^€    tt    Vt    7, 


0 


a 


tt 

ffl 


It  is  needless  to  say  the  next  thing1  is  to  sell  off  the  farmsteads; 
these  all  gone,  they  have  nothing  more  to  squander.  Alas  !  they 
are  accustomed  to  luxury  and  idleness,-  they  are  unfit  for  any  sort 
of  hard  work;8  it  goes  without  saying  they  at  once  go  the  downward 
road.  As  for  seeking4  to  be  like  the  children  of  the  poor,  it  is 
quite  out  of  the  question.  Let  me  put  it  to  you — "  When  you  come 
to  this,  will  you  still  be  afraid  of  ridicule  ?  will  you  keep  up  appear 
ances  now  ?  "  From  this  onward  they  do  every  shameless  thing.  The 
weak  beg  their  bread ;  if  they  can  beg  nothing,  they  die  in  the  street 
or  by  the  wayside  :  plenty  of  such  cases  have  actually  been.  The 
robust  become  thieves.  Are  they  found  out?  they  are  severely 
punished.  They  go  all  lengths,  so  that  on-lookers  all  speak  ill  of  them, 

1.  T*iti  (ijDt)=tlie  order  of  events.     Note  the  use  of  tsai  (#f.)=successive  steps  iu 

actiou. 

2.  Lit.,  this  month  accustomed  to  eat,  (good  things)  this  hand  confirmed  iu  use 

(of  money). 

3.  Lit.,  (their)  bodies  unable  to  shoulder  light  or  carry  heavy  (things). 

4.  A'-i  (Jt)  is  often  used  at  the  conclusion  of  a  statement  where  in  English  we 
should  say  "iu  conclusion,   finally,"  etc.     It  is  near!y=cAi  (5)  "as  to,  to  come  to." 

is  emphatic. 

57 


ta 


T    #    * 
4-    *    jfe 


rt 


tt 


li'U  I-*  //tJ-J 

*K     -L     Us] 

#.   A    ft 


JJi 

tr 


IB    ^    ©J 

J~- j^  '  4**          \  —— 

ife         Ttb       US 


K 


A    A 

J    o       fpL 


*. 
m 


6 


$      8* 

«t    IB. 


saying  none  _of  their  ancestors1  were  decent  people.     Is  not  this  (an 
instance)  of  improvidence  bringing  a  man  to  this  position  ? 

Ancient  writings  say,  "If  people  are  not  economical  they  will 
certainly  rue  it;  "  all  you  people  must  bear  these  words  in  mind. 

Need  of  Forethought. 

6.  You  soldiers  ought  to  bear  in  mind  that  your  monthly  rations 
are  limited;  but  you  wait  till  you  are  short  of" food  and  then  set  to 
work  begging  (and)  borrowing,  expecting  some  special  largess.  It  is 
not  nearly  so  good  a  plan  as  to  be  a  little  more  economical,  and 
regularly  lay  by  any  overplus,  that  your-  pay  may  just  last  till 
(more)  is  due. 

You  people  must  know  that  good  and  bad  years  are  uncertain. 
Isn't  it  better"  to  be  a  little  more  economical  and  prepare  for  bad 
years,  than  to  be  extravagant  now  and  suffer  privation  afterwards? 
Hence  "Economy"  is  a  most  valuable  word  ! 4 

1.  Note  tu  .  .  .  .  puh  (%$  ,  .  .   ^)="noue."     To  speak  ill  of  any  one's  ancestors  is 
the  worst  form  of  cursing. 

2.  Lit.,  I ;  he  is  speaking  for  the  soldier. 

3.  U-k'i  (|fi  3|V)  are  usually  used  with  puh  ru  (^  jjp)  ho-ru  (jiij  j(f|)  or  nwh.ru  (!f£ 
iu)  to  form  the  comparative  :  "  it  is  better  ....  than." 

4.  Tsui  (igt)  is  here  placet.!  before  shi  (§;)  instead  of  after  it,  for  emphasis  aud 
effect. 

58 


5 


A 


ilf    it 


a  & 


JL  :*  isj 

ft    ffl    SB 


S 


•  pf    T    A 


tt 


ffi    M6 


•& 


± 


Extravagance  in  Marriages,  Funerals  and  Social  Observances. 

7.  But  in  economy  you  should  hit  a  happy  medium  ;  be 
economical  where  it  is  needed,  not  uniformly  close-fisted.  The  main 
thing  l  is  to  recognise  the  difficulty  of  (obtaining)  money,  and  not  to 
waste  and  squander  it  in  anywise.  Eather  2  let  other  folk  say  that 
our  village  is  not  up  to  the  mark,  than  by  reckless  extravagance  bring 
families  to  ruin. 

(In  the  matter  of)  clothing,  it  does  not  do  to  be  too  gay  :  in 
eating  and  drinking,  it  does  not  do  not  to  have  a  fixed  limit  to 
expenses.  Even  in  all  such  matters  as  marriages  and  funerals,  you 
should  act  according  to  your  position  iu  life,3  and  not  vainly  set  store 
by  all  sorts  of  4  pomps  and  vanities. 

Take  for  instance  the  marriage  of  sons  and  daughters.  Although 
it  is  your  bounden  duty  to  fit  them  out,  you  must  at  the  same  time 
have  an  eye  to  your  means,  and  do  it  as  you  are  able.  Why  go  out 
of  your  way  to  act  beyond  your  proper  position,  and  aim  at  all  sorts 
of  display;  (sHch  as)  stylish  silk  festoons,  gems,  embroidery,  sedan 
chairs,  umbrellas,  drums,  music  ;  killing  pigs,  slaying  sheep,  (till  you 

1.  Tsiu  shi  liao  ($£  g?  f)  at  end  of  a  sentence  serves  to  finish  it  off,  and  marks 
satisfaction,  decision,  etc,;  it  is  often  untranslatable. 

2.  Xinn-Vo  .  .  .  puh-k'o  (^  nj"  .  .  .   ^  U)="  ratlier  .  .  .  than." 

3.  Li  (|f  )  "  propriety  ;  "  here=in  keeping  with  oae'fl  station  in  life. 

4.  Lit.,  those, 

59 


m  * 


Jik      /R*k       Br> 

I    K    *a 


sra 


±, 


t  M  * 

;  *  ffi 

f.   A    £ 


•o         **  '  i 


IB. 


K    ft 


fi 


tt    7.  M 

ffl.   ft    tt 


Fj      Ha       M      yC 

^    A    a    7 

*  ±  m  m 


^S        J 

*±*      ^ 
,    TT;¥    ^ 


SB, 


^     "m 
>^ »    .^» 

iE.     S* 


up  to  your  eyes  in  debt  ?  You  say  it  is  out  of  love  to  your 
children,  but  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  if  you  cannot  pay  up  the  debts 
yourself,  your  children  will  be  involved  in  debt  in  the  same  old  style. 
What  is  the  need  for  this  ? 

Even  if  parents  die,  (while)  to  give  them  burial  is  the  first  duty 
of  the  living,  you  should  simply  prepare  funeral  requisites1  up  to  the 
measure  of  your  means;  all  that  is  needed  is  that  parents  should  be 
interred  in  peace;  these  are  the  only  requirements  of  filial  piety. 
Why  do  you  not  apply  your  mind  to  matters  of  such  great  importance 
as  these,  instead  of  calling  in  Buddhist  and  Taoist  priests  to  chant  the 
Liturgy  and  go  through  the  Ritual  of  Penitence  ?  You  invite  guests, 
get  up  feasts,  have  theatricals  and  music,  making  the  welkin  ring  with 
your  noise,  culminating  in  acting  stories  and  performing  plays,  some 
dancing,  others  capering,  till  it  seems  as  though  the  death  of  parents 
were  a  matter  of  extreme  joy. 

In  matters  of  this  sort  all  you  people  must  truly  amend  your 
faults :  all  that  is  needed  is  for  each  to  act  according  to  his  "own 
station  in  life.  Even  your  dwelling  houses  and  furniture  should  all 

1.  Lit.,  inner  and  outer  cofiHas,  clothes  and  coverlet. 

60 


to 


£  H,  Jft,  m  ®  $B 

•dW-  <*3>  3!A*  tt  4ff  ~tf 

3li  ffi  £E  %r  #n 

tR  UJ  ^ft  fp  Ifc.  R 


8 


£.  »  ft   ffl  ft 
^  ^  @   ^  =» 


Jt, 


:»     iNf      ^ 

*u 
* 


^.  J«    T. 
tf    Ui    T^ 


be  a  little  less  pretentious.     At  holiday  times  when  you  invite  your 
friends  and  relatives,  all  that  is  needed  is  to  do  what  is  in  keeping  with 
local  usages — do  not  go  to  extremes  to  out-do  (everybody  else). 
Benejits  of  Economy. 

8.  To  sum  up ;  wealth  is  produced  by  nature,  conserved  by  the 
government,  and  obtained  with  much  labour  by  (your)  forefathers,  in 
order  to  pass  on  a  little  happiness  for  their  descendants  to  enjoy. 

From  now  onward  the  wealthy  will  have  absolutely  no  need  to 
fear  poverty,  (while)  the  poor  will  gradually  acquire  wealth;  all 
contented  and  cheerful,  rejoicing  in  peace  and  plenty.1  Thus  you  will 
(shew)  gratitude  for  the  instruction  given  you  by  the  Emperor  out  of 
the  abundance  of  his  heart. 

Ancient  writings  say,  "  To  take  care  of  the  person,  to  economize 
expenditure,  and  to  use  one's  income  in  caring  for  one's  parents — these 
constitute  filial  piety  for  the  people."  Looked  at  from  this  standpoint, 
should  we  not  set  to  work  and  economize  in  real  earnest  ? 

1.  Lit.,  (the  mouth)  full  of  rice  laughing,  skipping  the  belly  singing.  This  happy 
state  of  affnirs  is  supposed  to  be  the  outcome  of  attending  to  the  preceding 
exhortations, 


(i 


(ft  *  ft  *  £?. 
ff  SB  A.  ft  Wt 
$;  jfl  5£  A,  ^ 

A  :*•*  -ft  '* 

#$*»1iM 

fc  A.  ft  '*••  o 
*  M  A.  f?  » 
T  tt  H  *5.  B6 


IF 


fir 


«  A 

±  ^ 

tt  « 

A.  ffi 


ff 


ft   T 

IS   « 


± 


CHAPTER  VI. 

"Attach  Importance  to  Academies,  in  order  to  improve  the 
Habits  of  Scholars" 


The   Value  of  Education. 

1.  The  meauiug  of  the  Emperor  :  (he)  says: — 

All  mankind  wish  to  be  well  fed  and  clothed  :  not  one  but  likes 
his  body  in  good  condition.  (But  they)  overlook  the  fact  that  (while) 
it  is  true  the  body  should  be  well  cared  for,  much  more  so  should  the 
mind.  Why  does  everybody  simply  wish  the  body  well  cared  for  and 
not  the  mind?  Look  at  the  people  who  are  more  cunning  and 
overbearing  (than  others).  They  practice  their  knavish  tricks  and 
deceive  the  simple,  carry  things  with  a  high  hand  and  oppress 
the  weak.  This  beyond  question  arises  from  want  of  having  an 
education.  If  people  are  uneducated,  though  *  they  dress  well  and 
live  well,'2  their  minds  are  stupid  and  sordid;3  like  mules  or  horses; 

1.  Note  that  tsong-ran  (${g  $$)  is  repeated  twice  in  the  text. 

2.  "  To  wear  a  good  garment,  and  eat  a  basin  of  good  food,"  is  a  common  idiom  = 
to  be  well  off.  „ 

3.  Lif.,  dirty  ;  i.e.,  the  mind  is  full  of  refuse  and  needs  brushing  up. 

62 


S3  «  K  ft  l 
*  S.  a,  *.  i 
35  Sc  .it  SL  ft 


T\  » 


A,  A, 

J.ff  >4y/ 

^t  ^C 

ffl  n 


«  —  « 

•fi    A    S: 


-    ft 


fi.   'ii» 


Jf  S  if  jfif 

jib  jtfc  T  i* 

=-.  *  .  2 

H  5®  re  OT 

«  *  «  T 

*  W  ^  8* 

T  A,  A.  ^ 

ft.  -ft  ffi  A 


a, 
fj 

K. 

A 


*> 


.   3E 


i.   T 


(it  i.s)  all  in  vain  they  arc  saddled  with  good  saddles,  and  trappings,1 
they  are  still  animals:  or  like  cats  and  dogs,  which  though  you  are 
fond  of  and  feed  well,  are  after  all  nothing  but  brutes. 

Hence  the  Sacred  Rulers  of  old,  in  administering  the  Empire  made 
provision  for  the  mind  as  well  as  for  the  body.  They  established 
schools  among  the  community  everywhere,  in  each  Department  and 
District.-  Kacli  school  had  a  school-master,  schools  were  opened 
everywhere  and  everybody  engaged  in  study.  A  great  deal  of  talent 
was  developed  in  consequence,  and  manners  at  once  shewed  real 
improvement.  The  cunning  were  taught  to  be  more  straightforward, 
the  simple  to  be  more  intelligent,  the  violent  to  be  more  gentle,  and 
the  weak  to  be  more  firm.  From  the  time  that  education  was  set  on 
foot,  all  classes  of  people  in  the  Empire  were  alike  brought  into  order. 
Therefore  this  matter  of  education  is  most  indispensable  ;  of  far 
greater  importance  than  eating  and  drinking. 


1.  Lit.,  saddle-ttaps  ;  its  adorumeuts  are  unable  to  change  its  nature. 

2.  \   cheo  (fl>|)  is  a  Department  subject  to  a  Prefecture  fn   Off)  ;    a  /mien  (|gj)  a 
District  or  County  subject  to  a/it  or  Independent  Department  chih.li  cheo  (£  Jfc  ft\)- 


ft. 


46,   W.  « 

&»tt 

J^t  ^V 

' 


(fit 


A     - 


t 

U?. 

$i& 

— 


/I* 

' 


»—.  @  Jt,  lft  ± 

ii  $  [i  ita  a  ±  •  H  &) 

i,  -  10  m  ¥  ±,  * 

*  *t  *  »  *U  Jg;  *. 

#  $  IE  M  »  *  ft 

7,  A.  i&  *  IK  I  ± 

»  fi  IS  tt 


.* 


&    M>    «,  S    1$    ±    ^    fe  «      ,    *. 

Superiority  of  the  Learned. 

2.  Our  Sacred  Ancestor,  the  Benevolent  Emperor  who,  governed 
the  Empire  for  many  years,  was  one  who  attached  the  greatest 
importance  to  schools.  Every  kind  of  place  for  the  maintenance  of 
scholars,  and  every  kind  of  system  for  their  instruction,  he  provided 
without  fail.  l  All  (this  was  done)  because  scholars  stand  at  the  head  of 
all  classes  of  society. 

When  people  see  scholars,  they  all  treat  them  with  respect  ; 
can  it  he  right  for  scholars  on  the  other  hand  to  abandon 
self  resect  ?  If  in  very  deed  each  scholar  were  to  conduct 
the  neighbours,  country-people  and  villagers, 
them,  and  respect  them  ;  and  following  their 
to  be  good.  Can  it  be  that  manners  would 
not  without  exception  change  for  the  better?  From  the  be 
ginning  it  has  been  well  said,  "  Generals  and  Statesmen  are  not 
sown  (to  grow  up  like  seed);  young  men  should  rely  on  their  own 
exertions."  :  If  your  are  all  willing  to  follow  after  the  right  and 

1.  U  ih  puh  pei  (:ta£  —  ^  $£)  "  not  oue  —  plan  or  place  —  not  prepared." 

2.  i.e.,  children  are  not*  tit  for  office  because  of  their  father's  abilities;  each  one 
must  depend  on  his  own. 


respect  ? 
himself  aright, 
would  all  love 
example  learn 


6 


ft 


IE    — 


IE 

ft 
JH 

*, 

lea 


#„ 


ffi 


it  10  ui  t,  n  in 
a,  **  *  it  #  # 

ffi    #.  W    »    W    ffl 


fc    H     #  -3     ft 

».  ft    K.  'ft.  U 
ft:  &,  X    IX    X. 


-?*  -Vt  t^t 

•T  #K  @ 

/EI  »=  HM 

;£\  xa  Wo 

ft  A  n 

ra  tfi  * 


to   teach   your  children  (to   do  so),  the   degrees  of   Provincial   and 
Metropolitan  Graduate  are  within  the  reach  of  all.1 

How  is  it  that  scholars  stand  at  the  head  of  society  ?  Because 
they  study  the  books  of  the  Sages,  know  the  rights  of  things,  are  pure 
minded,  and  are  examples  to  the  people  in  word  and  deed.2 

Duties  of  Scholars. 

3.  Hence  you  scholars  should  first  know  how  to  respect  yourselves. 
Make  (the  doctrines  of)  filial  piety  and  harmony  among  brethren  the 
basis  (of  your  teaching).  Do  not  devote  yourselves  to  talk  about 
writing  essays  and  poetry,  spending  time  and  labour  on  externals  only. 
Be  liberal-minded,  let  your  views  of  things  be  broad  :  be  men  eminent 
for  virtue  and  talent,  who  uphold  the  cause  of  mankind  and  truth.3 
Study  some  classical  works ;  cultivate  intercourse  with  a  few  respectable 
companions.4  Observe  decorum  everywhere,  be  careful  to  be  modest 

1.  Lit.,  every  family  has  a  share.     In  theory  the  highest  positions  are  open  to 
worth  alone.     For  ku-ren  and  tsin-sl,— see  note  on  page  33. 

2.  Beautiful  in  theory,  but  not  in  agreement  with  facts. 

3.  Cp.  the  line,  "  Support  and  ornament  of  virtue's  cause." 

4.  Cheng.klng  (]£.  jg)  as  applied  to  books,  means  those  which  are  regarded  as 
orthodox  by  the  Confucian  school ;  as  applied  to  persons— respectable,  well-behaved, 
moral,  etc, 

65 


6 

±    1H  m.  ~X  ft  ii  P) 

-y-  T  fR  &  til  ft  M 

T.   *,  to  it  W.  ffi  « 

4  '  V  4r'  IT  .#  ft,  ft 


tt 


± 

•? 


T 


, 

ft   ifi.  $   1®  tft   JS 

^    ME    *,    SB  '  SR    ft 

^-,       «  is  «  w 

fiK     ffll    1ST    A,   A,   SI. 


is 


If 


i 


>i,""^, 

.—  •  ft* 


-^f* 

it- 


in  every  thing,  lest  you  fall  from  your  (bigh)  standing  aud  bring 
reproach  upon  your  School  in  consequence.  (If  you  behave)  thus  you 
may  indeed  rightly  be  esteemed  a  scholar. 

But  suppose  a  man  invariably  seeks  reputation,  is  fond  of 
mercenary  pursuits,  is  intolerant  in  deciding  the  affairs  of  the  village,1 
frequents  law  courts,  brings  pressure  to  bear  on  the  officials,  incites  to 
litigation,  and  acts  as  go-between  in  unlawful  transactions.2  Should 
he  be  pleased  with  this  one,  he  composes  a  panegyric  in  his  praise  ;  if 
he  is  displeased  with  that  one,  he  trumps  up  a  story  and  defames  him  ; 
or  it  may  be  he  favours  heresy,  is  unorthodox  and  (while)  high-flown 
in  talk  is  inconsistent  in  his  life.  A  fellow  of  this  kind,  although  a 
Licentiate  in  name,  is  but  a  worthless  rascal  ;  one  of  the  class  who 
disgraces  the  Schools  —  he  is  no  scholar. 

Some  ivlio  promoted  Education. 
4.  In  the  Song  Dynast)3  there  was  QUQ  Hu~uent  called  An-  ting,* 

1.  17  (5^)  suggests  iutinridatioii.     The  conduct  of  village  affairs  rests  largely  in 
the  hands  of  the  local  scholars  ;  k'iih  ([ft)—  si  uei  k'Hh  cheh  (ftfl  0  ffl  J?f)  "  the  ins  aiid 
outs  of  things." 

2.  Colloquially  spoken  of  as  mai  mai  puli  kien  mien  (  jtt  f-f  /T<  U.  15)  "  trading 
without  seeing  each  other." 

3.  A.  D.  900  1  to  1127. 

4.  Aii'tiny  is  the  name  of  a  place  ;  but  is  here  given,  in  conformity  with  Chinese 
custom,  to  the  noted  man  who  came  from  it.     Natives  of  the  better  class  have  three 
names,   exclusive  of  the  siao-miny  (/J*  fa)  or  ru-miny  (^_  ^,)   "  inilk  name"  given 
them   iu  infancy  by  parents.     These  are  called  miiiy-tts'i  (^  •^•)=(answeriug  to  our 
Christian)  name,  hao  ($£)  or   uai-hao  (*r\>  f|)  additional  name,  aud  ta'i  0!jJ)  the  family 
name.     Frieuds  or  relatives,  of  the  school  teacher  select  these  for  them  :  An-tiiiy—i\ie 
vai-hao. 


JH     T     # 


A 


o 


6 


m  i 


* 


1B    S.    IB 


fir 


lit    - 


ft 


*. 


lit  *.  •? 

•  '  •    JR 

in  s« 

(ft  ffi.  m 

w  N   t? 


ii 


ift 


flj 


a  district  Officer  of  Instruction1  in  Hti-chau'2  and  Sn-chau.3  Ho  drew 
up  a  code  of  stringent  rules,  and  first  set  an  example  himself.  He 
expounded  the  classics;4  gave  prominence  to  right  principles  and 
sedate  conduct,  but  viewed  mere  accomplishments  and  hollow  profess 
ions  with  disfavour.  He  also  established  two  schools,  one  called  the 
Academy  of  Morals,  (where  he)  taught  men  clearly  to  expound  right 
principles  ;  the  other  called  the  Academy  of  Administration,  (where 
he)  taught  men  to  study  politics.  On  account  of  this,  all  who  studied 
under  him  were  without  exception  refined,  upright  and  circumspect. 

In  the  Han"  Dynasty  there  was  a  certain  Uen-ong  a  Prefect0  in 
the  province  of  Si-ck'nan.  Perceiving  that  the  place  was  boorish  and 
untaught,  he  built  colleges  in  order  to  reach  the  young  of  the  province. 
Whenever  he  went  on  circuit  among  the  Departments  and  Counties, 
he  selected  those  who  were  competent  and  well  conducted  to  accompany 
him  everywhere,  and  shewed  them  extraordinary  favour.  The  result 

1.  Also  called  lao-si  (^  |ii|i)  and  lan-kian  (^  |J(\  They  are  usually  selected  from 
the  ranks  of  Provincial  (Jnuluates  who  havo  attended  three  examinations  for  the 
degree  of  f. tin-si  (jj|  i)  but  have  failed  to  pass.  They  have  charge  of  the  Confucian 
Temple,  and  are  entitled  to  fees  from  successful  students.  See  Mayer's  Chinese 
Government. 

U.  In  the  province  of  C/iehkiany  ($ft  Jl). 

3.  In  the  province  of  K"uni</.«i«  (JX  «$)• 

4.  Tliis=tho  *t-sAt4    (gg  ^jf)    and   u-kiny  (ffi  $jf)  the   literary  Canons  of  China. 
They  comprise  the   following    books:    ta-li*i»h  (-\-  ^)  Great   Learning;    chong-ioiig 
(t{l   ;Jj)  Tlio  Doctrine  of  the  Mean;  luen-ii  Qfa  g^)  The  Analects;    meni/.t*i  (^  ^-) 
The  Works  of  Mencius  ;    slu-Uni   (H$  jg)  J<">ok  of  Odes;    shu-king  (&  $)   liook  of 
Records ;  ih-king(&  ^)  Book  of  Changes;  li-ki  (13  nG)    'jook  of  Kites;   c/^uen-ta'in 
Spring  and  Autumn. 

5.  B.  0.  L'OG  to  A.  D.  25. 

0.  Colloquially  called  vfii-j'u  (%\\  ftf). 

67 


6 


*.   -ft 


45 


A.  t 

it 


±    A,  f 


it. 


m 


ff. 


A 

A 


Jt 


if  * 


.    r 


that  the  people  of  Si-ch'uan  became  aware  of  the  excellencies 
of  study  ;  everybodys'  mind  was  bent  on  it,  and  education  made  great 
progress.  Therefore  at  the  present  time  only  those  Provincial 
Graduates  and  Senior  Licentiates  are  employed  to  fill  the  post  of 
Officer  of  Instruction,  who  have  obtained  official  employment  in  virtue 
of  holding  a  literary  degree.1  The  idea  doubtless,  is  to  encourage 
worth  and  talent,  to  educate  the  people,  and  to  bring  about  good 
manners. 

Duties  of  Preceptors  and  Scholars. 

5.  P>ut  (while)  it  is  true  that  in  Schools,  the  Instructors  must 
have  rules  for  the  maintenance  of  order,  and  method  in  discipline, 
scholars  on  their  part  must  be  careful  of  person  and  reputation,  and 
establish  a  character.  First  let  the  character  be  invariably  upright, 
and  then  produce  essays  which  are  not  mere  paper  talk,2  and  actions 
neither  unstable  nor  unorthodox;  in  your  actions  do  not  swerve  to 
bye-paths.  (Thus)  you  will  be  reckoned  an  able  scholar  in  rustic 
circles,  and  a  worthy  statesman  at  court.  Has  not  the  scholar 
weighty  reponsibilities? 

1.  Tliis  is  the  force  of  k'o  kiah  ch'iih  s/i  •«  (ft  Cfl  {lj  $%).     It  is  opposed  to  official 
employment  either  through  payment  or  milit.iry  service  :   to  obtain  ofti:e  by  purchase 
(Jalen  hum  ffl  '£")  is  very  common.     For  full  particulars  as  to  kmy-senj  (Jit  £)  see 
Mayer's  Chinese  Government. 

2.  The  theory  of  the  uen-ch'tiiy  (^  i1^)  is,  tint  it  is  the  expression  of  the  iuuor 
life  of  the  writer. 

68 


6 


k=4          •!    o 

A  W 


•ffi, 


K 


w  1@  M  fl& 

«,    BE     ffc     ff1 


6 


&  Q,  m  & 

$  i&  ffi,  wT 

It  ft  tt  tf 

ft.  S  ft  S 


BE 


W    ffi,   III    tt.   ;t. 


Education  of  Soldiers  and  Civilians. 

6.  As  to  you  soldiers  and  people  who  are  ignorant  of  tlie  weighty 
obligations  of  Schools,  you  generally  say,  "  This  is  an  affair  of  the 
learned  and  has  nothing  to  do  with  us."  But  you  don't  hear  in  mind 
that  though  you  are  not  scholars  none  of  you  are  without  the  Five 
Relationships.1  Hence Mencius  said,  "In  instructing  the  people,  first 
give  importance  to  Schools,  and  enforce  the  doctrines  of  duty  to 
parents  and  concord  among  seniors :  they  will  then  have  a  complete 
system  of  education."  And  again,  "If  the  Five  Relationships  are 
clearly  explained  by  the  rulers,  the  people  as  a  matter  of  course  will 
be  full  of  love  to  each  other."  It  is  obvious  that  the  teaching  of  the 
Schools  is  not  only  for  scholars,  but  is  to  instruct  you  soldiers  and 
people  also. 

1.  These  arc  prince  ami  iniuistcr,  father  and  son,  husband  and  wife,  brother  and 
brother,  friend  aud  friend. 

69 


I 

•ft 


it  #   A   H   H   £, 

•i  Jt  *  *  »  ft 

ffi    ffl   T.  ^    A.  i» 


til 


it    Sk 


.   T 

in 


*u 


Though  among  the  civil  and  military  the  degree  of  Licentiate  is 
the  same,1  it  is  seemingly  different — the  civil  graduating  in  arts,  the 
military  in  tactics — there  is  not  the  least  difference  between  them  in 
regard  to  the  doctrines  of  filial  piety  and  respect  to  superior?.  If 
farmers  begin2  with  the  fundamentals — duteousness  and  subordination 
— acquaint  themselves  with  them  and  give  their  attention  to  each  of 
them,  then  there  is  no  difference  between  them  and  scholars.  If  the 
soldiers  know  how  to  respect  superiors  and  love  their  parents,  then 
they  also  are  on  a  par  with  scholars. 

Looked  at  from  this  point  of  view,3  should  not  all  your  soldiers 
and  people  attach  great  importance  to  the  Schools,  and  follow  tho 
example  of  those  who  are  eminent  for  talent  and  virtue  ?4  Who  is 
without  the  Five  Relationships  of  prince  and  minister,  father  and  son, 
etc.?  or  in  whom  are  benevolence,  righteousness,  propriety  and 


1.  Many  titles  arc  common  to  both  military  and  literary  graduates ;  the  distinc 
tion  between  them  being  shewn  by  prefixing  ucn  («j£)  "civil,"  or  u  (j^;)  ';  military." 
The  "tactics"  consist  in  shooting  the  bow  and   arrow,  wielding  the  sword,  lifting 
weights,  etc.  ;  though  foreign  drill  and  arms  are  being  widely  adopted. 

2.  Tsn.k'i  (1$  ,{C)  "  to  start  from  ;  "  kcn.pen  (iJi  ^)  "  base,  root,  that  which  is 
essential." 

3.  Life.,  this  degree  look. 

1.  The  kiiin-ts'i  (fj  ^f-)  is  tho  Chinese  ideal  mau  , 

70 


e 


j$  »„ 

H*- 

g    gc 
ftift 

.  A.  J£ 

s    %    £ 

~f    W. 


A 


.  JHf.   ffl 


kuowledge  not  innate  ?  :  who  should  not  attach  importance  to  the 
Schools  ? 

All  of  you  render  each  other  mutual  aid.  Laudable  deeds  ? 
exhort  others  to  practise  them  :  evil  deeds  ?  hinder  and  dissuade 
others  from  practising  them.  Make  it  your  ambition  to  become 
law-abiding  people. 

If  there  are  the  same  doctrines  and  customs  all  over  the  Empire, 
the  Peaceful  Age2  will  again  be  seen  iu  our  day.  Will  it  not  be 
excellent  ? 

1.  These  are  four  of  the  Five  Coiistaut  (virtues)  (u-cliany  J.  ^)  the   flfth  being 
sin  (j=)  truth. 

2.  With  the  Chiuesc,  the  Golcleu  Age  passed  away  with  the  Emperors  Yao  and 


71 


ff 


BIT      { 

7,    A*    ffi    &    ^    fe 


]&   ft  •  A 

A  *   * 


A    * 


,    A. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

"  Extirpate  Heresy  and  so  exalt   Orthodoxy" 


Orthodoxy. 

\ .  The  meaning  of  the  Emperor  :  (he)  says  : — 
In  regard  to  the  manners  of  the  Empire,  that  which  is  most  to 
be  dreaded,  is  that  men  be  narrow-minded;  that  which  is  most  to 
be  rejoiced  in,  is  that  men  be  liberal-minded.  To  render  men 
liberal-minded  is  very  simple — merely  let  them  study  to  be  orthodox 
in  the  practise  of  their  vocations.  If  men's  minds  were  upright, 
manners  would  improve  everywhere  as  a  matter  of  course. 

From  time  immemorial  to  the  present  what  has  been  ortho 
doxy  ?  Nothing  more  than  (the  observance  of)  these  Five  Relation 
ships — emperor  and  minister,  father  and  son,  husband  and  wife, 
elder  and  younger  brother,  friend  and  companion.  No  matter 
whether  men  are  clever  or  simple,  not  one  of  these  relationships 
may  be  dispensed  with,  not  a  single  person  but  should  practise 
them.  But,1  though  everybody  is  fully  acquainted  with  the  fact 

»Mifli  (&  £)  "bnt,  though." 

72 


R4 


A 


as 


A 


it   A 


ffl 


%  %  m 


% 

m. 

ffi 


7    T 

^,  'iX 
^    T 


'        ~iT 

r 

'  k  J  I     ~* 

?£L        — L« 


A 


7J, 


A  ffi 

Jg?  I- 

ptj  «JL* 

T^  ft*f 

IE  A. 


a^. 


that  the  classics  contain  the  principles  of  orthodoxy  handed  down 
by  the  Sages,  and  that  each  person  should  look  into  them,  all  are 
not  willing  to  learn  and  practise  them  ;  (some)  perversely  give  their 
minds  to  heretical  doctrines.1 

Defections  from  Orthodoxy, 

2.  Now  such  people  are  unaware  that  if  men  leave  these  Five 
Relationships  and  indulge  in  senseless  talk,  though  (they  speak  of) 
all  sorts  of  marvellous  things,  these  are  but  weapons  which  destroy 
men,  poisons  which  bewitch  them  ;  it  is  the  bouuden  duty  of  you 
soldiers  and  people  to  reject  them  in  deed  and  in  truth.     (While)  it 
is  true  many  do  not  believe,  a  large  number  among  you  have  been 
deceived   by   them,-   are   lost   to   shame,   and   have  wandered  into 
crooked  ways,  culminating  in  malpractices  and  breaches  of  the  law. 
The  Emperor  pities  you  in  good  earnest,  and  wishes  to  teach  you  to 
understand  :  will  you  still  refuse  to  listen  attentively  ? 

Heterodoxy  :  (a)  Buddhism, 

3.  What  is  heterodoxy  ?  From  remote  times  there  have  been 
just3  the  Three  Sects.     Over  and  above  the  Confucian  Licentiates 

1.  Lit.,  left  hand  paths,  and  side  doors, 

2.  Kiao  (p>|-)=sign  of  the  passive. 

3.  Note  the  use  of  ko  (f0)  ;  it  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  there  are  no  other 
sects  forming  a  trio.     They  are  commonly  spoken  of  aa  ru,   shih,    tao,   saw  kiao 


m.  H 


73 


l>     f»     WH     Jfr.    8B 


plffl 


ft.  40    ft 


<& 


ft  IK 


to     - 


1B    MB. 


IE 


JS 


-ft 


T 


7 


there  are  Buddhist  and  Taoist  priests :  (the  latter)  sects  are  both 
heretical*  All  that  these  Buddhist  priests  talk  about  is  being 
absorbed  in  contemplation,  comprehending  Intelligence,  and  becom 
ing  Buddhas.1  They  also  say,  "  If  one  son  become  a  priest8  all  the 
clan  will  go  to  paradise*"  Give  it  a  moment's  consideration — where 
is  one  who  has  seen  a  Buddha  come  (as  the  outcome  of  all  this)? 
What  is  Buddha?  Buddha  is  the  heart.  "What  is  it  to  repeat  the 
name  of  Buddha  ?3  It  is  for  the  thoughts  constantly  to  be  occupied 
about  the  heart :  if  your  heart  is  good  this  is  Buddha* 

Look  at  their  classical  writings*  The  first  volume  is  called  the 
Heart  Classic.  All  that  this  Heart  Classic  says  is,  "  The  heart  must 
be  upright,  not  crooked ;  sincere  not  false  j  at  ease,  free  from 
impurity.  If  it  can  eschew  all  covetousness,  anger  and  foolish 
thoughts,  all  points  will  be  as  (clear  as)  flowers  in  a  looking- 
glass,  as  the  moon  in  water — all  suspense  and  fear  will  be  no  more : 
then  will  the  heart  be  perfect*" 

1.  In  early  time  the  Buddhists  called  themselves  tao-ren  (J§  A)»  ™en  seeking 
for  iutelligencei  They  have  sought  for  it  in  vain  up  till  now.  Buddhism,  as  had 
been  well  said,  "leads  the  bewildered  reader  through  a  jingle  of  jargon  into  a  morass 
of  metaphysical  mystery." 

2i  buddhism  in  common  with  the  Papacy,  teaches  the  celibacy  of  the  clergy. 

3i  Ni  en -full  (^  $5)^to  repeat  o-mi-to-fuh  (flpj  5|$J  j?£  $J}),  Amida  Buddha  as  a 
prayer  or  penance  with  a  view  of  gaining  merit.  It  is  much  the  same  as  the  repetition 
of  pater  nosters  in  the  West.  If  uttered  sufficiently  oftenj  it  is  supposed  to  cure 
diseases. 

74 


—    *£    ft    I 
* 


**M"      T 
»•     J  » 


ffl    JS    ^ 


$K     4& 

k  > 


^7 

JE 


'»    is» 


HI    4    M 


•    T. 

:.  m 


K 


fiJ 


Hence  Chu  the  Accomplished,1  of  the  Song  Dynasty,  said, 
"Buddhism  does  not  concern  itself  with  anything  in  the  four 
corners  of  the  universe,  but  simply  with  the  heart."  This  goes  clean 
to  the  bottom  of  the  Buddhist  tenets  and  sums  them  up  in  a  single 
sentence. 

(I)   Taoism, 

4.  As  to  Taoism  it  speaks  of  plans  for  asceticism,  (such  as) 
grasping  mercury  in  lead  ;  the  dragon  moaning ;  the  tiger  screaming; 
the  internal  and  the  external  pillr  It  is  simply  to  nourish  well  the 
animal  spirits,  and  to  prolong  life  a  few  years — that  is  all !  Chu  the 
Accomplished  said,  "Taoism  does  but  conserve  a  little  vitality." 
This  sentence  says  all  that  can  be  said  on  the  foundation  tenet  of 
Taoism. 

1.  He  was  the  writer  of  the  standard  commentary  on  the  classics;  konff  (<£) 
"a  duke,"  is  his  posthumous  title;  it  is  often  added  to  indicate  respect. 

2.  According  to  one   explanation,  these  expressions  are  to  be  taken  figuratively. 
To  "grasp  mercury  in  lead,"  is  to  try  and  get  hold  of  the  essence  of  things  ;  "the 
dragon  moaning,    the   tiger   screaming,"    is  to  be   taken  as  referring  to  the  various 
emotions  of  the  mind.     Tan  (^j-)  or  kin-tan  (^  $•)  is  the  Elixir  of  Uold,  a  mystical 
compound   by  means  of  which   the  Tnoist  alchemists  professed  themselves  able  to 
produce  gold,  and  confer  the  gift  of  immortality.     It  is  supposed  that  kin-tan  is  the 
true  origin  of  the  philosopher's  stone.    The  material  substaTice  constituting  their  elixir 
~uai-tan  (#|>  ffi~)  and  the  mental  process  by  which  the  soul  became  purified=7iwi-f«n 
(^J    ^J").     The    process   in    either   case  was  called    lien-tan   ($;  $•).     These    insane 
vugaries  call  to  mind  the  words  of  the  Apostle,  Ephesiaua  iv.  17-18;  Romans  i.  22. 
See  Mayer's  Chinese  Reader's  Manual,  p.  202i 

75 


(ft  is 

it    7,   t 
±,  f* 


±    fill.  *r 

T    «*  ^ 


Hi 


K 


SB 


SB   *i 
A  S 


=£ 


fl 


&  '  7, 

HI  IP* 

a  fill. 

0 


. 

ft 


. 

.   * 


.  JB 

' 


fill 


UJ 


ffi    fll 


±. 


Even  those  celebrated  Buddhist  priests  who  dwell  in  monasteries 
on  famous  hills,  and  are  very  skilled  in  expounding  the  Buddhist 
system,  simply  talk  of  the  heart.  Those  estimable  Taoist  priests 
who  live  deep  amoug  the  mountains  in  ancient  caves,  who  explain 
(how  to)  become  an  Immortal,1  simply  seek  to  attain  a  state  of 
perfect  asceticism.2  But,  for  all  that  they  destroy  the  Five 
Relationships,  flee  to  those  solitary  places  and  sit  absorbed  in 
contemplation.3  Now,  it  is  needless  to  say  they  cannot  become 
Buddhas  or  Immortals  :  suppose  it  were  a  fact  —  who  has  seen  them 
go  to  the  Western  Paradise  ?  or  fly  up  in  broad  daylight  ?  manifestly 
it  is  all  humbu  ! 


1.  According  to  Taoist  mythology  there  are  Five  Classes  of  Supernatural  Beings, 
and  Eight  Immortals,  to  be  venerated.  See  Mayer's  Chinese  Reader's  Manual, 
pp.  318,  338. 

-•  K'-i   (£O    here=the    vital    principle,    the    soul.      According   to    Confucian 


one  of  them  being  to  practise  breathing  in  a  special  manner. 

3.  Ta-tso  (ff  j£)  to  sit  in  an  attitude  of  contemplation,  with  a  view  to  becoming 
an  immorl&l—ch'eng-sien  ($  {ft).  The  idea  is  to  refine  and  stimulate  the  spiritual 
part  of  their  nature,  by  abstraction  from  the  common  concerns  of  life. 

"We  need  not  bid,  for  cloister'd  cell, 
Our  neighbour  and  our  work  farewell, 
Nor  strive  to  wind  ourselves  too  high 
For  sinful  man  beneath  the  sky." 

76 


3fr      §£       *&      4fc       Q        £|       ^& 
R|L      wPo     Xa      m      H       9        R 

ft    A    W    ^F    *    -    A 


-tfi    A    ^    J 

A,  *  A  • 


A   A   tr. 


w  t  ii 

A,  w  ffi 

tt  *  ^ 

&  *  s 

m  m  % 

is.  A.  T 


ivV*    /  Heterodoxy. 


5.  Bat  alas  !  you  people  are  deceived  by  them  into  believing 
(these  things).  Notice  how  these  devoted  Buddhist  and  Taoist 
priests  uselessly  destroy  human  relationships,  and  are  not  the 
slightest  help  to  anybody  ;  l  they  do  but  attend  to  their  own  selfish 
interests  and  (up  till  now)  have  had  no  desire  to  injure  anyone. 
Latterly  (however),  there  has  (arisen)  a  class  of  loafers  without  any 
settled  means  of  subsistence,  who  depend  on  monasteries  and  temples 
for  a  living.  In  the  name  of  the  gods  they  fabricate  numerous 
stories  about  heaven,  hell,  transmigration  of  souls2  and  (future) 
retribution.  They  say  to  people,  "  Give  largely  to  the  priests  and 
you  will  have  good  luck:"3  and,  "If  you  always  give,  you  will 
constantly  have."  Also,  lest  people  should  not  believe  them,  they 
say  further,  "If  you  revile  the  priests  or  defame  Buddha,  you  will 
drop  into  hell,  or  be  struck  by  thunder,  or  burnt  with  fire  "—all 
sorts  of  wild  raving?.  The  more  their  talk  intimidates  people,  the 
better  does  it  cause  men  to  believe  in  and  support  them. 

In  the  beginning  they  simply  swindle  people  of  their  money, 
scheming  to  provide  for  themselves,  but  afterwards  gradually 
become  "more  arrogant,  getting  up  processions  of  all  sorts,4  such  as 

1.  Lit.,  a-hair-have-not-help-men's  place. 

2.  Lit.,  revolving  wheel,  i.e.,  the  inexorable  turning  of  the  \\  heel  of  Fate  that 
now  raises  'one  man  and  then  another:    it  plays  a  large  part  in  the  Buddhist  con 
ception  of  things. 

3.  Lit.,  sow  the  field  of  happiness:  priestcraft  is  the  same  everywhere. 

4.  Shen-mo  (£  |&)--all  kinds  of. 

77 


it 
a 


IT   §15 


% 

II   If  ffi  2fc,  3  &  fl  ft 

ft,  Jfr  jfe  *  Ul  -fc  $    S. 

H    ft  fft  *.  rfi  ¥.  ffl 

1.    H|.  ffl  US  ±.  0,  ft      6 


£ 


JL  je 


ffi 


the  Ornamented  Dragon,1  the  Fragrant  Cup,2  the  Reprieve  of  Orphan 
Spirits,3  —  striking  bells,  beating  drums,  expounding  the  tenets  of 
Buddhism,  men  and  women  promiscuously  meeting  by  day  and 
night.4 

They  just  say,  "  It  is  practising  goodness,"  unaware  that  in 
truth  it  is  doing  evil. 

Bad  Example  of  Buddha,  and   Vocation  of  the  Gem  Emperor. 

6.  You  ignoramuses5  are  all  ignorant  that  their  Buddhist  books 
say  that  Buddha  was  the  Heir  Apparent  of  the  King  of  Fan.0 
Grown  weary  of  the  cares  of  the  world,  he  hid  himself  in  the  heights 
of  a  snowy  mountain  to  practice  asceticism.  Parents,  children  and 
wife  he  alike  neglected  :  is  it  likely  he  will  concern  himself  about 
all  you  people  and  expound  his  tenets  to  you?  Besides,  he  gave  up 
his  Harem,  the  Dragon  Chamber  and  the  Phtrnix  Hall  ;  7  will  he  on 

1.  Held  in  the  3rd  month.     Largely  frequented  by  women  who  pray  for  sons, 
or  to  be  turned  into  men  in  the  next  life.     This  is  the  Light  of  Asia  as  it  •/*,  not  as 
seen  in  poetry  ! 

2.  Held  on   the   15th   of  the  7th  mouth  for  appeasing  neglected  spirits.     The 
name  ii-lan  (3i  Si)  is  said  to  have  its  origin  in  the  practice  of  washing  the  body  of  a 
certain   idol  at   Kiu-hua-shan  (^L  ^  lij).    Ch'i-cheo  Fu  jttL  <}\\  $f,    An-huei  £  ® 
Province  —  in  fragrant  water.     This  water  is  held  to  be  a  certain  cure  for  disease,  like 
"holy"  water  in  the  West. 

u.  Those  who  die  and  have  no  one  to  attend  to  them  after  death,  are  supposed 
to  be  in  the  next  world  what  an  orphan  is  in  this  —  dependent  on  the  help  of  strang 
ers.  •  Hence  meetings  are  held  from  time  to  time  to  make  them  offerings  of  food  and 
to  intercede  for  them. 

4.  Much  idolatrous  worship  is  carried  on  at  night. 

5.  U-min  (j^,  §:)  "foolish  people"  as  opposed  to  the  learned  classes.     It  some 
what  resembles  the  beginning  of  royal  addresses  to  the  ancient  Egyptians  —  "By  the 
head  of  Pharaoh  ye  are  all  swine  !  "  ^ 

6.  Brahama,  the  first  person  of  the  Brahaminical  Trinity  :  fan  (^t)  a  Hindoo 
word  for  Magadha  in  India  whence  Buddhism  came. 

7.  Lony  (n)  and  feng  (Jg,)  are   used  as  emblems  of  royalty:    lony  ho  feny 
#oA=abodes  of  royalty. 

78 


» 


tit 

fl. 


*.  _t 

ft      -i 


7. 


*r 

SI- 


±, 


ffi 


tt 


MI 


£  A 


the  other  hand  prize  the  religious  houses  and  monasteries1  you  build  ? 
As  to  His  Celestial  Excellency  the  Gemmy  Emperor- — if  indeed 
there  be  such  a  spirit — he  is  taking  it  easy  in  paradise;  do  you 
suppose  he  needs  you  to  model  him  a  gilded  image,  and  build  him 
a  house  to  live  in  ? 

Evils  of  Promiscuous  Meetings. 

7.  All  this  talk  about  fasts,  getting  up  processions,  building 
temples  and  making  idols,  is  invented  by  loafing  idle  Buddhist 
and  Taoist  priests  as  a  plan  for  swindling  you.  Yet  forsooth  you  will 
believe  them,  and  not  only  go  yourself  to  burn  incense  and  worship 
at  the  temple,  but  let  your  wives  and  daughters  enter  the  temples  to 
burn  incense;  with  oiled  hair  and  powdered  faces,  gaily  dressed,3 
to  shoulder  and  elbow,  and  crowd  and  jostle  with  these  Taoist 
and  Buddhist  priests  and  riffraff  !  Where  the  "  practising  goodness" 
comes  in  nobody  knows,  bub  many  disgraceful4  things  are  done, 
provoking  to  anger  and  vexation,  and  causing  others  to  ridicule. 

1.  An  ($)  is  a  Buddhist  nunnery  ;  kit.nn  (|g)  one  connected  with  Taoist;  *i-iien 
(T?  Kc)  a  general  term  for  monastic  establishments. 

2.  One  of  the  chief  Taoist  deities  ;    lie  was  raised  to  his  present  position  in  the 
Song  Dynasty. 

3.  Lit.,  to  dress  in  red  and  hang  on  green. 

4.  Ch'to  (d)   "ugly"   applied   to  moral   deformity,   ch'c.o  st   (f$g   ^.)    "ugly 
matters." 

79 


±. 

w 


*' 


A    g 

&'  a 


r    t  •     m  fcJL*.  »  1  //^ 

H*l  1^  *f  Tri 

1i    Jt    JM    11    A 


*. 

T> 


7 


xa. 


*  s  ^  *  «^  w  a 

».  w  7   0.  ia  «  i 

?i|  •JB.  ft  tt  i»  J»  *.  @ 
Uj  <P  A.  tt  *«  T.  «c  a 
lf^sSc-R«fc7*? 


8 


ffl 


Acolytes  <.itid  Self-immolation. 

8.  Further,  there  are  those  who,  fearing  they  will  not  be  able 
to  rear  to  maturity1  boutiie  sous  and  daughters,  leave  them  in  temples 
to  be  Buddhist  and  Taoist  priests,  supposing  that  by  (their)  becoming 
priests  and  serving  Buddha/2  their  lives  will  be  prolonged.  Now, 
I  will  put  the  question  to  you — "  Is  it  likely  that  those  who  are  now 
Buddhist  and  Taoist  priests,  will  each  one  live  to  bo  seventy  or 
eighty  years  ol.  ago  and  not  one  of  them  be  short-lived  ?  " 

Again,  there  is  a  set  of  extremely  foolish  people.  It  may  be 
on  account  of  their  parents'  illness  they  vow3  thus  to  devote  their 
body.  As  soon  as  the  parents  are  well,  they  go  up  the  mountain4 
to  publicly  burn  incense,  worshipping  at  every  step.5  On  arriving 
at  the  summit,  they  throw  themselves  down  the  precipice,  and 
are  either  killed,  or  maimed  of  an  arm  or  leg.  They  themselves  say, 
''To  devote  your  person  to  save  your  parents  is  filial  piety,"  and 
even  others  say  the  same.  But  they  overlook  the  fact,  that  to 
do  violence  to  the  body  transmitted  by  their  parents  is  truly  unn'lial 
in  the  extreme. 

1.  Note  the  distance  //«  (-ffi)  introducing  the  object,  may  be  separated  from  the 
principal  verb — "  their  own  good  boys  and  girls  fearing  cannot  rear  great  ahm  (^) 
leave,"  etc. 

2.  Lit.,  at  Buddha's  feet,  i.e.,  as  his  servant. 

3.  flsu-iien  (^  *g)  is  used  to  denote  something  vowed  in  return  for  favours 
received. 

4.  To  some  celebrated  temple.      Many  noted  Buddhist  resorts  are  situated  in 
lovely  places  among  the  mountains. 

5.  It  is  a  common  thing  to  see  devotees  prostrating  themselves  every  few  steps. 

80 


± 


.  in    J£ 


ff! 


.    . 


A  Jii  • 

JE  ft  It 

t,  ffi  «, 

i&  Mb  it 


ft 


. 


IE 


ft 


25 

n» 

If 


W    f*    ft    W.   i»    8,   »    I*.   £    «    % 

Follies  of  Idolatrous  Ritual. 

9.  Again,  as  to  your  reciting  prayers  to  Buddha.  You  say  it 
does  good,  and  that  by  burning  paper,  offering  presents,  performing 
services  for  the  release  of  souls,1  calamity  may  bo  averted,  sin 
destroyed,  happiness  increased,  and  life  prolonged.  Now  think  — 
all  along  it  has  been  said,  "That  is  divine  which  is  both  wise  and 
upright."  If  he  is  divine  will  he  long  to  have  your  silver  offered 
up,  and  will  he  protect  you  in  consequence?  And  if  you  don't  offer 
money  and  presents,  he  will  be  angry  with  you  and  send  calamity 
upon  you?  —  then  he  is  a  despicable  fellow.2  Take  the  case  of  your 
local  officials.  If  you  attend  to  your  own  business  and  conduct 
yourself  as  a  law-abiding  citizen,  even  if  you  don't  go  and  pay 
court  to  them,  they  will  have  a  special  regard  for  you  as  a  matter 
of  course.  If  you  become  an  evil  doer  and  act  contrary  to  all  right 
and  reason,  even  if  you  do  pay  your  respects  to  him  in  all  sorts  of 

1.  Masses  for  the  dead  are  said  by  both  Buddhist  and  Taoist  priests.     They  are 
supposed  to  ensure  the  repose  of  the  soul,  or  to  raise  the  departed  from  a  state  of 
misery  to  a  state  of  bliss.     Like  those  said  for  similar  purposes  in  the  West  they  are 
rather  expensive  luxuries;    enormous  sums   being  paid    to   the   priests    for    their 
performances.      Li-c.h'-an  (jjiQ  flffi)  or  />ai-c/ran.  ($|  lift)  is  amass  said  for  a  single  soul  ; 
Jan;/  li'ii-k-i-o  (j&  tg  P)  one  taid  for  the  souls  of  many.     The  feasts  heldjm  the  15th 
of  the  1st,  7th  and  10th  months  called  xk(i-ni/-uui  (_fc  7t)  chong-iien  (tjJ  7r)  anc^  ^-s'ia- 
iieii  (~f  TC)  respectively,  are  held  for  a  like  purpose. 

2.  Lit.,  a  little  fellow  ;  niao-reu  (/]•»  A)  is  the  opposite  of  kiiin-tai  (5&  -f)   "  the 
princely  man,''  and  means  everything  mean  and  contemptible. 

81 


tr 


« 


if 


-T 

If 


^Kk       W  $£        i\      f*)>       |ftk      fpo      W 

ways,  he  will  still  be  angry  with  yon,  and  without  fail  will,  in  the 
interests  of  the  people  get  rid  of  (you  as  an)  injurious  person. 
You  say,  "If  we  repeat  Buddha's  name  sin  will  be  cancelled."  Let 
us  suppose  you  do  wrong  and  break  the  law.  On  reaching  the 
court  you  call  out  "  Your  worship  "  a  few  thousand  times  at  the  top 
of  your  voice — will  he  on  that  account  forgive  you  ?  Yet  you  are 
always  calling  in  a  few  Buddhist  and  Taoist  priests  to  chant  prayers 
and  say  mas?.7  You  say,  "Peace  is  assured,  calamity  averted,  life 
and  happiness  prolonged  by  chanting  prayers."  Suppose  you  don't 
follow  out  the  instructions  of  the  "  Sacred  Edict "  (but)  simply 
repeat  "  Sacred  Edict  "  a  few  thousand  times,  or  a  few  myriad  times, 
is  it  likely  the  Emperor  will  be  pleased  with  you  in  consequence, 
and  give  you  a  post  under  government,  or  some  pecuniary  reward  ? 

Illegality  of  Idolatrous  Practices. 

10.  Besides,  to  burn  incense,  to  celebrate  the  festival  of  All 
Souls,  and  to  call  people  together  by  drum,  is  not  only  prohibited 
bylaw:  even  Buddha  is  greatly  displeased  with  it.  The  Tatsang 
Classic  says,  "  If  a  villainous  Buddhist  priest,  or  a  depraved  Taoist 
priest  ascend  the  altar  under  pretence  of  explaining  Buddhism  to  a 
promiscuous  crowd,  deceiving  simple  people,  the  chief  local  official 
should  punish  him.  If  he  is  at  a  distance,  shoot  him  with  an  arrow  ; 

82 


^t-  lil.  VfT  t*il-»  *>•-  fr""?  tTJ  f-  v  V  -O^ 

it    ft    Ir    KK    "£•    ft    JE          $    R    -T- 


0   ift   ffl    &    f   H   ffi. 
5:  *  *  ^   «:  s  i* 

^    m    in.  M    w    *r    ffi 


A    ff 

&    it 


I    tt 


V^v  PJ1  GK! 

3E  ^C»  rrJ 

-t^  ^  ^R 

±  W  - 


«E    ffi    ffi- 


,V^r         =«; 
fe         gg 


m  11 

I-M  I'C>> 

ft  * 

*  t 


ffi.  ft. 


if  near,  hack  him  with  the  sword :  this  is  to  countenance  Buddhism 
of  a  truth  !  See  now,  if  Buddha  is  thus  angry  with  them,  but  you 
believe  them,  what  is  this  but  to  offend  him? 

Now  these  villainous  Buddhist  and  Taoist  priests  are  a  parcel 
of  lazy  bones.1  They  are  unwilling  to  set  to  work  farming,  and  are 
unable  to  trade :  having  neither  food  nor  clothing,  they  devise  these 
artifices  to  delude  the  people. 

Buddhist  Incantations. 

11.  Bub  all  the  incantations  of  the  Buddhist  books  are  in  the 
barbarous  lingo  of  Buddha's  country,  much  the  same  as  the  country 
jargon  in  different  parts  of  China.     They  palm  off  the  brogue  of 
Buddha's  land  and  say  it  is  the  incantation  of  the   idol  Buddha  ! 
They  also  perform    tricks  with   the  hand  ;'2  is    it   not    the  wildest 
extravagance  ? 

Taoist  Delusions. 

12.  As  to  Taoists.     They  drive  away   spirits   and  chase  away 
the  General,  destroy  apparitions  and  expel  noxious  influences,  call 
to  the   wind,   summon    the    rain,  and    worship    the  Dipper.     It  is 

1.  Lit.,  body  lazy. 

2.  This  is  done  by  a  head  priest,  who  stands  on  a  platform   and    twists    his 
fingers  into  all  sorts  of  shapes,  keeping  his  eyes  shut  meanwhile.     This  is  supposed 
to  drive  away  evil  spirits  ! 

83 


13 


3? 


.  *. 


;{§ 


ft,  «    *. 
0     ft   & 


A 


*J    S 
ftr,   II 

#'    IS 


S    IS 
7    H. 


91 


if-V             U.\-             fHt  »>  » 

ffii  ft  IP*  it  ±  9 

»     >  •*§ 

*  it  t  ft  it  g 

*$  «.  #1.  y  *i  * 


,  ft,  &  ?ft 
tt.  ^  m, 

#    a   if 


4 


needless  to  say  it  is  all  a  pack  of  lies.  But  even  if  by  chance  some 
things  come  true,  it  is  all  a  parcel  of  magic,  a  device  for  hood-winking 
you1;  it  is  not  genuine.  In  a  very  little  time  the  people  are  deluded 
by  them  into  believing  it,  and  all  waste  their  time,  neglect  their 
business  and  begin  to  talk  of  nothing  but  the  strange  and  marvellous 
(till)  the  manners  and  minds  of  men  go  altogether  to  the  bad. 
There  are  moreover  detestable  fellows  who  avail  themselves  of 
these  (things)  and  incite  others  to  form  cabals,  calling  themselves 
"Religious  Leaders,"  preaching  and  making  disciples,  assembling  at 
night  and  dispersing  at  dawn.  In  the  course  of  time,  as  numbers 
and  influence  increase,  they  begin  to  plot  and  to  do  evil.  One  day 
all  comes  to  light,  they  are  led  prisoners  to  the  magistrate  and 
condemned  to  severe  punishment.2  The  chief  (is  decapitated  and) 
his  head  is  exhibited  as  a  warning  to  others  ;  the  followers  are 
transported  :  their  former  bliss  has  become  a  root  of  misery.  These 
are  all  examples  of  (what  comes  of)  not  minding  one's  own  affairs : 
ought  (you)  not  thoroughly  to  reform  ? 

The  Papists. 

13.  Neither  are  the  Papists  orthodox,  who  speak  of  heaven  and 
earth,  and  the  Invisible.     It  was  simply  because  they  understood 

1.  Lit.,  a  veil-your-eyes  plan. 

2.  Uen-tsui  (ffl  p)  "to  ask  about  crime" =tijig4sui  (^  ^).     It  has  probably 
come  about  from  the  practice  of  demanding  a  confession  from  criminals  by  tortxire. 

84 


IE 


it 

W 


±    ft 


t 


IE 


-?  fg 


.    .  - 


si 


SR       35  eg 

%     14     &     ^ 


* 


fl. 


astronomy,  and  wore  able  to  calculate  the  rules  for  astronomical 
tables,  that  the  Government  made  use  of  them  to  compile  the 
Calendar.  This  is  by  no  means  to  say  their  sect  is  good  :  you  must, 
on  no  account1  believe  them. 

Cautions  and  Admonitions, 

14.  The  Law  punishes  these  heretical  (practices)  very  severely. 
For  instance,  there  is  a  fixed  punishment  for  male  and  female 
teachers  of  exorcism.-  There  can  be  no  question  that  the  Government 
has  drawn  up  these  laws  to  deter  the  people  from  evil  doing  and 
induce  them  to  practise  goodness,  to  depart  from  dangerous  villainies, 
and  to  follow  after  advantages  which  are  both  safe  and  permanent. 
Why  should  you  with  the  body  bequeathed  you  by  your  parents, 
born  in  a  time  of  peace,  and  (for  which)  you  have  food  and  clothing, 
go  out  of  your  way  to  follow  these  heretical  sects,  and  to  break  the 
law  of  the  land?  Are  you  not  great  imbeciles  ? 

You  soldiers  and  civilians  should  in  good  earnest  hold  orthodoxy 
in  high  esteem.  As  soon  as  you  come  across  heretical  sects,  treat 

1.  The  Papacy  has  had  its  agents  in  China  siuee  the  13th  Century.     Both  the 
Kmperors  Kanghsi  and  Yungching  issued  edicts  against  them,  viewing   them   as 
enemies  to  the  State;  their  interference  in  politics  lending  colour  to  this  opinion. 

2.  T'-iao-shf.n   (J$j  |$)  is  applied   to  spiritual   mediums,    who   are    principally 
women.     In  some  districts  they  are  consulted  as  to  future  events,  and  their  aid 
called  in  when  people  are  sick.     Others  again,  seek  to  attract  the  spirit  to  themselves 
by  "posturing"  (t'ino  J^fc).     In  some  parts  of  North  China  there  are  special  services 
held  in  temples,  when  posturing  forms  a  large  part  of  the  worship. 

85 


A 


W 

*. 
•fi 


PH 

sfr 
P>L 


<&  _*- 

/f£i          •  I  * 

irf     ^2T 


ii  m  K 


-$>  s  *o  n  A  ^c" 


* 


A    15    a 


SB 


JW    ffl 


* 


ft    T.  A 


A 


them  as  flood,  fire,  robbers  or  thieves.  Just  think,  these  latter  do 
but  injure  peoples'  bodies  :  these  heresies  and  heretical  sects  are 
devices  for  injuring  peoples'  minds. 

Tie    Whole  Duty  of  Man. 

15.  The  mind  of  man  as  given  by  heaven,  was  in  the  first 
instance  upright  and  free  from  depravity;  but  from  no  other  reason 
than  cupidity  it  has  deviated  into  depraved  courses.  And  so  those 
now  in  humble  circumstances  seek  for  wealth  and  honour  at 
some  future  day :  those  now  wealthy  seek  to  be  permanently  so. 
Some  seek  for  long  life ;  others  for  sons  and  daughters  ;  and  (some 
even  go)  so  far  as  in  this  life  to  seek  wealth  and  honour  of  (some) 
life  to  come.  Even  devout  Buddhist  priests,  and  ascetic  Taoist 
priests,  although  each  attends  to  his  own  religious  exercises  without 
exciting  and  deceiving  the  people,  yet  their  motive  in  seeking  to 
become  Buddhas  or  Immortals  is  the  same — covetousness. 

If  men  were  aware  that  at  the  present  time  there  are  two 
"  Living  Buddhas  "  1  placed  in  their  own  homes,  why  need  they  go 
elsewhere  to  worship  on  the  mountains  and  to  seek  happiness  from 
idols?2  The  common  saying  puts  it  well,  "  If  you  fulfil  your  duty 

1.  i.e.,  their  parents. 

2.  Lit.,  things  modelled  of  clay  and  carved  of  wood ;  a  popular  term  for  idols. 

86 


m  * 

itk     as 


ft 
fi* 
ffc. 


T> 

fft 

«r 


T 


ft 


.   fr 


&     &     * 


K 


* 


ft    & 


M. 


SB 


T. 


K 


t* 

A 


to  your  parents  at  home,  what  need  is  there  to  go  to  a  distance  to 
burn  incense"?  If  you  recognise  that  reason  is  true,  and  know 
that  the  mind  enlightened — that  is  heaven  ;  the  mind  in  darkness — 
that  is  hell;  you  will  then  as  a  matter  of  course  have  a  ruling 
principle,  and  it  will  be  impossible  for  you  to  be  beguiled  away  by 
heretical  sects.  If  your  character  is  upright,  all  obliquity  will  retire 
of  its  own  accord:  if  the  family  is  at  peace  troubles  will  become 
blessings.  To  be  perfectly  loyal  to  the  Ruler,  and  to  fulfil  your 
filial  duties  to  the  utmost,  is  the  whole  duty  of  man1  and  the  way  to 
obtain  the  blessing  of  heaven.  If  you  seek  no  happiness  that  does 
not  pertain  to  your  lot  in  life,  nor  meddle  with  matters  that  do  not 
concern  you,  but  simply  mind  your  own  business,  you  will  enjoy  the 
blessing  of  the  gods  accordingly.  Let  the  farmer  just  look  after  his 
farming,  and  the  soldier  go  on  his  rounds  at  the  guard  station — 
each  minding  his  own  occupation,  and  attending  to  his  own 
duties — and  the  Empire  will  be  at  peace,  and  the  people  cheerful  as 
a  matter  of  course.  If  none  of  you  people  believe  these  heretical 
sects,  they  will  not  wait  to  be  driven  out,  they  will  become  extinct 
naturally. 

1.  A'e/t-si  (  \  $)  "men's  atiairs  ;'  every  duty  pertaining  to  this  life. 

87 


A. 


#r  flfc. 

et  x 

«  g§ 

ffl  B" 


tr    lit,   A 
A    - 


HJ       A.      ia.       fcfe       S/'l,      A,  ® 

A     $t    #     ffl    !&     IS  A 

Jlr    fr    fe  ;  fc  "' A  . » 

A     A,    ill     ^'    If     H  ft 

^.    ^     ffl     ffl     W     it  ». 

^    ft     ^     ft    ffl  * 

CriAPTEU     VIII. 

///  I  he   Law,  to  warn,  the   Foolish  and  Wayward" 


w,  m. 
tt, 


The  Law  and  its   Object. 

I.  The  inosining  of  the  Emperor  :  (lie)  says  : — 

One  volume  of  Chinese  law  deals  exclusively  with  such  matters 
as  Hogging,  banishment,  transportation,  strangling  and  beheading, 
striking  and  killing  others,  and  is  called  the  Penal  Code. 

Is  it  possible  that  the  State  takes  delight  in  beating  and 
decapitating  people?  (No!)  It  is  only  that  they  will  not  follow  the 
right,  nor  listen  to  instruction,  and  there  is  no  help  for  it:  the  only 
alternative  is  to  correct  them  by  punishment.  Moreover,  seeing  that 
in  many  cases  it  is  through  ignorance  that  the  people  break  the  law, 
this  book  has  been  compiled  to  instruct  them  t;>  be  good  citizens  and 
not  evil  doers.  If  you  are  evil  doors,  there  is  punishment  proportioned 
to  the  offence :  there  is  no  escape,  even  if  but  once  you  curse  another, 
or  take  a  blade  of  grass  or  a  stick  of  wood.  We  will  now  explain  to 
you  the  general  drift  of  the  law. 

88 


SS    A 
IK    It 


*    fll    *    #,  f! 

£  m  n  «.  w. 


ft 


is  ft 

1$    P0  ft 


ft>  * 


»    A 

f§0  A 


> 
'    tt 


SB 


®    A 


' 


Enumeration  of  Offences  and  their  Punishments. 

2.  From  of  old  till  now  (men)  have  depended  entirely  upon  the 
eight  principles  of  duteousness,  subordination,  loyalty,  sincerity, 
propriety,  justice,  purity  and  a  sense  of  shame,  for  the  maintenance 
of  society.  If  anybody  is  destitute  of  these,  there  is  no  help  for  it  but 
to  correct  him  by  punishment. 

Therefore  the  following  crimes  ;  to  plot  to  subvert  the  government, 
to  rebel,  for  sons  and  grandsons  to  kill  father  or  mother,  grandfather 
or  grandmother,  for  the  wife  to  kill  her  father-in-law  or  mother-in-law 
or  husband,  or  for  slaves  to  kill  their  masters,  to  poison,1  to  abuse  a 
relative  or  the  wife  or  daughter  of  a  relative,  to  rob  or  commit  rape, 
to  commit  manslaughter  or  set  fire  to  properly,  to  plan  to  murder 
with  intent — are  punished,  without  the  least  delay  after  sentence 
is  passed,12  by  the  extermination  of  the  clan,  death  by  the  slow  process, 
decapitation  and  exposure  of  the  head  after  death.3 

In  addition,  there  are  the  following  capital  offences;  to  coin  base 
coin,  to  commit  adultery,  to  be  a  daylight  robber,4  to  (receive)  plunder 

1.  "  Crimes  "  needs  to  be  understood  after  each  statement  of  the  offence  :  "these 
crimes  "  clxe-sie  tsui  (jj£  ^  '/$)  is  added  at  tho  end  of  the  whole  enumeration. 

2.  Local   officials,   as  a   rule,   have   not   the  power    of   life   and  death.     Capital 
charges  are  tried  by  the  Criminal   Assessor   (An-ch'ak  si  £j-  £jj  fj£)  and  the  case,  with 
statement  of  evidence,  forwarded  to  I'eking. 

3.  fl^ian-aheo  (^  ^")  "  owl's  head  "=to  expose  the  head  of  a  criminal   in  a  cage 
ns  a  warning  to  others.     The  characters  hsi'ta  «/i<3"  xlti  rh'inj  (Jj£  ~fi  ^  ^)  are  usually 
;>IH\od  to  the  cage.     The  hsiao  is  regarded  as  an  evil  bird,  as  the  youug  arc  supposed 
to  eafc  their  mother. 

•).  Ch'vang-ttiany-tik  (fg  %(•  $j)  are  also  called  ch'uanfj-Unny-tih  ($3  ^  $)). 
They  hang  about  the  doors  of  houses  in  the  early  morning,  and  watch  their  oppor 
tunity  to  rush  iu  aud  steal  something. 

89 


8 


i.  to 


' 


A   w 

A    - 


A 


86     T    *    £    #'   *•  %    #    ft    5E    ffi 

1S    ^    RiJ    P    Dr    tflJ    1    65.   m.    W    A 
Mr   ft   K:    M.  A    M.  D    9   il;  9    tt, 


to  the  amount  of  one  hundred  and  twenty  ounces  of  silver,  to  prowl 
about  at  night  and  wound  others  in  resisting  arrest,1  and  to  abduct  the 
wives  or  daughters  of  others. 

Again,  there  are  the  following  crimes,  all  punishable  with 
banishment,  transportation  and  military  servitude  ;  to  harbour  escaped 
criminals,  to  encroach  on  the  land  of  others,  to  gamble,  to  stir  up 
others  to  litigation,  to  keep  thieves  kitchens,  and  to  play  the  go- 
between  in  the  matter  of  bribes. 

There  are  also  the  following  crimes  —  all  punishable  —  the  greater, 
with  banishment  and  military  servitude  ;  the  lesser,  with  beating  and 
transportation;  to  defraud  (the  revenue)  of  taxes,  to  suborn  others  in 
public  affairs,  to  fraudulently  sell  the  estate  of  others,  to  mortgage2 
or  sell3  lands  and  houses  without  paying  the  official  fee,  to  take  landed 
property  under  value  in  payment  of  illegal  debts,4  to  falsely  accuse 
others  of  grave  offences,  who  (were  only  guilty  of)  slight  ones,  and  to 
rob  with  violence. 

Moreover,  there  are  the  following  capital  offences,  not  reprieved 

1.  Fan-ie  (2JH  $0      iu  most  Chinese  cities,  barriers  are  placed  at  certain  intervals 
along  the  street,  called  chah-lan  ($|  Iftl)  or  kiai-chah  ($f  $$).     These  are  in  charge  of 
watchmen,  who  are  responsible  for  the  houses  between. 

2.  Tien  (J&.)  Chinese  mortgage  or  lease,  is  money  lent  on  houses  or  land  for  a 
certain  period,  the  mortgagee  having  the  use  of  tho  property  in  return  for  the  loan 
of  his  money.     At  the  expiration  of  the  stipulated  time  the  money  is  refunded  and 
the  property  given  up. 

8,  Two  deeds  are  commonly  used  in  the  purchase  of  property.  One  is  called 
the  "Red  Deed"  (hong-k'i  4l  5?)  and  is  sealed  by  the  Authorities;  the  other  is  called 
the  "White  Deed"  (peh-k'i  £j  §£)  and  is  unstamped,  being  kept  to  replace  the 
original  deed  iu  case  of  loss.  If  the  deed  is  not  registered  within  three  years,  the 
transaction  is  illegal. 

4.  i.e.,  debts  contracted  at  exorbitant  rates  of  interest. 


8 


A 


tt. 


"ft  * 


ti 
;» 


21  A 


«  A  «  n  *  .n   a  m  m  &  %&. 

at  a  time  of  general  reprieve  ;]  to  marry  the  elder  brother's  widow, 
to  bring  about  death  by  false  accusation,  to  be  a  female  instructor 
to  exorcists,  to  be  (a  member  of)  the  White  Lotus  sect  and  the  Do 
Nothing  sect,-  to  be  head  of  (any  of)  the  various  heretical  sects 
which  delude  the  people,  to  obtain  money  in  the  name  of  an  official 
under  false  pretences,  and  to  destroy  or  remove  from  the  place  of 
interment  the  remains  of  either  grandparents  or  parents,  through  belief 
in  the  sinister  statements  of  geomancy.3  You  people  must  not  be 
ignorant  (of  these  things). 

Crime  aggravated  l»j  Intent. 

3.  To  put  it  briefly,  that  which  the  law  most  abominates  is 
premeditated  evil  doing.  To  get  into  trouble  through  breaking  the 
law  inadvertently  is  called  "  transgression  "  ;  (and  transgression)  if 
repented  of,  is  no  transgression  ;  but  to  break  the  law  of  set  purpose 
is  called  "crime;"  (and  crime)  however  small,  will  inevitably  be 
punished.  Hence  ^in  the  case  of)  accidental  homicide,  execution  may 
be  suspended  for  a  time  in  hopes  of  pardon;  while  those  who  violate 
the  well-known  principles  of  right,  who  are  ill-conducted,4  (such  as) 
kidnappers,  grave  riflers,  keepers  of  thieves  kitchens  who  instigate 

1.  Reprieves  are  granted  on  such  occasions  as  tlie  accession  of  the  Emperor,  his 
marriage,  etc. 

2.  A  small  sect  of  mystic  Buddhists.     Both  these  sects  are  regarded  us  dangerous 
by  the  authorities. 

3.  Fetiy-shui  (JS,  7^)  ''  wind  aud  water  "  is  used  to  define  the  geomantic  system  of 
the  Chinese.     By  it  the  sites  of  houses,  cities,  graves,  etc.  aro  determined,  and  the 
good  or  bad  luck  of  families  aud  communities  is  fixed.     Inj  (p£)   and  ian<j   ((^)  are 
the  mule  and   female    principles   in   Chinese  philosophy,   which  form  aud  influence 
all  tilings. 

4.  Hsiny  chl  (ft  it.)  movement  and   rest;    hence,  conduct,  what  a  man  does  ; 
hsing  chi  in  k'nei,  conduct  having  defect. 

91 


8 


T.  #,  &.  ft  % 
#f  ft  A  *.  H 

Jit    7.  A    ft    A 


f    ft    A 

r     it.    7 

;-  '«•    $ 


r.    *.    *H    * 


t.     * 
» 


A    ± 
7,  W 


ft 


»,  ft 


3»C. 


A 


JK    ^ 


*n 


ft    £    S 


crime,  incendiaries,  robbers,  sharpers,  adulterers, — are  not  reprieved 
(even  at)  a  time  of  special  reprieve. 

Again  :  whoever  shelters  a  robber  three  times,  be  the  plunder 
much  or  little,  is  to  be  strangled  on  conviction  ;  but  on  the  other  hand, 
a  robber  who  gives  himself  up  to  justice  may  escape  punishment.  It 
is  beyond  question  that  (all  this)  aims  at  men's  reformation,  and  gives 
them  the  chance  of  turning  over  a  new  leaf.  This  is  the  gist  of  the 
law. 

Reasons  for  expounding  the  Law. 

4.  The  law  contains  a  profound  meaning  and  was  primarily 
drawn  up  in  accordance  with  the  constitution  of  human  nature.  If 
everybody  knew  the  design  of  the  law,  they  would  not  go  and  break 
it,  the  prisons  would  be  empty  and  litigants  would  be  few.  It  follows 
that  to  wait  till  men  have  broken  the  law  and  afterwards  punish  them, 
is  not  so  good  as  to  warn  you  beforehand :  this  is  the  best  (plan). 

Now  you  are  well  aware  that  it  is  a  bad  thing  to  break  the  law, 
and  yet  you  do  it  incessantly.  Why  is  this  ?  It  is  entirely  because 
you  do  not  understand  it,  and  therefore  break  it  unawares ;  and  this 
to  such  a  degree,  that  there  are  some  who  do  not  understand  it  to 

92 


£  ft 


tt    fl 


I,    &  S  * 

&        V  — *  -fcfc 

r.  M. 

•    ft  P  4i 

a    $P  8BI»  ^ 


*m. 
it 


"t    T. 


*    It 


* 


K 


ft 


a 


^R    P, 


fg1,    T 


their  dying  day.  At  the  present  time  the  Court  has  commissioned  the 
High  Officials  to  codify  the  Laws  of  China,  and  also  to  draw  up  a 
Book  of  Rules  and  Regulations  setting  them  forth  in  detail.  This  is 
simply  with  the  desire  that  you  soldiers  and  people  may  all  know  and 
obey,  not  find  yourselves  in  the  situation  of  having  broken  the  law. 
It  is  indeed  a  tender  care  for  you  that  has  prompted  this  action. 

Further  Enumeration  of  Offences. 

5.  Now  people  born  and  bred  in  the  country  are  necessarily 
dull  and  empty  headed,  while  soldiers  who  are  occupied  with  military 
affairs  are  for  the  most  part  rough  and  rude ;  and  both  these  classes 
are  wont  to  trangress  the  laws  of  the  land  unknowingly.  (This  being 
so)  we  now  specially  and  emphatically  teach  you  and  warn  you:  if 
you  all  comprehend,  you  will  assuredly  dread  to  break  the  law  (in 
the  future). 

For  example :  if  it  is  known  that  sons  or  daughters  in  law  who 
strike  and  curse  their  parents,  or  grandsons  or  daughters  in  law  who 
strike  or  curse  their  grandparents,  are  all  sentenced  to  be  decapitated 
or  strangled — that  inferiors  or  juniors  who  kill,  strike,  or  curse  their 
superiors  or  elders,  are  all,  according  to  the  closeness  of  relationship 
and  gravity  of  the  offence,  sentenced  to  be  punished — of  course  none 
will  dare  to  do  acts  so  destructive  of  human  relationships  as  these  are. 


x-  .2.^.  —  >  <a 

w  ml  —  ff 

li  3J  €  Bt 

«  IS  &  tt. 


" 


*B    ». 


7   « 


2t 
tf 

A 


ft 


H-   tt 


A     P 


'ft 


.   ?M    tt    1, 

jfe       Ifc     X 


*    tt 


Further :  if  it  is  known  that  those  who  commit  assault  and 
battery,  or  plan  to  kill  or  kill  with  intent,  are  sentenced  to  be 
decapitated ;  that  those  who  kill  in  sport  or  by  accident,  are  sentenced 
to  death  by  strangling ;  that  those  who  rob  with  violence  are  sentenced 
to  be  bambooed  and  to  be  transported  ;  that  those  who  rob  others  and 
wound  with  a  view  to  robbery  are  also  sentenced  to  be  decapitated — 
as  a  matter  of  course,  none  will  dare  to  follow  the  impulses  of  their 
savage  dispositions. 

Once  more:  if  it  is  known  that  he  who  commits  a  rape  is 
sentenced  to  be  decapitated ;  that  he  who  commits  adultery  with 
consent  is  sentenced  to  be  beaten ;  that  those  relatives  who  hold 
criminal  intercourse  are  all  punished  according  to  the  closeness  of 
relationship,  and  gravity  of  the  offence;  that  the  unsuccessful  robber 
is  sentenced  to  be  punished  with  banishment,  while  the  successful 
robber  is  sentenced  to  be  decapitated ;  that  he  who  steals  and  plunders 
three  times  in  succession  is  sentenced  to  be  strangled — naturally,  none 
will  dare  to  carry  on  such  vicious  and  illegal  practices. 

And  again,  if  it  is  known  that  he  who  passes  over  a  lower  court1 
and  appeals  to  a  higher,  is  sentenced  to  be  flogged;  that  he  who 
falsely  accuses  or  implicates  another,  is  sentenced  to  three  times  the 

1.  Cases  are  tried  by  the  lower  courts,  beginning  with  the  hsien,  and  from  that  up 
to  the  court  of  the  Governor  of  the  Province.  To  pass  any  intermediate  court  and 
appeal  to  the  one  above  is  a  criminal  act, 

94 


t 


a 


*r 


* 


K.   ft    T 


ffl 


tt   at 


ft 


ffi 


ft 

1S 


n.  A   7 
is 

A    6 


is. 


punishment  he  sought  to  bring  upon  the  accused  —  the  result  will  be 
that  none  will  dare  to  recklessly  follow  the  practices  of  such  pestilent 
blackguards. 

Advantages  of  Keeping  the  Law. 

(>.  To  sum  up  —  The  various  ramifications1  of  the  law  (of  the  land) 
exactly  tally  with  the  various  requirements  of  the  law  of  nature.  - 
If  men  habitually  cherished  the  principles  of  right  in  their  affections, 
and  brought  them  into  correspondence  with  their  circumstances,  how 
would  it  be  possible  for  them  to  break  the  law  ? 

Granting  that  you  soldiers  and  civilians  are  naturally  stupid  and 
perverse,  and  cannot  fully  understand  reason  and  equity,  is  it  possible 
none  of  you  have  any  concern  for  yourselves  and  families?  Give  it 
a  moment's  thought.  To  break  the  law  of  the  land  is  to  suffer  end 
less  misery;  in  some  cases  it  involves  beating,  in  others  torture:'  — 
call  on  the  gods  as  you  may,  you  certainly  won't  be  let  off.  Your 
best  course  is  thoroughly  to  reform  without  delay.  Bo  not  covet 
unrighteous  gain,  nor  fight  over  unimportant  trifles  ;  but  if  you  are  in 
the  wrong,  repent  and  change  your  lives  at  once. 

1.  Lit.,  a  thousand  heads  and  ten  thousand  ends. 

2.  Li  (fj|)  is  the  principle  of  right,  and  ta'ing  (ffi)  the  special  circumstances  of 
the  case  which  modify  its  application.     See  Giles'  Dictionary,  under  fg. 

3.  Kiah  (jJ5)._L.to  torture  by  squeezing  the  ankle  between  boards,  called  kiak  kucit, 
(*«)• 

95 


W    A,  7  - 

*.  8  %  M 

ff  -?.  4E 

S  ^  7 


.  8 


, 

-/r-          « 

St      xa. 
5M,    ff1 

•ffc    *. 


T 


-t    T 


a 

ff 

T 


#i«»* 
lir 


T 

J  » 

* 

* 
A 
1S. 


E    A    &    <PT    *    ^    iS 
T.   Jt    ^k   ^    §     pf    & 
fJ    SS    itt  "P    ^    36    JE    91 


»Vf-  V7* 

»    fe    IT 


A 


Give  the  matter  further  consideration.  Suppose  a  law  breaker 
parts  with  all  his  possessions  and  begs  for  mercy.1  Now  it  is  needless 
to  say  the  mandarin  would  not  accede;  (but)  suppose  he  did,  and 
forgave  the  offence;  if  in  days  to  come  you  were  driven  into  a  corner 
and  got  into  trouble  again  through  breaking  the  law,  your  offence 
would  be  aggravated  What  can  be  better  than  not  to  come  in  for 
punishment,  and  so  preserve  yourselves  and  families  in  constant 
security  ? 

From  henceforth  in  doing  any  single  piece  of  business,  weigh 
most  minutely — does  this  affair  break  the  law  or  not?  If  it  does, 
although  there  are  great  advantages  in  it,  I  will  not  do  it  on  any 
account.  In  everything  in  which  there  are  great  gains,  there  are  sure 
to  be  great  (posibilities  of)  evil.  If  you  are  not  watchful  of  yourself, 
perhaps  some  fine  morning  you  will  break  the  law,  and  bring  reproach 
upon  your  parents;  and  grievously  distress  your  wife.  All  your 
neighbours,  clansmen,  relatives  and  friends  will  treat  you  as  an 
outcast  :2  and  you  will  not  be  able  to  hold  up  your  head  in  society 
any  more.13  Even  if  the  (offence)  does  not  come  to  light,  you  have 

1.  K'iu  ren  ts'iny  (;$•  A  tfl)-     Favours  are  usually  grauted — for  a  consideration. 
The  proverb  says,  iu  ts'ien  tek  seny,  u  ts'ien  teh  s'i  (^  £j£  'f!f  3i  $&  ii  'f!f  ?E)  life  may 
be  obtained  for  money  and  lost  without  it. 

2.  Lit.,  not  regard  you  as  a  man. 

3.  Lit.,  There  is  still  what  "face"  to  live  iu  the  world  ? 


8 


ft 


tt 


.  ft  tt. 

a.  &i 

f*  ** 

K~  ft 


ft, 


7 


if.  a.  T. 

#  is  c 

T    $8  4S 

*  ft-  B 


ft 


H  •$.  K  7.  «  *  SS 
fiMSR^ifc^T 

m  n  it  w  £  7.  A 

».  A.  W.  ft  *  *  A 
4E  St  -tfc  ft  *.  H.  IP 
^  &  ^  T.  »  fit  * 


K. 


if, 


ff    A. 


already  degraded  yourself,  done  violence  to  your  moral  character  and 
ruined  your  reputation  ;  everybody  hates  you,  gives  you  a  wide  berth, 
and  despises  you  :  although  you  may  feel  remorse  it  will  be  unavailing. 

Most  people  when  they  first  do  evil  are  uneasy  in  mind;  till, 
having  done  one  or  two  'jobs'  they  become  bolder  in  consequence  and 
more  expert  ;l  (while)  they  are  gradually  lost  to  all  sense  of  shame. 

Some  say.  "  We  must  look  after  the  present  ;"  others,  "  Every 
family  distils  sour  wine,  but  clever  fellows2  are  not  found  out." 
Persons  of  this  kind  are  material  (fit  only)  for  beating,  flogging, 
banishing,  transporting,  beheading  and  strangling.  The  proverb  _well 
puts  it,  "Don't  practise  unlawful  deeds;"  and  again,  "To  die  of 
hunger  is  a  small  matter  compared  with  losing  one's  character." 

The  sum  of  these  remarks  is  —  That  to  do  only  good  is  the 
happiest  principle  for  home  life;  and  only  to  mind  one's  business  is 
the  best  receipe  for  taking  care  of  oneself.3  It  does  not  do  to  say 
"  This  is  a  very  trifling  offence,  what  is  the  objection  to  trying  it  on  ?  " 

1.  Lit.,  feet  and  hands  slippery. 

2.  Lit.,  a  high  hand;  cp.  Eng.  "a  good  hand  at  anything."     S/ieo  (^)   is  often 
joined  to  verbs  to  characterize  a  person,  e.g.,   hsiony-sheo  (52,  ^)  a  murderer;  p'a-ri- 
sheo  (Jft,  H  ^-)  a  pickpocket  ;  etc. 

3  To  transpose  the  sentence  will  perhaps  make  the  construction  clearer  to 
the  student  :-Jg-  £,  ft  ft  ft  g  9,  A  W  8  tt?  ft*>  8  *  tt  It  ft.  A  ft  £  »• 
Note  how  the  use  of  chi  (  J^)  emphasizes  the  superlative. 


8 


ft    7.   tt. 
flt.   W    « 


ft. 


if 


a  •  :  it  ft 

7,  15    T- 


T>    ». 
*B    * 

«.  T  I 

fl     P     S 

-  •& 


W. 


is 


t* 


ft 


?a  BE 
A.  ft. 


»  ft 


nor  to  overlook  the  fact  that  every  evil  contains  its  own  punishment  ! 
It  won't  do  to  say,  "  If  I  break  the  law  in  this  matter  it  is  only  to  a 
limited  extent  —  what  is  there  to  be  afraid  of  ?  "  nor  to  be  unaware 
that  for  every  illegal  act  there  is  a  corresponding  penalty  awaiting 
the  offender  ! 

Make  it  your  constant  practice,  by  means  of  the  law  of  the  land, 
to  curb  and  control  yourselves,  and  to  admonish  others.  They  who 
fear  the  law,  will,  come  what  may,  avoid  breaking  it  :  and  those 
who  dread  punishment  will  make  sure  work  not  to  incur  it.  If 
depravity  and  wrangling  all  cease,  every  stupid  person  become 
intelligent,  every  perverse  one  good  ;  if  the  people  are  content  with 
their  fields,  and  the  soldiers  satisfied  with  their  military  duties;  —  in  a 
few  hundred  years  punishment  will  not  need  to  be  used.  "Will  not  all 
enjoy  peace  together  ? 


9 


±  n 


A    A    -  f 

m.  ft  ft  i(t 

:a-<  *•  '    ° 

ml      Id      IS,  iE 


A. 


<ra=. 

Hi 

f 

2T. 


SB 


A 


I       * 


^    «    W, 

fl     W.    'ft 

CHAPTER  IK. 


Ml 


"  Elucidate  Court  eousness,  with   a  view  to  improving  the,  Manners 

and  Customs." 


What  constitutes  Manners  and  Customs. 

1.  The  meaning  of  the  Emperor  :  (he)  says  :— 

The  peace  of  the  Empire  depends  entirely  upon  the  existence  of 
good  manners  and  customs.  The  scholars  of  the  Han  Dynasty  have 
said,  "The  principles  of  benevolence,  right,  propriety,  knowledge 
and  sincerity,  are  iu  the  hearts  of  all  the  people.  JBut  of  people 
born  in  different  places,  some  are  vigorous,  others  are  weak;  some 
have  hasty  dispositions,  and  act  promptly,  others  have  sluggish 
dispositions,  who  act  leisurely.  The  people  of  one  place  do  not 
understand  the  talk  of  the  people  of  another  place.  All  this  is  the 
result  of  climatic  influences  ;T  hence  it  is  spoken  of  as  "  Feng"  (or 
Breath  of  Nature.)"2 

And  with  reference  to  the  likes  and  dislikes  of  one  place  being 
entirely  contrary  to  those  of  another  locality,  here  being  a  preference 

1.  Lit.,  imbued  with  the  vriiul  breath  of  the  water  and  soil. 

2.  Fentj  (J5,)  is  held  to  concern  disposition,  action  and  speech ;  suh  (fft)  local 
preference  and  usage.     Used  together  they  form  a  very  elastic   term,    sometimes 
meaning  'custom,  usage,"  and  at  other  times  the  outcome  of  custom — public  morality. 
The  Chinese  attach  great  importance  to  the  influence  of  climate  and  locality  on 
character ;  suh  (f£)  is  composed  of  "  man  "  and  "  a  valley." 

99 


*. 


ft    A 


t 


tf 


S 


Jff   C 


if   A    I 


ffl 


A 


&•  X 


Jt 


ft   ft 


ff 


ft.  *> 


W 


A 


for  activity,  there  for  quiescence  —  there  is  absolutely  no  fixed  rule  ; 
it  is  a  question  of  habit  in  each  place,  hence  it  is  spoken  of  as 
"  Suh  "  (or  Common  Preference). 

Every  man  is  a  law  to  himself  in  matters  of  custoon.  Some 
customs  are  excellent,  others  are  bad;  some  very  extravagant  and 
showy,  others  as  plain  and  unpretentious.  Hence  the  Ancients 
formulated  a  system  to  renovate  them,  and  reduce  them  to  order. 

Propriety  defined. 

2.  Now  the  principle  of  propriety1  is  very  important,  and  its 
applications  very  numerous.  No  (acts  of)2  virtue,  benevolence  or 
equity  —  (among)  high  or  low,  rich  or  poor  —  nothing  either  great  or 
small  (such  as)  a  marriage  or  a  funeral,  can  be  carried  out  apart  from 
propriety.  Heuce  propriety  is  the  root  of  manners.  But  a  sincere 
intention  of  respect  in  the  mind  is  essential,  before  there  can  be  a 
respectful  demeanour.  If  externally  there  is  a  pretence  of  deference, 


1.  Li  (f§)=whafc  is  naturally  becoming,  as  well  as  the  expression  of  it  in  the 
various  acts  of  social   intercourse.     It  may  be  rendered  "etiquette,"  "propriety," 
"  ceremony  "  or  any  word  signifying  becoming  conduct. 

2.  This  sentence  illustrates  the  last.     The  principles  of  virtue  and  benevolence, 
and  the  practice  of  marriage  and  burial,  are  adduced  as  illustrations.     Fan  (/£,)  may 
be   separated  from  the  noun  it  qualifies  by  several  words,  as  in  the  present  example. 
Another  word  or  words  may  also  be  correlated  with  it,  as  ih  ts'ieh  ( — •  -tj])  above  : — 
fan  .  .  .  ih-ls'ieh,  all  ...  sl-kien,  matters  .  .  .  tu  hsing  puh  k'ii,  all  cannot  be  carried 
out;  "nothing  can  be  carried  out."     It  is  not  an  uncommon  thing  in  books  to  find  the 
N.   A.  placed   after  the  noun,  as  in  i>i-kien;  such  combinations  are  in  the  plural,  e.g., 
ih-chang  chi  (—  jg  $fc)  "  a  sheet  of  paper  ; "  bub  ch'i-chany  (ffi  3JI)  "  paper ; "    ih-pen 
shu  (—  /fc  ^J)  a  book;  but,  shu-pen  (^  x^)  "books," 


y 


a 


«;  ff    *    *    fftc  ffl 

w  a  tt  m  a  m 


J^     /Tl 


* 


li\    36     ffl     ?K 

B    H   -M'-  JR 


tft 


A 


tr 


VQ  Ijli  r*  MM 

B^     ^     ft     *'    S 


while  there  is  disdain  in  the  miud,  then  to  bow  to  a  superior  is  a 
matter  of  constraint,  and  to  bend  the  head  to  perform  an  act  of 
courtesy,  is  a  hollow  formality. 

You  still  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  the  expression  of  etiquette 
consists  in  an  easy  and  natural  (bearing);  its  substance  a  humble 
and  yielding  attitude  of  miud. 

Courteousness  the  Kernel  of  Propriety. 

o.  The  details  of  etiquette  are  also  exceedingly  numerous;  if 
we  were  to  mention  them,  you  soldiers  and  people  would  necessarily 
be  unable  to  learn  them ;  as  to  the  root  of  the  matter  in  the  practice 
of  etiquette — everybody  has  it.  For  example,  honour  to  parents, 
respect  for  superiors,  pleasantness  between  husband  and  wife,  love 
between  brethren,  loyalty  among  friends,  regard  for  relatives — these 
are  in  you  by  nature.  What  need  is  there  to  seek  outside  your 
selves,  for  (the  principles  of)  courteousuess  ? 

Add  to  which  the  fact,  that  courteousuess  is  not  difficult  of 
performance.  Is  it  the  treatment  of  others  ?  be  uniformly  agree 
able;  is  it  the  government  of  self  ?  be  careful  in  all  things.  In  the 
home  (let)  fathers,  sous  and  brothers  be  most  cordial ;  iu  the  village 
(let)  old  aud  youug,  great  and  small  be  obliging  and  agreeable. 

101 


^    A.    ^ 


*  iw 


ft    * 


9   tt 


&.  &  m  7.  & 


A 


If 


ft  * 


rffj 


ft    4>    SB 


Reform  all  over-bearing  mariners,  and  quarrelsome  practices,  and 
restrain  all  unbridled  passions  and  profligate  ways.  Do  not  in 
ever  so  small  a  degree  give  way  to  covetousness,  and  forthwith 
proceed  to  unheard  of  acts  of  robbery  ;  nor,  acting  on  a  sudden 
impulse  of  passion  try  conclusions1  (with  your  enemy)  ;  nor,  because 
one  is  rich,  have  a  feeling  of  contempt  for  another  who  is  poor;  nor, 
because  one  is  strong,  devise  a  scheme  to  do  the  weak  one  a  cruel 
wrong.  Observe  the  well-bred  man  :  he  conforms  to  custom  with 
both  grace  and  sincerity :  this  is  the  real  thing  in  courteousuess. 

Evils  of  an  Unyielding  Disposition  illustrated. 

4.  Why  is  it  you  are  able  to  talk  of  etiquette  and  at  the  same 
time  unable  to  put  it  into  practice  ?  Simply  because  men  now-a- 
days,  only  make  use  of  the  rules  of  etiquette  to  lay  the  blame  on 
others,  instead  of  on  themselves.  Take  a  case :  Two  men  contest  a 
point  of  precedence.  One  says,  "  You've  no  manners  ;  "  the  other 
says,  "Neither  have  you."  This  one  says,  "  Why  don't  you  yield  to 
me  ?"  that  one  says,  "  If  you  won't  give  in  to  me;  is  it  likely  I  am 
willing  to  yield  to  you  ?"  When  they  reach  the  pass  of  becoming 


1.  Lit.,  coute&t  win  or  lose. 


102 


9 


A 


ft    W    ft.  ffl,  ti 
•ft    ^    -tfi,    ffi*   fi? 


SB 


ft 


7    * 


Ki0  fft  fS  ft 

-*-•-  •:2{V  f^~-          A 

TJi  tOt  'if  /  v 

ft  <*  ti  ^ 

E~T       4&      *)§i  ftft  ~t=L  -cr 

J        I/I*      B^»  "I  ><£ 

A  -*-§••          — /i.  Lffl-  — *»-  *i!f*  3ott 

k       7l±          Bft,       tl  X  S  Sc 


ft?) 


IliS^ 

*  «8. 

$J  ^ 

/li  W 


ffi 


lit 


irreconcilable  enemies,  what  advantage  is  there?  If  either  party 
would  reflect  a  little  and  say,  "  Although  he  has  no  manners,  where 
are  mine?  for  all  that  he  will  not  give  in  to  me,  in  the  first  instance 
I  was  unable  to  yield  to  him,"  And  if  both  were  to  apologize 
would  it  not  save  a  great  deal  of  contention  ? 

But  people  are  unwilling  to  give  way.  A  scholar  who  has  a 
little  ability  in  making  a  few  verses,  ditties,  odes,  and  songs,  forth 
with  regards  himself  as  one  of  the  celebrities1  of  the  age,  and  looks 
upon  the  rest  of  the  world  as  beneath  his  regard.  One  praises  his 
composition;  another  claims  admiration  for  his  own  handwriting ; 
who  is  willing  to  yield  the  palrn  to  others  ? 

F;i."tners  are  accustomed  to  squabble  over  their  fields.  One 
says,  "You  have  encroached  upon  my  boundary  ;"  the  other  says, 
"  You.  have  ploughed  over  the  corner  of  my  ground."  Aud  it  is 
needless  to  say  ihat  mutual  recriminations  ensue  when  cows,  sheep, 
(and  other)  animals  have  trampled  down  one's  crop?. 

Tradesmen  also  keenly  contest  for  the  pre-eminence.  Each 
wishes  to  keep  the  other  down,  and  to  take  away  customers  by 
unfair  means  ;a  his  chief  concern  being,  to  make  his  own  business 
prosper;  regardless  whether  others  die  or  live. 

1.  A  t^ai'tai  (>J* -p)  is  a  man  of  parts.     The  title  is  applied  par  excellence   to 
•  some  literary  worthies  who  have  composed  well  known  works. 

2.  Note  the  idioui,  and  the  use  of  lai  ($£)  aud  fe'«  ( -£•). 

lUo 


9 


It 


T 


^    A.  ifc  J&  A 

A    g  ft  Ife.  tt. 

£    tff  #.  Jl  li 

T  tt  a  f^  ® 

*i«  R  L*  ^tJ  l^l/t 

i    1  «  -JTJ  -f-1^  l-l>l 

^x  UTI  ITT  *'  •* » 

?K    ft.  1ft.  W.  f 

§B  fti  ^5  %t  n 


Mb 


T  m 

,  *.  a 

{»  T 

JB  *. 


X 

A 


T  ». 

tt  * 

¥  * 

^  ^» 

7]  * 


is. 


i    ^ 


^      .«      *. 


.«    H.  ^    T    « 
».   S*    ft    *.  ffi 


In  the  case  of  merchants  and  shop  keepers,  their  contention  is 
still  more  keen.  You  see  me  making  money,  and  thereupon  envy 
me:  I  see  you  making  profit  and  forthwith  covet  it1.  If  a  certain 
line  of  business  is  profitable  everybody  forthwith  follows  it  ;  if  the 
market  rates  of  a  certain  place  are  good,  you  thereupon  hoodwink 
your  fellows,  (but)  go  yourself  on  the  sly  and  buy  without  delay. 
You  know  a  certain  class  of  goods  will  fall  in  price,  and  gull  people 
into  buying  them,2  but  later  on  dun  them  for  payment.  Some  run 
short  of  capital,  and  have  no  alternative  but  to  borrow  money  at 
heavy  rates  of  interest ;  at  the  same  time  delaying  to  refund.  As 
the  saying  goes,  "  You  scheme  much  gain  to  make,  I  scheme  to 
procrastinate."  Some  wrangle  over  short  weight,  others  again  over 
the  quality  of  silver;  one  cannot  fully  detail  all  the  things  they 
quarrel  about. 

To  come  to  the  military."    Living  in  the  camp,  their  temperament 

1.  Lit.,  eyes  red. 

'-'.  Lit.,  want  (them)  away,  i.e.,  people  are  led  to  believe  they  need  them,  and 
will  do  well  to  buy  them.  To  iao  anything  from  another  is  to  get  it  by  dint  of 
overpersnasion. 

3.  Lit.,  those  who  throw  ou  armour,  and  gird  on  the  sword . 

104 


aft. 


^=^ 
JKt 

SB 
w 


ra 


M    $    -    7J    #1 
7.   #    fl    ^    A, 

ffl    JBB    W    tr%  # 


A. 


ffi. 


ffi 


7    i 


* 


A.    It, 


0 


•--—  i^-  \ 

n>  &    ± 


a   « 

A,  W 


A, 


ffi     5     A    T    {&    I 
A    *    A    *>  i£    ! 

is  necessarily  coarse.  They  are  always  fighting  and  quarreling  j1  all 
agree  they  are  born  and  bred  to  be  coarse. 

In  all  the  above  cases  it  is  one  and  the  same  (story,  there  is  an) 
unwillingness  to  give  way.  If  scholars  were  averse  to  showing  off  their 
cleverness,  would  refrain  from  forming  parties  and  factions,  and  would 
each  be  gentle  and  good,  courteousness  would  thus  be  (taught)  in  (all) 
the  Schools. 

If  farmers  of  the  same  country-side  were  unwilling  to  enrich 
themselves  at  the  expense  of  others — if  labourers  and  artisans  were 
content  to  receive  according  to  their  merits,  and  unwilling  to  snatch 
away  (another's)  customers — if  traders  were  unwilling  to  forestall  each 
other  in  trade,  (but)  were  all  honest — if  soldiers  also  would  acquire  a 
knowledge  of  a  few  moral  principles  and  be  more  particular  about 
gentleness,  reforming  their  overbearing  manners — there  would  be 
courteousness  among  all  classes  of  the  people.  Picture  to  yourselves 
a  state  of  things  in  which  everybody  is  pleasant  and  obliging  ;  would 
it  not  be  admirable  ? 

Advantages  of  Humility. 

5.  The  Ancients  said,  "  Humility  reaps  advantage,  pride  invites 
loss."  That  is  to  say,~  in  regard  to  unassuming  people,  if  men  would 

1.  Lit.,  seize  the  sword  and  handle  the  staff. 

'2,  Shi.ien  ( Jjl-  It)  "this  speaks  of"  s/u=c/icc  (»£)• 

105 


7 


I,  *.  a  A  ffi. 

*    1ft.  ^T»    ^    A 


A    * 
JR    T 


ft    ft    A    SB    fll 


T 


So  ffi 

3?  it 

/o  -^ 

91.  * 

•'Ef  1 

rl          -I 

1i  #, 

ft  ib 


7 


fe   A    SB-  ig 


-SJ.   ti    A. 

-5C  J   0       ^»v> 

12^        WC 


Jt 


yield  a  trifle  to  others,  and  give  way  a  little,  it  would  save  a  good  deal 
of  trouble;  and  put  them  in  possession  of  benefits  without  number. 
For  instance,  a  man  abuses  me  :  I  let  him  have  his  say.  If  he  is  a  good 
man  of  course  he  will  at  once  regret  it ;  if  he  is  a  blackguard  and 
gets  no  fun  out  of  his  abuse,  he  will  perforce  desist.  Does  not  this 
save  a  good  deal  of  bother  ?  Think  it  over :  he  has  abused  you 
somewhat  and  you  have  stood  his  abuse ;  is  it  likely  that  he  has 
raised  his  reputation  at  the  expense  of  yours?  If  you  thus  yield  to 
him,  people  will  without  exception  speak  well  of  you  and  wish  for 
your  company,  while  an  overbearing  person  like  he,  will  be  hated 
and  avoided  by  all:  if  he  get  into  trouble,  nobody  will  take  any  notice 
of  him.  This  being  so,  do  you  not  still  get  the  best  of  it  ? 

In  the  T'ang  Dynasty  there  was  a  (man  named)  La  Si-teh. 
He  asked  his  brother  saying,  "  Suppose  a  person  spat  upon  you,  how 
would  you  treat  him?"  His  brother  said,  "Wipe  it  dry  and  have 
done  with  it."  Lit  S'i-teh  said,  "If  you  wiped  it  dry,  the  man  would 
be  the  more  angry ;  the  best  way  would  be  simply  to  receive  it  with 
a  smile  and  let  it  get  dry  of  itself."  Observe  !  Lit  Si-Mi  through 

106 


9 


IK.  '  4k 


B.  tt    a 


A 


7    ft  •„  *t;  It  4^ 


* 


t 


I    ^ 


_  is  ^  a 

'  I!,  *'  ^T 


•If 


JI 


6 


A 


fit 


* 


$ 


T 


* 


being  thus  humble,  became  a  Mandarin,  and  ultimately  a   Minister 
of  State.     Is  uot  this  an  example  of  humility  reaping  advantage  ? 

Disadvantages  of  Pride. 

C.  What  is  meant  by  "  Pride  inviting  loss  ?  "  Pride  is  for  a  man 
to  regard  himself  as  a  person  of  importance.  Now  it  is  riot  only  the 
wealthy  and  the  official  class  who  presume  upon  wealth  and  influence 
to  oppress  people,  and  thus  bring  evil  on  themselves.  Of  late, 
contemptible  striplings  —  uncivil  and  ill-mannered  —  should  they 
meet  among  the  elders  of  their  clan  (whether  of  the  same  surname 
or  married  into  it)  those  who  are  decrepit  and  in  reduced  circum 
stances,  will  not  condescend  to  salute  them.  If  they  see  the  officials 
and  gentry  they  say  at  once,  "We  won't  defer  to  them,"  but  with 
studied  hauteur  contest  with  them  the  question  of  precedence.  This 
brief  indulgence  of  their  arrogant  disposition  will  without  fail  (cause 
them)  to  overstep  the  bounds  of  politeness,  act  recklessly,  and  draw 
down  evil  upon  them  ;  hence  the  saying,  ("  Pride  invites  loss." 

13tnefts  of  Courteousness  illustrated. 

7.  Of  old  there  was  a  (man  named)  Vang  len-fang,  who  was 
extremely  willing  to  give  way.  A  cowstealer  was  caught  by  somebody. 
The  thief  said  he  was  willing  to  be  punished,  only  pleaded  that  Uang 

107 


16.  -    — 


A. 


ft 


7E 


a  Alt          i-i-t         X*il         xfC"*        •  I  • 

XE      Iffl      3?,    TO,     A     >7 

w  it  m  ft  ft  *.  *n 


ffl    - 


A    - 
S?    A 


M'  3FP,  H'    "t    ^P 
•(    Jff    ffl    •    V. 


o 
3E° 


t 


JB   &  A°  *  ft.  !f  . 

fli    #  ^  ±  j@  n4 

i  j-  1  ^  ^  xw  •  » 

J-nl  J  rt/l  x^^  I  - 

A     fsj  H^J  ^  _E  A 

as  ±,  4--,  7  a  tii 

tf    4(  *  *.  M,  H 

-ft  m  7  x  A  - 


len-fang  might  not  know  (of  Lis  crime).  ZTcmj/  Jen-fang  heard  of 
it,  aud  told  a  man  to  take  him  a  present  of  a  roll  of  cloth,  and 
exhort  him  to  do  good.  The  thief  was  afterwards  (so)  transformed, 
that  finding  in  the  road  a  sword  somebody  had  dropped,  he  kept  it, 
aud  waited  till  the  owner  came  and  took  it  away. 

Again,  there  was  a  (man  named)  Kuan  lu-an ;  he  also  was 
most  willing  to  give  way  to  others.  Somebody  else's  cow  ate  grain 
in  his  field.  lie  was  not  in  the  least  vexed;  on  the  contrary  he  tied 
the  cow  up  to  a  tree  and  brought  it  grass  to  eat.  Through  being  so 
very  complaisant  he  transformed  the  whole  countryside  in  conse 
quence  ;  aud  subsequently  in  a  time  of  rebellion  no  rebels  came  to 
trouble  him,  but  refugees  came  to  place  themselves  under  his  pro 
tection.  You  see  a  man  who  can  give  way,  tranforms  a  whole  district, 
including  the  robbers  and  thieves  (in  it).  Hence  the  Ancients  said, 
"Ever  yield  the  road,  ever  give  up  the  path,1  and  you  will  never 
take  a  step  in  vain,  never  lose  a  patch  of  ground."  It  is  obvious 
that  in  courteousuess  there  is  absolutely  no  loss,  but  only  gain. 

Think,  if  you  treat  others  with  real  friendliness,  the  boorish  will 
follow  suit  aud  learn  to  be  amiable.     If  you  do  business  with  perfect 
1.  i.e.,  the  path  through  the  field. 

108 


fl     !f 
PI     )& 


A 


7. 

A 
A 


ffl 


S.    7. 


S     ifc 


i@ 
A 
fli, 


.    f$    A, 


•&    M 

Tfv  "7 

w.  * 


fairness,  tlie  unjust  will  follow  suit  and  learn  to  act  fairly.  One 
inau  sets  the  tune,  and  a  hundred  catch  it  up  ;l  every  village  and 
hamlet  will  follow  the  good  example  :  if  the  places  near  at  hand  are 
as  they  should  be,  the  distant  places  also  will  be  all  right.  At  the 
outset  it  may  be  a  little  difficult,  but  as  time  goes  on  it  will 
become  easy. 

If  everybody  is  honest,  and  manners  and  customs  liberal, 
gratitude  will  thus  be  shown  for  the  abundant  kindness  of  the 
Emperor  in  repeatedly  instructing  you. 

1.  i.e.,  the  example  of  one  affects  all. 


109 


m  ft 

M  «t 

A,  *.    f/ 

*t  }&     Sij 

ty  ±    ± 


• 

A 


e    ±   -t 

«r  55  m. 


%»  m  M.  -ta  £ 

*  «  ±  *  T 

1=1                      jj  —  f-!  JiJ-n  VHVr 

«  A  7C  JfW  ia 


A. 

% 


121 


El. 

m» 


CHAPTER  X. 

"  Let  t)te  People  attend  to  their  Proper  Callings,  that  they 
may  have  Settled  Determination.'" 


"  One's  Proper  Calling  "  defined. 

1.  The  meaning  of  the  Emperor  :  (he)  says  : — 
The  people  produced  by  high  heaven1  cannot  he  all  alike.  Some 
are  intelligent,  others  are  stupid ;  some  are  vigorous,  others  are 
weak,  but  to  each  and  all,  high  heaven  has  given  means  of  support. 
Consequently  each  one  should,  according  to  his  position  in  life  and 
capacity,  seek  an  occupation  and  settle  down  to  it.  It  may  be  to 
study,  it  may  be  farming,  it  may  be  learning  a  trade,  or  keeping  a 
shop,  or  soldiering.  To  study  and  practice  from  childhood  to  man 
hood,  gradually  renders  each  expert  in  his  own  sphere  ;  he  succeeds 
in  life,  and  invariably  becomes  useful  in  the  world.  This  is  spoken 
of  as  "  One's  Proper  Calling."2  Is  it  not  to  everybody  of  the  utmost 
importance  ? 

1.  "Heaven"  and  "  high  heaven  "  are  used  to  express  the  idea  of  a  Providence 
which   appoints  men's  position  in  life,  takes  notice   of   their  actions,  and  gives  just, 
recompense  to  all  in  this  life.     It  is  too  impersonal  to  be  translated  "  God,"  but  it  is 
the  nearest  approach  they  have  to  it  :  cp.  Luke  xv.  18. 

2.  Pen-ieh  (2J£  |Jj|)  "  root  occupation  "    not  in  sense  of   "fundamental,"    or  "of 
primary  importance  "  aa  in  Chapter  IV. 

no 


II! 


ia      A 


x\»       XNk       3Wi, 


10 


A 


7    * 

»U»» 


tl 

7*j 
\       n 


k  m  m 
i  (ft  -ft 


is.  -ix  li  *t 
a    n  *   T. 


m    T 

n  at 


But  whether  a  business  is  to  be  profitable  or  not,  rests  iu 
your  having  determination :  whether  it  is  to  be  extensive,  in  your 
willingness  to  labour  diligently.  All  the  world  over,  those  who 
have  succeeded  in  life  have,  without  exception,  been  hard  workers, 
have  laboured  diligently. 

Description  of  Nt?er-do- wells. 

2.  But  there  are  a  few  classes  of  idle  loafers.  One  class  aro 
loungers,  not  evil  doers  in  any  sense,  only  addicted  to  pleasure  and 
fond  of  taking  it  easy :  these  inevitably  develope  into  beggars. 

Another  class  are  robbers  and  thieves.  They  only  think  about 
feasting  and  wearing  tine  clothes  (the  whole  family  are  habituated 
to  it)  while  all  the  time  they  have  not  a  single  means  of  support  save 
thieving  and  robbery:  these  naturally  are  material  for  the  (felon's) 
brand,  and  gallows1  birds. 

Another  class  are  hangers  on  at  law  courts.  They  learri  to 
write  a  few  legal  phrases  and  stir  up  the  people  to  litigation  ;  they 
planning  (the  case)  and  acting  the  part  of  witnesses  in  it.  They  are 
completely  lost  to  shame,  and  only  scheme  to  make  money  for 
present  advantage.  When  their  cup  of  iniquity  is  full,  they  will  be 
punished  themselves,2  their  descendants  will  go  to  rack  and  ruin, 
and  become  harlots  and  robbers. 

1.  Certain  criminals  are  branded  on  the  cheeks  :  this  is  facetiously  called  shanj- 
tuia  (jg;  $•)  "  the  flowery  recompense." 

2.  Lit.,  suffer  siii,  i.e.,  the  consequence*  of  it. 

Ill 


T, 


A 


Hf 

* 


1    At  #r 


i.  fft   H 


ta. 


T 
to 


ft    #,   A 


,* 


fit    R 


T> 


•H    ft 

SB    * 


-fi  * 
A  »' 
$  7 


if 


JEL       4&       ~5C  ^L 

XE      H       >T  ?i 

±    T    T  T 

— »-  -*     o  •*    , 

tL  A 


jt.    i« 


* 


k         yjkt 


A    & 
*    15 


Another  class  are  daylight*  robbers.  They  form  cliques  and 
gangs,  aud  while  still  posing  as  good  citizens  do  not  mind  their  own 
business,  but  egg  on  others  to  fight.  These  manifestly  have  in  store 
for  them  the  prison  and  the  wooden  collar.  It  is  needless  to  say 
that  these  people  who  have  no  proper  occupation,  are  thoroughly 
reprehensible. 

Perseverance  the  Condition  of  Success. 

3.  Even  scholars,  farmers,  labourers  and  merchants,  although 
they  all  have  their  proper  calling,  yet  after  being  at  it  a  good  while, 
they1  are  apt  then  to  take  a  dislike  to  it.  Seeing  others  making 
money  and  enjoying  themselves,  their  cupidity  is  at  once  excited, 
and  giving  up  their  own  occupation,  they  make  a  fresh  start  and  learn 
the  trade  of  other  folks.  Or  it  may  be  they  listen  to  peoples' 
specious  representations,  or  they  have  a  sudden  run  of  bad  luck. 
In  a  moment  of  indecision  they  throw  up  their  proper  calling,  do 
what  they  ought,  not  to  do,  think  of  what  they  should  not,  and  at 
last  after  adopting  all  sorts  of  expedients,  end  in  complete  failure. 
Is  it  not  lamentable?  At  the  same  time  they  lose  sight  of  the  fact 
that  a  fortune  may  be  made  in  any  calling,  no  matter  what.  But  if 

1.  Tn  (|5p)  points  out  that  there  arc  some  at  auy  rate  in  every  class;  who  will  be 
affeoted  iu  the  way  described. 

112 


10 


ife 


A 


&      ffl       ffl 


ft 

A 


A 
It. 


•?.   it, 
«f    IR 


fir 


H 


J 


ft    ft 


it) 


=£ 


T, 

'"p«! 

/rig 

A 


people  are  la/>y,  even  a  good  business  will  decline;  whereas  it' 
they  are  diligent,  even  a  poor  business  will  become  prosperous.  All 
that  is  needed  is  to  set  to  work  with  a  fixed  resolve,  and  to  use  one's 
best  efforts,  not  giving  over  till  old  age.  In  this  way  only  is  it 
possible  to  devote  attention  to  one's  proper  calling. 

Application  of  this  Principle  to  (a)   Scholars. 

4.  The  Emperor  is  only  desirous  that  your  fortunes  should  pro 
sper,  not  that  they  should  be  adverse.  You  must  all  buckle  to  in  good 
earnest.  The  scholar  ?  let  him  study  in  the  spirit  of  the  Ancient 
Worthies,  and  be  an  upright  and  honourable  man.  Let  him  study 
the  Odes,  and  discourse  of  courteousness  the  livelong  day.  Let  him 
not  think  only  of  obtaining  his  degree,  but  continue  to  study 
whether  he  obtain  it  or  not.  The  Ancients  well  said:  "  The  more 
I  si  udy  the  less  I  succeed:  what  have  I  to  do  with  fate?  the  less 
I  succeed  the  more  I  study  ;  what  has  fate  to  do  with  me  ?"  Thus 
giving  the  mind  to  the  main  thing,  a  scholar  will  without  fail  in 
private  life  be  a  graduate  worthy  of  the  name,  and  a  useful 
mandarin  when  ho  obtains  that  position. 

113 


to 
115 


=    USt 


/Ch  *=&  — •  -w-  Ji 

Tr  0  At,  — '  >M  7C 

*  #.  R%  -  W 

x  ^  T  f-  & 


m 


jib 


y      . 


ffl    W    To  ML  ±    ^ 

— '    5S    E    "F    4&    1S» 


m 


Mb      ilO 
rfn        3t^ 

X     ffl 


T 


(i)  Farmers. 

The  farmer  must  plough  and  sow,  and  reap  in  good  time,  when 
the  right  season  arrives.  He  must  not  be  wasteful,  but  be  abstemi 
ous  and  frugal,  even  in  good  years.  He  must  lay  up  a  stock 
of  grain  beforehand  and  prepare  for  times  of  scarcity  ;  pay  up  his 
taxes  in  good  time,  and  so  escape  the  vexation  of  the  constables 
who  would  press  for  them.  "  Every  inch  of  soil  produces  yellow 
gold?"  Do  not  neglect  even  a  corner  of  your  fields:  in  sowing, 
sow  up  to  the  very  edge — never  leave  a  scrap  of  work  undone. 
This  is  what  attention  to  one's  proper  calling  involves  in  the  case  of 
the  farmer. 

(c)  Craftsmen. 

Craftsmen  must  prepare  materials  in  their  proper  season. 
Practise  (your  trade)  day  in  and  day  out,  striving  to  excel  (all 
competitors).  On  no  account  practise  double  dealing,  and  cheat 
customers  Whatever  line  of  business  one's  ancestors  have  handed 
down  ;  that  their  descendants  should  keep  to  ;  whatever  they  have 
learnt  from  boyhood  to  that  they  should  adhere  to  the  very  end. 
This  is  for  craftsmen  to  give  their  attention  to  their  proper  business. 

(d)  Merchants. 

Merchants  must  ascertain  the  state  of  the  market.     Buy  cheap 

114 


7 

/ 


ft    M 


ia     sK£ 

ff  4> 


fr 


z 


a 
*. 


ft  «  ft 


A 


nie 

=?* 

H/it, 


i    _&  w4°  fl\l 

*fc 

T  t*  a 

fl  fl  W. 


fS>    H¥  ^fc    Ac 

I  "*     o  J^ 


BS 


S     H. 


* 


f    * 


and  sell  dear;  only  be  perfectly  fair  and  square  in  your  dealings. 
Let  the  goods  be  genuine  and  the  prices  true :  do  not  cheat  people. 
Attend  to  business  whether  profits  are  great  or  small.  This  is  for 
merchants  to  give  attention  to  their  proper  business. 

(e)  Soldiers. 

Soldiers,  military  affairs  are  your  occupation.  Be  thoroughly 
versed  in  firing,  riding,  archery  and  drill  :  keep  perfect  rank.  If 
ordered  to  till  the  fields1  allotted  to  you,  at  once  set  to  and  dig  in 
earnest ;  if  told  off  to  outpost  duty,  set  to  and  patrol  diligently ;  if 
commanded  to  protect  the  frontiers,  put  the  main  points  threatened 
in  thorough  defence  ;  if  called  on  to  guard  the  seas,  at  once  thoroughly 
search  into  nautical  matters.-  This  is  for  soldiers  to  give  proper 
attention  to  their  business. 

(/ )  Coolies. 

Apart  from  these,  there  is  also  a  class  of  poor  people  with  no 
fields  to  cultivate,  no  capital  to  trade  with,  no  skill  in  any  of  the 
different  handicrafts ;  it  is  necessary  for  them  to  make  a  living  as 
hired  labourers,  or  burden  bearers.  Only  let  them  be  honest  and 
diligent,  not  given  to  lying  nor  thieving,  and  they  will  obtain  a 
sufficiency  of  food  and  clothing.  The  proverb  says,  "  Each  blade  of 

1.  These  are  fields  allotted  to  military  colonists. 

2.  Lit,  the  winds  and  waves  of  the  ocean's  snrface. 

115 


10 


&  w 


a. 


ffl 


(5 


ffi 


;  A, 


fe 


A 


ft 


B 


«.  fk 


gt 

PH 

H/L* 


fit 


* 


± 


*P    W-    JL 

<liii         U±.         7jfi> 

il    ±    A 


I      5 


Hil 


grass  has  its  own  dew  to  nourish  it."  x     Why  are  men  not  content 
with  their  proper  station  in  life  ? 

Occupations  of  Women. 

5.  Not  only  men  but  women  also  have  their  proper  occupations. 
Weave  hemp,  spin  thread,  work  embroidery,  ply  the  needle,  weave 
damask  gauze,  and  satin  cloth  :  what  need  to  long  for  the  pearls, 
gems,  gold  and  silver  of  others?     Make  a  few  shoes,  stockings  and 
garments — they  too  will  exchange  for  money  and  grain.     Only  give 
yourself  wholly  to  your  proper  business,  and  then  you  will  not  give 
way  to  foolish  fancies. - 

Results  of  Idleness. 

6.  You  see  if  one  person  in  the  world — whether  male  or  female — 
does  not  attend  to  his  own  business,  but  is  dressy  and  g^c'^nous, 
lounging  about  and  idling  time   away  ;  he    forthwith    proceeds  to 
commit  many  unbecoming  and  unlawful  deeds ;  and  is  bound  in  the 
long  run  to  become  villainous  and  depraved,  practising  all  sorts  of 
evil,  and  offending  against   the  laws  of   the   laud,  till   his  offence 
becomes  unpardonable.     Is  it  not  pitiable  ? 

Encouragements  to  persevere. 

7.  Observe !  there  is  no  business  in  the  world  in  which  it  is 

1.  i.e.,  nature  provides  enough  for  all. 

2.  This  is  the  most  Confucianism  can  offer  to  women  !     The   idea  of    looking 
on  woman  as  the  equal  and  holp-meet  of  man  has  not  yet  dawued-on  any  of  the 
"  Lights  of  Asia."     "  Giving  honour  ....  as  to  the  weaker  vessel,"  (1  Peter  iii.  7)  is 
a  distinctive  requirement  of  the  gospel. 


10 


7 


^    jg 


T    it 


2    R     H,  ffi.   *.  ft    ft    fl    !§    W0  £ 
ft.  M    11    ^          #    H    ft.  M.   *    A 

easy  to  succeed,  neither  is  there  any  in  which  success  is  impossible. 
It  only  needs  people  to  stick  to  it  ;  none  who  do  so  hut  will  succeed 
in  life.  The  Ancients  said,  "  Give  time  enough,  and  an  iron  rod  will 
be  ground  into  a  needle;  let  there  be  determination,  and  a  mountain 
may  be  bored  through  to  the  springs  of  the  sea."  See,  is  it  not  a 
difficult  matter  to  grind  a  bar  of  iron  into  a  needle,  or  to  chisel 
through  a  mountain  to  the  sea  ?  But  given  sufficient  time  and 
determination,  and  it  finally  may  be  done.  How  much  more  will 
any  one  who  goes  to  business  with  determination,  and  gives  sufficient 
time  to  it  (be  certain  to  succeed)?  Nothing  will  be  impossible  (to  him). 

Exhortations  to  persevere,  and  Advantages  of  so  doing. 

8.  Hence  those  who  give  attention  to  their  proper  business, 
must  acquiesce  in  the  appointment  of  Fate/  and  be  settled  in  their 
determination.  Do  not  do  a  little  here  and  a  little  there,  completing 
nothing.2  Do  not  be  diligent  one  day  and  dilatory  the  next, 
beginning  but  never  bringing  to  completion.  Rather  endure  a  little 
fag  and  toil,  than  simply  scheme  to  take  it  easy  and  enjoy  yourself  ; 
rather  be  a  plain  simple  fellow  than  go  in  for  mere  outward  show. 
Notice  scholars  who  maintain  their  literary  reputation  —  :;it  is  a 

1.  The  Chinese  arc  great  believers  in  fate.     The  ming  (^f)  refers  to  the  destiny, 
the  MI  Ji  (jj)  to  the  various  phases  of  it,  which  are  said  to  alter  every  five  years. 

2.  Lit.,  east  a  head,  west  a  head  (making)  an  incomplete  sketch  of  the  tiger. 

3.  Lit.,  book  fragrance. 

117 


10 


IB. 


* 


T 


(fl 


A  m 


T 


«.  «  «•  5S=  If 

*  it  A  «  ff 

^  .fl  tt  A1  n. 

^  i@  ^  ft  tr 

0  iT  'm  =§•  31- 

2  flf  ft'  A  ffl 

r\  «.  ^  a^  si 


source  of  eudless  enjoyment;  farmers  who  keep  up  their  farms  —  the 
produce  is  inexhaustible. 

Let  the  artisans'  wares  be  of  superior  quality.  Let  the 
calculations  of  the  trader  be  properly  made.  Let  the  military  service 
of  the  soldiers  be  superlatively  good.  Let  each  do  his  own  duty; 
and  each  will  make  a  fortune  for  himself.  (Thus)  the  ancestors  will 
have  a  good  foundation,  the  descendants  will  have  a  good  portion 
handed  down  to  them.,  and  will  be  without  anxiety  both  as  to  food  and 
expenditure.  All  will  be  in  the  hey-day  of  prosperity;  (living) 
in  a  region  of  bliss.  Thus  you  will  understand  the  kindness  of  Our 
Sacred  Ancestor  in  instructing  you;  and  what  the  Emperor  really 
expects  from  you.  From  henceforth  let  each  family  perpetually 
enjoy  the  great  happiness  of  peace. 


118 


II 


w 


A 


-t 


* 


J21 

Tfpfe 


. 
«     -til 


-LL 


CHAPTKR  XI. 

Instruct  the,  Rising   Generation,  with  a  riew  to  prevent 
Evil  Doing?' 


Need  of  instructing  the   Young. 

\.  His  Majesty's  meaning  :  (he)  says  :— 

People  as  a  rule  have  either  sons  or  younger  brothers.  All 
these  juveniles  should  be  educated.  Look  at  the  regulations  drawn 
up  by  the  Monarchs  of  olden  times.  They  ordained  that  some 
instructors  should  be  appointed  in  every  village  and  city  ;  that  the 
laws  of  the  Government  (should  be)  expounded  on  the  first  of  each 
month,1  and  that  once  a  year  the  morals  of  the  young  2  should 
undergo  examination.  They  also  commanded  that  all  youths  who 
went  out  soldiering,  should  study  military  science  and  know  the 
Military  Code.3  The  why  and  wherefore  of  these  regulations  no 

1.  This  custom  has  fallen  into  disuse  in  most  parts  of  the  country.     The  expound- 
incr  of  fcho  Sacred  Edict  is  kept  up  in  some  districts,  and  is  spoken  of  as  kiang  Sheng-% 
(it|  Tjjn  f*j).     This  expression  is  also  applied  to  the  work  the  Literary  Chancellor  (7isi'o/i 
t'ai  S  a")  performs  during  the  first  day  of  his  arrival  to  examine  the  students  in  a  district. 

2.  Tul-ti  (-f-  jf})  "  sons  and  younger  brothers."     This  is  a  general  term  for  all 
the  younger  members  of  the  family,  and  is  supposed  to  be  used  by  the  elder  brother, 
as  head  of  the  family. 

3.  K-i-i  (££  i|)  is  the  skill  of  an  expert  in  any  art  or  science;  ki.liih  ($JJ  f£)  a 
fixed  system  of  written  rules. 


11 


Jt    *    X, 


K 


K,  T  - 

tft     $5»  3 

i    ffi  A    H 

i  ^-J-»          I 

e  ^c    A 


3& 

A. 


A- 
a 

A 


A. 


ix. 


A, 


A.  W 

w  & 

*.  *r 

S&  fli 

ffi  ffi 


X 


7 


^    A    A 
*    T 


T 


A 


A 


doubt  is  that  mankind  rely  entirely  upon  their  children  to  perpetuate 
their  posterity.  The  prosperity  or  ruin  of  the  family  depends  upon 
(the  character  of)  the  rising  generation. 

Evils  of  Parental  Indulgence. 

2.  Now  whosoever  in  the  world  is  good,  it  is  by  education  that 
he  has  become  so;  whosoever  is  evil,  it  is  by  the  want  of  education 
that  he  has  been  ruined.1  Hence  if  people's  youngsters  don't 
follow  the  right,  it  is  all  the  fault  of  you  elders.  Why  do  I  say 
this  ?  Because  people  as  a  general  rule,  from  the  age  of  five  or  six  to 
that  of  twenty  and  over,  have  not  lost  their  boyish  dispositions.  Their 
experience  is  gradually  forming:  it  is  indeed  a  critical  period  !  But 
unfortunately  your  one  idea  is  to  pet  them,  and  fondle  them,  and  to 
give  them  everything  for  which  they  ask,  for  fear  they  should  cry. 
(If  any  one)  knows  (their  faults)  and  is  vexed  with  them,  you  at 
once  take  up  the  cudgels  on  their  behalf.'2  You  dress  them  out  in 
gay  clothing  that  others  may  admire  them,  and  pamper  their 
appetites  even  at  the  expense  of  stinting  your  own.  You  screen 

1.  Note  the  idiom — but  which  man  born,  even  if  good  all  is  teaching  perfected,  etc. 

2.  Lit.,  for  them  strike,  abuse,  ^ive  veut  to  rage. 

120 


11 


Ik 


Pl 


K    * 


74 
»    7r 


&    ft 

fil.    % 


flfc 
A, 


a 


if 


tfl     * 
A    & 


A 


Si 


A. 


fil    &J 


A 


t, 


«!     fiT 

M     fS. 
•fi    IE 


m 


T. 

-(Bf 


your  children.  If  you  see  them  curse  or  strike  anybody,  instead  of 
rebuking  them  you  commend  them,  and  say  they  are  of  first-rate 
mettle,  not  afraid  of  any  one.  You  are  well  aware  the  youngsters 
are  in  the  wrong,  but  screen  their  shortcomings,  saying,  "The 
children  are  only  in  fun.  What's  the  harm"?  You  know  full  well 
they  meanly  steal  people's  things,  and  yet  you  praise  their  smartness, 
and  call  it  beginning  early  to  provide  for  the  family.  If  others  say 
your  son  is  bad,  you  turn  the  tables  and  rebuke  them. 

How  to  train  the   Young. 

3.  Consider — what  do  children  know  about  good  and  evil  ? 
They  are  wholly  dependent  upon  their  elders  to  excite  in  them  good 
affections,  to  check  evil  desires,  to  enlarge  their  capacities  and 
judgment,  and  not  to  allow  them  to  follow  their  own  bent.  Hence, 
able  teachers  will  not  allow  their  pupils  to  wear  silks  and  satins, 
but  only  coarse  cloth  clothing;  not  merely  by  way  of  conserving 
their  best  interests,  but  really1  from  a  dread  lest  by  and  by  they 
become  addicted  to  luxurious  habits  and  ruinous  expenditure.2 

1.  Chemj  (jf)— "  speaking  more  exactly;"  i.e.,  pointing  out  the   special  way  in 
which  their  stock  of  happiness  is  likely  to  receive  diimnge. 

2.  Lit.,  afterward  desire  sell-field-sell-land  expenditure.     Sih-fn/i  (fg  jjg)  ia   tho 
opposite  of  cheh.fufi  (#f  |g).     A  person  is  regarded  as  having  so  much    preordained 
happiness  or  prosperity.     He  must  be  careful  how  he  draws  upon  it,  as  by  extra  vag- 
ance  etc.,  or  he  will  use  it  up  and  come  to  poverty  or  to  an  untimely  end.     The  idea 
here  is  that  children  should  be  brought  up  in  keeping  with  their  social  position.  f 

121 


11 


ffi 


fi 


?,  If. 


m  m 

JW.  A 


tl     B/B 

7.  * 


H|| 


#   ffi  ffi  ft   /ft   g 

it    l&!  -    /ft.  A.  8 


1*    $    ^.  *K   t, 


ytnl 


fft 


{ft 


Don't  go  and  thoughtlessly  buy  things  for  them  to  eat;  not 
only  lest  they  grow  dainty  and  in  time  to  come  lack  food,1  but  also 
lest  they  fall  ill  by  eating  at  unseasonable  times.  If  you  notice  them 
abusing  others,  or  fighting  with  (other)  children,  no  matter  whether 
they  are  in  the  wrong  or  not,  before  doing  anything  else  give  them 
a  good  beating  ;  if  you  catch  them  lying,  promptly  rebuke  them  ;  or 
if  you  see  them  taking  a  straw  or  a  needle  from  somebody  else, 
reprimand  them  severely. 

Constantly  talk  to  them  about  duteousness  and  subordination, 
honesty  and  sincerity. 

How  the   Youny  should  behave  to  others. 

4.  Teach  them  in  their  bearing  toward  father  and  mother, 
to  show  a  heart  full  of  love  and  a  life  of  perfect  propriety.  In  their 
bearing  toward  their  elders,  do  not  let  them  act  pettishly,  nor  do 
as  they  like-:  in  all  they  do,  they  must  obtain  permission,8  and  not 
act  on  their  own  responsibility. 

Henceforward  between  husband  and  wife  let  there  be  maintained 
a  proper  respect.  Familiarity  or  levity  must  not  be  tolerated.  Each 
has  a  proper  place  in  the  home;  do  not  act  disorderly  without  due 
decorum. 

In  intercourse  with  friends  outside  let  there  be  no  double-dealino-  ;3 

O  * 

1.  i.e.,  their  dainty  tastes  will  lead  them  to  extravagance  in  eating,  and  consequent 
poverty. 

2.  Ping  (£Q  is  used  by  inferiors  or  juniors  in  making  request  to  those  above  them. 

3.  Lit.,  one  is  one,  two  is  two. 

122 


11 


7.  m  * 

#»      $$      5Jt 
fa      I£      fll 


5       Jft 


.xi  >0         »ni>k 
3sS  /Ai 

DM       13* 


tflfe       — 


± 


«c 


ita 


SE 


A, 


•AM 

BE 


do  not  lie  and  play  the  fool,  freely  exchanging  hospitality  while  you 
have  no  confidence  in  one  another.1 

What  is  wanted,  is  that  the  rising  generation  should  practise 
goodness,  cherish  right  affections,  clearly  understand  the  relation 
ships  of  life,  have  a  proper  sense  of  shame,  learn  to  be  diligent, 
frugal,  and  decorous.  If  they  can  be  like  this  in  very  deed,  they 
will  be  young  men  of  the  right  material.  What  need  is  there  to  be 
anxious  about  the  family  property  not  increasing? 

Importance  of  Early  Training. 

5.  Reflect — all  you  people,  whether  scholars,  farmers,  labourers, 
or  merchants,  have  an  occupation  handed  down  in  the  family.  The 
scholar  wishes  that  his  sons  should  succeed  to  his  literary  fame ; 
the  farmer  that  his  should  plough,  weed,  and  reap  ;  the  merchant 
that  his  should  make;  profitable  investments  ;  the  soldier  that  his  in 
their  successive  generations  should  study  the  art  of  war.  Seeing 
then  that  you  wish  your  sons  to  follow  the  same  callings,  and  hand 
them  down  (unimpaired)  in  the  family,  if  you  do  not  educate  them  but 
suffer  them  to  go  to  the  bad,  how  can  they  possibly  inherit  your 
property?  The  proverb  says,  "The  child  is  father  to  the  man."2 
If  they  follow  after  the  right  in  early  years,  it  is  as  second  nature  to 

1.  A  tniit  rnh  jreoi/.iii  (}'j3  pij  /$  )£)  is  <""'  that  a  pcrS'>M  might,  invite  to  eat  with 
him.  but  would   not  take  into  his  confidence.     Kan  tan  (Jjf  JJ§)  the  "liver  and  gail '' 
refers  to  the  intimacy  and  confidence  that  should  exist  between  bosom  friends  :  the 
liver  is  looked  on  by  the  Chinese  as  the  seat  of  the  feelings  :    cp.  Deuteronomy  xiii.  (j. 

2.  Lit.,  The  man  is  seen  in  the  child ;  "  in,"  lit.,  from. 

123 


11 


-y- 


5    iH    #n    'II  Jtb  HI  ft  m. 

i*  ffi  ^  ii%  i$  tt  z  m 

ft  •*'£••<  ft  IT  ft  'ft 

*  #e  it  a  t'l  id  »  an 


T> 


:5fc 
41 

ft 


M   IK   7  •  •?   & 


t 


*  ^  ilr  it  §5c  if  H.  H 

A.  IE  A  fd,  «;  *  41  W. 

®  *  H,  -fe  ft,  *  ^  j§ 

it  *,  M  it  X  P.  M  # 


:*  4 

*  ft. 

.  IE  i'J 

<K  ft 


ft    tt 


tf 


T. 


them  ;  if  you  do  not  teach  them  from  childhood,  the  result  is  you 
cannot  control  them  when  they  are  grown  up.  They  will  then  act 
improperly,  hang  about  on  the  loose,  and  either  give  themselves 
entirely  to  drunkenness  and  gambling,  or  associate  with  companies 
of  ne'er-do-wells,1  and  acb  without  restraint.  Though  you  have 
stored  up2  abundant  wealth,  it  will  be  insufficient  to  meet  the 
expenses  of  their  wasteful  prodigality. 

And  when  it  comes  to  law  breaking  —  committing  adultery, 
plundering,  cheating  —  they  meet  with  punishment.  You  elders 
seeing  your  young  folk  meeting  with  so  terrible  a  retribution,  then 
wish  to  spare  them,  and  to  save  them,  but  are  powerless  to  do  either. 
Vexed  and  provoked  to  anger,  although  you  feel  remorse  it  is 
unavailing.  How  much  better  to  have  taught  them  earlier?  The 
Ancients  said,  "  Stern  fathers  produce  good  sons."  Take  advantage 
of  the  time  when  they  are  still  young,  and  you  not  yet  past  your 
prime,  and  set  to  work  at  their  education.  If  you  wish  to  teach 
them  to  perform  the  duties  of  the  family,  first  teach  them  to  act  as 
men  ;  if  you  wish  to  teach  them  to  be  good  men,  first  teach  them  to 
cherish  right  desires.  (And  to  achieve  this  end)  you  must  without 
fail  thoroughly  explain  to  them  (the  principles  of)  duteousness, 
subordination,  industry,  morality,  and  a  sense  of  shame. 

1.  Lit.,  a  company  of  foxes  and  a  parcel  of  dogs. 

2,  Lit.,  10,000  strings  (of  cash). 


n    W»  l£  i&  A  J§E  ^  t£ 

*&    H&  A  Sfi  A  H\  ^f\  ^r 

—^ »  — '  •"  *  |  _"9  »t  f  >  *_•»  I-   1-  \~\- 

^zn^^^ctJC/^T^ 

W      ^  *k  ?|5  *,  -  »  ft 

at.  a  ^  ».  tt  w>  is  » 

^^11  i^r  'KSs      /v  y}i?  >&P  6ff 

?Jii  f=|  ATC  /^  ^'u  y  L  o  /yl 

ff     W  *.  §  +,  H  gg  «, 


A    W.  tt 


*.  A    M0  A    S    * 
#    S    ^L    S    A    S     6 

i 


Penalties  of  the  Law  to  be  taught  to  the  Young. 

6.  As  to  evil  doing,  you  must  also  let  them  know  that  the  law 
of  the  land  will  not  forgive  it  on  any  account.  Note  what  is 
recorded  in  the  Penal  Code  : — 

"  The  seditious  and  turbulent,  together  with  the  perverse  and 
uufilial,  shall  be  done  to  death  by  the  slow  process.  Those  who 
commit  rape,  shall  be  strangled;  those  who  make  an  unsuccessful 
attempt  to  do  so,  shall  be  beaten  a  hundred  heavy  blows,  and  be 
transported  1,000  miles." 

"  All  who  without  occasion  enter  the  house  of  another  in  the 
night,  shall  be  beaten  eighty  heavy  blows;  or  the  master  of  the 
house  may  kill  thorn  at  the  time." 

"  Those  who  teach  either  magical  arts  or  heretical  religions,  who 
assemble  people  together  to  burn  incense,  and  under  pretence  of 
cultivating  goodness,  stir  up  and  excite  them — the  chief  shall  be 
strangled,  and  his  adherents  beaten  a  hundred  heavy  blows  each, 
and  transported  1,000  miles." 

"Promoters  of  idolatrous  processions  shall  be  beaten  a  hundred 
heavy  blows." 

"Those  who  defraud  either  the  revenue  or  private  individuals; 
those  who  lay  false  claim l  (to  property) ;  those  who  swindle  others, 
and  those  who  abscond  with  other  people's  money  or  goods,  shall 
all  be  punished  as  robbers  and  thieves." 

1.  Lit.,  falsely  recognise;  e.g.,  claiming  any  article  picked  up  by  another  in  the 
street . 

125 


11 

7 


ft.  M.  A 


A, 


.  JW, 


ft-  ft-  7    4    *   A- 

&   7-    ft.  W.  fi,   7 

Jt    ft--  *         * 


A 

P 


A 


ra 


-a.  at  K 

H$ttt 
ft  $  *•• 
ft  *.  S 

Aj  tt.  K 
H    in.  » 


"Receivers  of  large  quantities  of  stolen  property,  shall  be 
sentenced  to  military  convict  labour,  with  their  sentence  written  on 
the  wooden  collar." 

"All  who  falsely  accuse  law  abiding  people  of  being  robbers, 
and  those  who  keep  stolen  property  on  sale,  shall  be  banished  to 
penal  servitude  in  military  garrisons  on  the  frontier." 

Teach  them  that  all1  illegal  and  injurious  acts,  such  as 
kidnapping,  purse  cutting,  package  dropping,2  assault  and  battery, 
and  murder,  trumping  up  false  charges  involving  life,  acting  as 
go-between  for  bribery,  encroaching  on  other  people's  land,  opening 
gambling  dens,  exacting  more  profit  than  the  law  allows'  —  are 
unseemly  and  immoral,  —  and  will  be  punished  according  to  the 
gravity  of  the  offence  :  one  crime  endangers  both  life  and  property. 
Knowing  the  terrors  of  the  law,  to  old  age  they  will  not  violate  it. 

Warning  against  Gambling. 
7.  Men  nowadays  fall  into  no  sins  more  easily*  than  gambling 

1.  Note  the  involved  structure  of  this  sentence  —  chu  .    .    .  ih-ts'ieh  .  .   .  tih  si', 
all  ...  acts,  ru,  as  (such  as)  .  .  .  tu  sh'i  hu  tsoh  fei  uei,  all  are  unseemly  and  immoral, 
tu  kiao  ta  ch'i-tao,  all  teach  them  to  know  ;  "  let  them  know  that  all  such  acts  as  ...  are 
unseemly  and  immoral.     Tilt  (fit))  makes  the  long  enumeration  between  ru  ($n)  and 
at  ($)  adjectival  :  in  colloquial  the  tih  would  follow  the  enumeration  of  each  offence  ; 
«.^.,  in  kuai  ren-k'eo  tih  si,  etc. 

2.  This  refers  to  a  common  trick  of  sharpeiv.     A  packet  is  dropped  and   picked 
up  by  some  passer  by.     He  is  then  accused  of  abstracting  certain  valuables  from  it, 
and  usually  made  to  pay  something  to  get  out  of  the  difficulty. 

3.  The  legal  rate  is  2  per  cent  a  mouth,  and  is  the  charge  made  by  pawn-brokers; 
but  it  is  generally  exceeded  in  most  money  lending  transactions. 

4.  Ru  (#n)  and  roh  (^iy)  preceded  by  a  negative  indicate  preference.     In  the  above 
example  gambling  and  thieving  are  said  to  be  commonly  preferred  to  other  forms  of 
•in.     Tsui  (|p)  must  be  understood  after  tilt 


*  *, 


11 


¥•  - 


* 

3£ 


8$ 


T    M.  A    -b    ^    f*    H 

^    ^    — '  Iff    12    f*    fa 


T 


=»    II 


K    A 


Jficfc      I 

S.J- 
*» 


,  *    + 


M. 


T- 


ffl 


.   T 


and  stealing.  Gambling  in  the  first  instance  proceeds  from  a  desire 
to  win  other  people's  wealth.  At  the  same  time  (people)  lose  sight 
of  the  fact  that  (the  issue  of)  games  of  chance  may  be1  computed  to 
a  nicety.  Notice  that  only  those  who  have  houses  and  lands  bring 
themselves  to  poverty  by  their  losses  ;  and  that  empty  handed  ones 
never  win  a  fortune.  Think  again  :  Suppose  you  try  your  luck  ten 
times,  and  make  five  or  six  hits,  you  will  still  as  sure  as  fate2 
continue  to  gamble  :  but  suppose  in  ten  ventures  you  make  seven  or 
eight  misses,  how  can  you  still  think  of  gambling? 

Besides,  the  whole  family  look  to  you  for  food  and  clothing. 
Inasmuch  as  you  take  to  loafing  and  idleness,  who  have  your  parents 
and  wife  to  depend  on  ?  Your  wife  will  follow  your  example,  and 
come  to  no  pood;  and  many  a  scandalous  piece  of  business  will  be  the 
outcome.  When  you  become  poor  and  wish  to  do  fanning  you  cannot 
stomach  its  toils;  you  wish  to  engage  in  trade  but  have  no  capital  ; 
and  no  other  alternative  is  left  but  to  swindle  and  steal. 

1.  K'o-shi  ("8J"  jj-)  is  used  in  abatement  of  an  affirmation,  "  well,'"  "  bnt  :  "  in  many 
places  it  is  pronounced  k'eh-shi.  There  is  a  touch  of  sarcasm  licre  —  "is  it  as  certain 
you  will  win,  as  you  think?"  Shu-ing  (fjjij  j|()  "  winning  and  losing  "=rgauiiug.  It 
will  perhaps  help  the  student  to  connect  ti/i  ($J)  with  Vien  and  tseht  in  the  first  clause, 
and  with  ch'ih  sheo  k'ong  k'ilen  in  the  second  :  in  t'ieii  in  tfteh  ti/i  •  ch'ih  sheo  k'ony 
k'iien  tih,  etc. 


2.  A'at  (U)  is  generally  used  for  what  is  right  or  proper,  but  it  is  used  collo 
quially  as  here  to  indicate  what  is  destined  or  fated  to  be.  If  disaster  overtake  ft 
man  or  he  is  killed  by  an  accident,  t'a  kai-ina  (^  $  ffij.)  "  it  is  his  fate  "  is  used  :  cp. 
hoh  kai  (-^  jJJ)  "  '*  was  n'8  destiny."  Note  different  uses  of  ch'any  (^)—  a  placo, 
and  a  time. 

127 


11 


tf 


If 


m 

ft 

Kf 

m 


Jit 


SI  H>  ffi  *>  &  ft  a 

Jit  5£  «  JM  W  ^c 

ffl  A  14,  it  IS  &  8 

*>  «  jffi.  p  ft,  xj>  ft; 

Jlj  ^S^  ^r  tbi  iT>  is,  ^P 

It  ift  ifc  X  ft>  -  * 


it 


9 

* 

H 


m 


jit 

ft 

X 

A 

^ 


W    fe  £    H.  4 


^    gA.> 


so-  ja  -fig  .a 

R;L  ^QE  l^»  xE 

a  K  B  * 

015  KF.  0  5E 

u*  ft  ti  ft 

sg  W  *  ifS 

m  m  w  T, 


Warning  against  Thieving. 

8.  Now  you  do  not  take  into  consideration,  that  to  turn  thief  is 
to  seek  the  road  to  death.     It  doesn't    matter  whether  a  man  is  a 
robber  on  a  small  or  large  scale,  as  soon   as  he  enters  the  gang  he  is 
daily  in  fear  and  trembling,1  lest  his  (crimes)  should  be  brought  to 
light:  travelling  or  resting,  sitting  or  lying,  he  is  ever  on  the  watch. 
When    the    authorities    seize     him,    it    is    needless    to    say    that   his 
punishment  is  bitter.     At  length  when  he  has  brought  ruin  upon  the 
family  property,  disgrace    upon   his  ancestors   and   trouble   upon  his 
parents  and  brothers,  bystanders  will  point  to  him  and  say,  "  This  is 
the  son  of  So-and-so,  and  to-day  he  has  come  to  this  pass !  "     And 
this  evil  reputation    will   be   unalterable   in   after  generations.     The 
proverb  says,  "  Don't  look  at  a  thief  while  he  feeds,  but  while  he  suffers 
punishment  "  ;  and  again,   "  Die  of  poverty  but  do  not  be  a  thief" — 
exactly  the  advice  given  above. 

An  Example  of  Bad  bringing  up. 

9.  Formerly  there  was  a  robber  whose  mother  came  to  see  him 
while  on  his  way  to  the  place  of  execution.     He  forthwith  wished  to 
suckle  her  breasts.     His  mother  pitying  one  so  soon  to  die,  gave  him 
her  breast  to  suck.     The  robber  exerted  his  strength  and  bit  off  the 
nipple,  crying  out  savagely,  "You  have  brought  about  my  death,  I 

1.  Lit.,  ho  lifts  his  heart  aud  curries  his  gall. 

128 


11 


A 


7 


«' 


~F. 


Jl  fi 


1  - 


T°  !'  B 

n   fla,  w 


0. 


If     B    ffe 


'if   -<t 


Ji, 


sr»  if 


in.  « 


tr 


will  bring  about  yours."  The  bystanders  could  say  nothing.  The 
robber  said,  "  That  I  am  condemned  to  die  to-day,  is  entirely  brought 
about  by  ray  mother.  When  I  was  a  child  and  knew  no  better,  if 
I  stole  a  scrap  of  vegetable  or  fruit,  my  mother  was  delighted ; 
if  I  stole  a  thread  of  silk  or  cotton  she  commended  me,  only  saying 
'  Well  done.'  She  entirely  neglected  to  warn  me,  (but)  indulged  me  ; 
(so  that)  to-day  I  must  lose  my  head  from  off  me.1  Can  I  help  hating 
her  ?"  Consider !  is  not  this  an  example  of  the  retribution  which 
awaits  those  who  neglect  to  educate  their  children  ? 

Warning  against   Undue  Severity. 

10.  Does  not  this  line  of  thought2  lead  inevitably  to  the  conclusion 
that  children  ought    to   be  educated,  and  that  strictly?     But  while 
teaching  them,  do  not  be  too  impatient.     If  you  are  vexed  with  dull 
scholars,3  and  are  exacting  every  day,  children  cannot  improve.     You 
must  gently  coax  them,  and  hedge  them  in,  and  they  will  then,  without 
being  aware  of  it,  walk  in  the  right  path. 

Warning  against  Evil  Companionships. 

11.  Another  point.     If  children  associate  with  good  and  helpful 

1.  Lit.,  body,  head,  unable  to  keep  safe  :  cp.  Genesis  xl.  19. 

2.  Lit.,  with  this  to  reflect  on,   children  why  not  teach  ;    to  teach  them  why 
iiot  strictly.     J  (£jQ  here=a  particle  introducing  tho  object  of  the  verb. 

3.  Lit.,  hate  iron  for  not  becoming  steel. 

129 


11 


J8. 


JE    * 

0    tf 

^    &J, 


ffi 


r*       Isl 


12 


*, 

ffi 


-,  « 


Jt    tr 


0 


W. 


A 


A 


. 

pn 


IR. 


ft 
P 


m 


A    -   m 


0 


friends,  they  will  as  a  matter  of  course  be  good ;  if  with  the  prodigal 
and  vicious,  they  will  naturally  go  to  the  had.  The  proverb  says, 
"  Sweet  musk  imparts  its  fragrance  to  a  paper  in  which  it  is  wrapped ; 
and  a  mud  turtle  communicates  its  stench  to  the  willow  twig  run 
through  its  body."1  It  is  obvious  that  in  the  education  of  children, 
you  must  choose  their  companions. 

Need  and  Value  of  setting  Children  a  good  Example. 

12.  A  further  remark.  If  you  thus  instruct  the  young  folk,  you 
must  in  the  first  place  follow  the  right  yourselves.  If  elders  in  the 
ordinary  course  of  things,  are  inclined  to  evil,  though  they  daily 
talk  to  them  about  the  doctrines  of  the  Ancient  Worthies,  the  young 
people  assuredly  will  not  go  by  what  they  say,  but  by  what  they  do. 
Hence  the  Ancients  said,  "You  should  leave  a  good  example  to  your 
sons  and  grandsons."  If  the  minds  of  the  adults  are  daily  bent  on 
good  motives  and  right  conduct,  the  young  folk  already  have  a  pattern 
to  keep  before  their  minds  in  each  matter  that  arises.  Elders  should 
also  at  all  times,  in  public  and  in  private,  unweariedly  reiterate  in  their 
hearing  the  good  deeds  of  noble  characters  in  history,  ancient  and 
modern.  If  your  children  daily  see  and  hear  nothing  but  what  is  good, 
1.  Example  is  contagious. 

130 


13 


ft     'i 


w  *.  m  a. 

A    •&     M     ^ 


n 

ft 


!>J     i 


I    W 


^  tl 

^7        2® 
TM       nK 


± 


H     (Kl 

_^tzl 

«     Hi@ 
%     ^ 


T 

HP. 


ffi    ± 


Bn 


IS    * 

Bf     *ft 


7 


«  n  «{ 


they  will  both  remember  and  comprehend  without  an  effort.  In  course 
of  time  the  inevitable  result  will  be  that  their  minds  will  be  replete 
with  liberal  sentiments,  and  their  deportment  irreproachably  correct. 
Inasmuch  as  your  property  being  (in)  safe  (hands),1  and  the  rising 
generation  all  men  of  worth — those  who  make  progress  in  their  studies 
will  rise  to  office  and  become  mandarins,  bringing  honour2  on  their 
parents,  reflecting  credit  on  the  family,  and  rendering  after  genera 
tions  illustrious.  And  can  it  be  that  the  spectacle  will  give  you  seniors 
no  pleasure  ? 

Why  even  stupid  youngsters — who  make  no  progress  with  their 
studies,  after  receiving  an  education  will  remain  content  with  their 
position,  and  will  not  draw  down  misfortune  on  themselves,  or  bring 
their  parents  into  trouble.  Nay,  the  whole  community  will  speak  well 
of  them.  And  will  not  this  be  a  source  of  joy  to  the  entire  family  ? 

The  Training  of  Girls. 

13.  Even  girls,  must  not  be  left  without  an  education.  To-day 
they  are  your  daughters,  soon  they  will  be  somebody  else's  daughters- 
in-law.  If  they  have  not  been  properly  educated :i  as  daughters,  it 

1.  The  children  being  well  trained  will  not  waste  it. 

2-  Titles  of  honour  are  frequently  conferred  as  rewards  for  merit  or  service. 
Feng  (£j)=;a  reward  bestowed  upon  a  person's  wife,  parents  or  grandparents  whilst 
still  living ;  tseny  (jjj|)=title  given  to  his  deceased  progenitors.  See  Mayer's  Chiqese 
Government. 

.3.  Kiao  telt  tao  ($%  '$  ^)  cp.  English,  "  up  to  the  mark," 

131 


11 


£' 


B  *  A 
Z.  A  ft 
•¥•  *,  t, 


Jt    4* 

7.  * 


je 


S£  W  *T  *  £  fir  ft 

It  *J  ft  V.  &  M  Si], 

fl.  41.  JR  iff  I*  it  It 

tf  B  IP  7  4A.  ft  £ 

ft  ifc  &  W  18  #  fc 

&  &  T.  ffi  =flj,  IB.  a*, 

M.  H  S  ffi  «!  ft  * 

n  &  fi  ^  as.  ffi  a 


T 


»  « 


tl 

.  T. 


m' 


*.   T    f 

*    Jt    » 


4 


A 


P     W   -W    ff    Nf. 

if.  tf,  tt    it    ® 
W   *   ft  'ft    )i 


will  be  too  late  to  learn  when  they  become  daughters-in-law.  Hence 
you  must  guard  them  from  their  earliest  years,  and  teach  them  to  be 
agreeable,  to  be  chaste,  to  do  their  duty  by  their  fathers-in-law  and 
mothers-in-law,  and  to  obey  their  husbands.  They  must  be  taught  to 
practise  such  things1  as  how  to  spin  and  weave,  and  cook.  Do  not 
allow  them  on  any  account  to  become  accustomed  to  idle  habits,  nor 
let  them  be  adepts  at  beating  and  scolding  the  servants.  If  they  are 
allowed  to  do  as  they  please,  they  will  become  proud  and  lazy,  able  to 
speak  sharply  ;  so  that  in  days  to  come  they  will  be  viragos,  tale 
bearers,  vixenish  and  obstreperous,  defaming  their  fathers-in-law,  and 
mothers-in-law,  insulting  their  sisters-in-law,  and  imposing  upon  their 
husbands.  Everybody  will  ridicule  them  as  being  unmannerly  and  ill- 
bred  :  will  not  this  disgrace  reach  to  the  parents  ? 

Benefits  of  training  the   Young. 

14.  Hence2  all,  whether  male  or  female,  must  be  taught  betimes. 
Besides,  the  children  of  to-day  will  in  after  life  be  full-grown,  have 
sons  and  younger  brothers  of  their  own,  and  become  seniors  themselves. 
If  they  teach  their  young  folk  the  things  you  have  taught  them,  then 

1,  Lui  (!j§0  may  bo  regarded  as  forming  the  plural  when  it  follows  certain  nouns, 
or,  as  here,  a  list  of  terms. 

2.  Shi  (ji)~  f/«-t  (Hr  £J)  hence. 

132 


ft. 


' 


A    •? 
A    ^. 


ffi  jfe  ^r  $j  fi  tt  in  ft  $j»  'ff 

every  household  will  have  proper  manners,  everybody  without 
exception,  will  be  on  the  best  of  terms.  This  is  all  that  is  required  to 
briug  about  a  peaceful  state  of  things  in  all  the  Empire. 

Observe  !  if  you  know  how  to  teach,  even  village  children  may 
bring  glory  to  their  ancestors :  whereas  if  you  do  not,  then  even  the 
sons  of  noblemen  will  bring  disgrace  and  ruin  on  the  family.  The 
logical  conclusion  is  that  to  thus  educate  from  childhood  is  a  matter 
of  the  utmost  moment.  All  give  diligent  heed  ! 


133 


12 


2       tf.     Jflp.     ±k     A 
fi      it      *      *      * 


T 


16 
A. 


ff 


* 
ft 


tt 


R 
A. 


ft 
A 


tr     & 


% 


s-        w   w   a   A   «,  a   «   B 

CHAPTER  XII. 
"Prevent  False  Accusations,  and  so  shield  the  Law-abiding." 


Object  of  establishing  Law  Courts. 

\.  The  meaning  of  the  Emperor  :  (he)  says  : — 

The  government  established  courts  of  law  in  the  first  instance, 
to  punish  evil  doers,  and  to  warn  the  unconscionable ;  that  they 
might  change  their  evil  courses  and  reform  ;  and  not — surely — that, 
instead  of  this  a  set  of  rogues  should  accuse  and  injure  worthy  and 
law  abiding  people. 

All  who  really  have  suffered  some  grave  injustice,  cannot  in  all 
reason  be  expected  to  put  up  with  it ;  they  have  no  alternative  but 
to  take  the  case  before  the  official  and  beg  him  to  give  a  clear 
decision.  Hence  it  is  inevitable  that  there  should  be  pleas  and 
counter  pleas :  this  of  course  is  done  from  necessity. 

Professional  Litigants. 

2.  But  there  is  a  set  of  unscrupulous  characters,  who  through 
long  experience  are  good  at  law  suits :  they  are  one  mass  of  dark 
schemes  and  fiendish  devices.  Whenever  they  open  their  mouths 

134 


12 


r 


«r 

.  lift 


te   ffi. 


A 


ft 

^ 

is. 


P 


7 


A 


Ao   tt° 

IB   m 


ft 
I* 

w 


t    A.  8 

6    7    a 


they  say,  "Au  accusation  is  not  complete  without  a  falsehood." 
They  secretly  plot  against  others,  weave  false  matters  into  (the 
semblance  of)  actual  facts,  and  make  mountains  out  of  molehills  I1 
If  they  are  at  enmity  with  a  person,  they  lay  plans  to  be  revenged. 
They  break  the  law  themselves  and  foist  it  on  to  others  ;  black  they 
make  out  to  be  white ;  a  bad  case  they  by  foul  means  make  into 
a  good  one ;  feign  to  appeal  to  heaven  and  earth  to  shew  the 
supernatural  efficacy  of  their  skill.-  A  case  of  suicide  they  persist 
in  declaring  to  be  one  of  death  by  violence  ;  if  their  valuation  of 
land  is  not  accepted,  they  forthwith  say  it  was  seized  by  force ;  a 
quarrel  over  some  debt  they  state  to  be  a  case  of  robbery  with 
violence. 

Cases  already  decided,  they  wish  to  have  re-tried,  urging  that 
the  judge  was  bamboozled  by  extortionate  underlings.  If  a  widow 
accuse  her  brothers-in-law,  they  insist  it  is  a  case  of  compelling  a 
chaste  woman  to  marry  (again).3  In  a  case  (involving)  husband, 
father,  (wife)  and  child,  they  wilfully  bring  forward  the  names  of 
the  woman  and  child  only.4  They  have  all  sorts  of  piteous  and 

1.   Lit.,  a  small  theme  frame  (into)  a  great  theme. 
'J.  Lit.,  gods-going-out-devils-coming-in  skill. 

3.  Widows  who  do  not  remarry,  or  girls  who  after  the  death  of  their  betrothed 
do  not  marry  again,  are  said  to  .xAen-^ie/t  (if  fj!)  "preserve  chastity ;"  if  they  marry 
they  are  said  to  xhih-txieh  (-^  fjf)  "lose  chastity."     Pressure  is  sometimes  brought 
to  bear  on  a  widow  to  induce  her  to  marry,  with  a  view  to  obtain  possession  of  her 
property. 

4.  This  is  done  in  order  to  screen  the  real  offenders  ;  the  punishment  inflicted  on 
women  and  children  being  much  lighter  than  that  inflicted  on  men. 

135 


12 

ft. 


fi 


*, 


If 


T 


K 


in    tt 

5.  A. 
#   ffl 


T. 


-    A 


^S 


A 


^fc 


JK. 


* 


on, 

K 


grievous  complaints;1  their    sole  anxiety  is  lest  the   judge  should 
disallow  the  case ;  they  have  no  fear  as  to  the  ultimate  verdict. 

Pettifogging  Attorneys. 

3.  There  is  another  class  of  loungers  and  lazy-bodies,  who  make 
a  trade  of  drawing  up  indictments,  and  look  on  going  to  law  as  fine 
sport.  They  set  to  work  with  their  pen,  in  the  hope  people  will  be 
caught  in  their  net  ;2  and  excite  to  quarrel,  simply  with  a  view  to 
making  a  little  money  out  of  it. 

If  some  paltry  matter  arise  among  country  folk,  they  incite 
them  to  bring  an  action  at  law.  They  arrange  with  the  chief 
underlings  and  clerks  to  combine  to  swindle  them  of  their  money. 
Whether  the  case  comes  to  a  hearing,  or  is  settled  out  of  court,  they 
get  their  commission.  If  the  case  is  decided  and  luckily  (their 
client)  gains  the  day,  both  plaintiff  and  defendant  suffer  loss,  while 
they  on  the  other  hand  make  money  out  of  it.  A.nd  not  content 
with  that,  they  still  demand  their  fees,  and  expect  their  client  to  be 
grateful8  to  them,  saying  they  are  smart  hand?.4  If  (their  client) 
lose  the  day,  they  stand  by  and  see  him  beaten  and  suffer  indignity, 
while  they  escape  scot  free.5 

•y 

1.  Uel  tal'i  k'u  u  (/£  fjjj  ~g  ^§)  "dangerous  phrases  and  bitter  words."     These  are 
the  complaints  or  charges  written  on  the  oh'ertg-tA  (-S  -FO  or  forms  on  which  charges 
are  triads  out.     An  action  at  law  cannot  proceed  unless  a  statement  of  the  case  is 
first  presented  to  the  official  ;  if  he  allow  it  (chtieii  i'ft),  it  may  proceed  ;  if  otherwise, 
it  may  be  postponed  indefinitely. 

2.  Long  (f|)  a  cage,  loh  ($j)  a  net ;  used  of  duping  others :  cp.  Psalm  x.  9. 

3.  Lit.,  demand  thanks.      The   Chinese  idea  of   "thanks"  generally  includes 
something  more  than  verbal  expression. 

4.  i.e.,  their  skill  brought  the  matter  to  a  satisfactory  conclusion. 

5.  Lit.,  but  they  have  no  matter  (as  light  as)  a  hair. 


136 


*r  § 

*    7 


9    *     W4   A    eft 


.. .     »_«_ 

/T".  »=i 


ffi 


7 


f* 
*r 


A   ffl 

5P    A 

jflj  n 


B  H  T  flt  ft  *l  -t,  IS, 

fiij  *  n  &!  %>  ft  A'  i& 

n  ^  *r  TO  is  ^%  w 

±  *„  7  ffi°  S  'i  ffi,  $ 


P     ^c 


o/  screening  such  Men  from  Justice. 


4.  Everybody  in  the  country  dread  men  of  this  sort,  and  style 
them  "  Masters  of  Litigation."     And  yet,  if  the  magistrate  begins 
thoroughly  to  investigate  as  to  the  writer  of  the  indictment,  these 
imbecile  people  still  shield  them,  and  provokingly  refuse  to  betray 
them,    merely  saying,    "  It   is  an   indictment   drawn    up    by   some 
strolling   fortune   teller,  or   physiognomist,    or  travelling    doctor." 
They   hoax  you  into  deep  waters,   ruin   your  family,   waste    your 
money,  flog  you,1  and  still  you  shield  them  !     Say  yourself,  isn't 
this  idiotic  ? 

Harm  done  by  their  Intrigues. 

5.  It  is  just  because  of  there  being  this  class  of  pettifogging 
villains,  and  because  yamen  underlings  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest 
make  common  cause  and  act  in  concert  with  them,   becoming  their 
accomplices  as  prosecutors  and  witnesses,  stopping  short  at  nothing — 
that  the  mandarin  not  unfrequently  becomes  their  dupe  and  gives  a 
wrong  decision  against  innocent  persons,  or  flogs  or  tortures  them ; 
and  they  not  being  able   to  endure   the  punishment,  give  way  to 
reckless  self-incrimination2. 

1.  They  are  said  to  do  what  they  cause  others  to  suffer. 

2.  Lit.,  the  faithful  mouth  wildly  confesses;  i.e.,  the  agony  makes  an  innocent 
man  confess  to  guilt  in  order  to  obtain  relief.     It  is  a  common  thing  for  magistrates 
to  extort  evidence  by  torture. 

137 


«. 

a 


» 


>   H, 


&  S  jt  %  n 
^  Sf  M  •?  W 
pf  pf  «  It  T 


^    T 
A    ffi 


ff, 


P.  Jn 


Now  although  in  case  of  false  accusation  o£  this  kind,  it  will  not 
do  to  say  the  wrong  cannot  come  to  light;  supposing  it  does  come 
to  light,  still  you  suffer  both  vexation  and  loss.  The  latter  may 
be  trifling  so  far  as  it  results  in  hindrance  to  your  private  affairs  ; 
hut  very  serious  when  it  amounts  to  reckless  waste  of  the  family 
estate.  That  law  abiding  people  should  be  falsely  accused  is  truly 
lamentable.  Don't  you  think1  these  pettifogging  villains  who  harm 
them,  are  most  hateful  ? 

Penal  Enactments  against  False  Accusers. 

6.  Hence  our  Sacred  Ancestor  the  Benevolent  Emperor  remem 
bering  you  in  pity,  decided  to  remove  these  malpractices  ;  and  in  the 
Statute  Book  purposely  fixed  the  penalty  of  false  accusers  to  be 
threefold  that  (dne  to  the  crime)  they  charged  others  with.8 
Whoever  falsely  accuses  another  of  a  capital  offence — if  the  sentence, 
whether  it  be  strangling  or  decapitation,  has  been  executed — must 
suffer  death  himself  by  the  same  punishment : 3  if  the  execution  has 
not  yet  taken  place  he  must  still  be  condemned  to  receive  a  hundred 
heavy  blows,  to  be  transported  1,000  miles,  and  in  addition,  do 

1.  Klan  (!§•)  often="to  think,  regard." 

2.  Lit.,  decided  falsely-accuse-add-three-degrees-of  sentence. 

3.  Lit.,  return  and  sit;  i.e.,  the  evil  he  intended  to  inflict  on  others  comes  upon 
himself :    cp.    "curses  come  home  to  roost."     vSee  Psalm  vii.  lit,  16  ;   Daniel  vi.  24. 
/  (£D  follows  many  verbs  signifying  to  accuse,  punish,  be  guilty  of,  etc.,  to  introduce 
the  object  of  the  verb  ;  fan-tno  to  recompense,  i  with,  denoting  object  of  fan-tso,  si 
death;  "to  be  punished  by  death." 

138 


12 


T, 


rt 


@    fi    *.  ft    B    # 

a  w  7  an  4H 


ft,  7 

^    @ 
4ft    ft 


ffi    p,   T 
B  ' 


£ 

A 


If. 


tt   8    4ft.  4^ 
ft    IK    ft'  7 


it 


i.  W 


7 


3^2, 


. 

II 

*    7    A 


S 


bondservice  for  three  years, 
clearness. 


The  enactment  states  it  with  extreme 


But  these  fellows  are  very  bold  and  audacious.  Because  their 
heart  is  set  on  money,  they  covet  profit  and  forget  the  evil  (they 
inflict  on  others).  Moreover,  they  are  of  a  crafty,  scurvy  disposition. 
They  hoodwink  the  officials,  and  covertly  injure  others,  just  saying, 
"It  does  not  injure  us,  (who)  knows  how  to  expose  the  hollowness 
of  a  false  indictment?"  But  when  they  come  across  a  sagacious 
official,  who  will  ferret  out  the  actual  facts  of  the  case,  and  set  the 
law  in  motion,  they  who  have  falsely  accused  others  of  capital 
offences  will  themselves  suffer  death ;  those  who  accused  others  of 
crimes  punishable  by  military  servitude  or  transportation,  will 
themselves  receive  the  same  punishment.  If  (some)  instigator  of 
the  suits  is  discovered  on  investigation,  he  is  bound  to  receive 
torture  by  squeezing  and  flogging  as  his  present  emolument;  and 
penal  servitude  and  transportation  will  be  his  finale.  Even  if  he 
escapes  this  time,  he  is  certain  to  reach  this  stage  in  the  long  run. 
His  wife,  daughters  and  descendants,  will  all  have  a  hard  time  of  it 
(in  order  to)  pay  back  his  former  evil  debts.  The  crimes  he  accused 
others  of  without  evidence,  recoil  upon  his  own  head.  Now  where 
is  (his)  advantage  ? 

139 


12 


11  if  w  lit 
M  *  «:  n. 


JT 


A 


A 


T; 

i 

a 


A, 


» 


ff 


9    A 


ffl 


-ft  T,  *  IP  ^  & 

^Sftil»^ffi 

o 

fi    H    —   ff'J    ^.  S 

w,  *  *  ffl  n  f. 

$P      Ro       ^      ^»     !M       Rtox 

ffl    P>   f1    flffi    K    4- 


ffi 


41    fi 


Ancient  Examples  of  Forbearance. 

7.  Among  the  Ancients  there  was  a  certain  Liukuan-     He  was 
out  riding  in  his  ox  cart,  and  met  a  man  on  the  road  who  said  he 
had  stolen  his  ox  ;  and  ia  the  end  led  off  Liukuan's  ox,    Liukuan 
giving  it  him  without  any  altercation.     Afterward,  the  claimant  of 
the  ox  found   his  own,  and  returned  Liukuan's,  who  consoled  him 
instead  of  contending  with  him  in  anywise. 

Again  ;  there  was  one  Kuehfan.  He  had  reaped  his  grain,  and 
was  drying  it  on  the  raised  footpath  that  divided  the  fields,  when  it- 
was  all  carried  off  by  a  neighbour  whose  fields  adjoined  his  own. 
He  did  not  wrangle  over  it  in  the  least.  Later  on,  this  neighbour 
found  out  he  had  taken  the  wrong  grain,  and  came  repeatedly  and 
apologised  for  his  fault ;  but  Kuehfan  did  not  in  any  way  run 
counter  to  him.  Men  of  this  sort  are  most  excellent ;  it  will  be  a 
good  thing  for  you  all  to  imitate  them. 

How  to  prevent  Litigation. 

8.  Think  again,  why  does  the  Sacred  Edict  not  say,  "  Prohibit 
false  accusations"  instead  of  "  Prevent   false   accusations  ?"      The 
general  meaning  may  be  said  to  be,  that  it  is  better  to  educate  you 

140 


*. 


IS, 


-  ffi 

B     iffi 


—    il 


rt 


12 

I  Ho         7W 

San 
"PJi 


rsi 
a 

ift 


(ft    A>  W. 


1m 


A 


7 


' 


IE  * 
A,  A 


w 


.  0 


f§     J^    JSP    i3> 
Bt     S     B     8 


o 


,  in 


to  a  right  sense  of  things,  so  that  you  will  desist  yourselves,  than  to 
prohibit  you  by  punishment.  There  are  a  vast  number  of  people  in 
the  world  who  make  up  false  charges,  whom  the  mandarin  ordinarily 
neither  sees  nor  hears ;  (and  as)  he  cannot  lay  hands  at  once  on  the 
right  man,  where  then  will  he  begin  to  interdict  ?  You  people  who 
live  together  in  country  places  are  well  known  to  each  other.1  Now, 
since  you  are  all  either  friends  or  relatives,  if  certain  among  you  are 
bent  on  falsely  accusing  others,  all  of  you  search  out  the  cause  that 
originated  the  rupture,  and  find  out  by  investigation  the  set  of  villains 
(who  are  at  the  bottom  of  it).  It  may  be  they  have  goue  to  law  in  a 
sudden  fit  of  temper,  without  any  previous  intention  of  doing  so; 
then  gently  reason  with  them.  If  they  are  bent  on  injuring  others, 
give  them  a  severe  talking  to,  and  scare  them  a  bit.  Say,  "  Respect 
able  people  as  a  rule  mind  their  own  business.  If  you  get  others 
into  a  scrape  by  statements  that  have  not  the  shadow  of  foundation,2 
don't  say,  '  Heaven  knows  nothing  about  it,'  (as)  some  fine  day  the 
sin  will  come  home  to  roost,  and  you  will  injure  yourself  instead  of 
others.  Why  go  out  of  the  way  for  this  ?  "  The  false  accuser,  though 


1.  Lit.,  who  does  not  know  who? 

2.  Lit.,  without  shadow  or  form. 


141 


12 

ft   T 


f    ®    A    W 

H    fli     $J     it 

^    JS    tr    •& 


*! 
lit 


fl  7  i*  li  R 

«  w  T,  R,  m  & 

o  

^>  'YJk  "f^  ^^  Hr*-  -^t 

jtf  fr  Hi  i!r  Jl  :fi 

R>fo  H  A  ^4  S  ^ 

ft  ^l%  fir  A.  M  II 


gfc    *fc  -tfc 


BB 

JK 


jit 


0. 


7. 


Le  quibbles1  and  prevaricates,  seeing  that  you  are  impartial  and 
will  not  abandon  your  point,  will  be  afraid,  and  not  dare  to  go  to 
law.  lie  will  weigh  (your  arguments)  in  his  mind,  and  not  being  able 
to  get  over  (them),  will  not  have  the  hardihood  to  bring  forward  the 
accusation.  From  henceforth  he  will  repent  of  all  those  courses  of 
co7iduct  that  grievously  injured  inoffensive  people:  (they)  will 
consume  and  melt  away  like  ice  and  fog  do  when  the  sun  appears. 

Concluding  Remarks. 

9.  If  the  soldier  and  the  civilian  alike  refrain  from  accusing 
their  fellows  and  from  accusing  one  another,  the  law  abiding 
members  of  both  classes  will  be  shielded  from  all  evil.  Don't 
become  a  frequenter  of  the  law  courts  ;  it  is  a  line  of  things  in  which 
whether  you  are  plaintiff  or  defendant  you  are  sure  to  suffer  loss. 

If  (these)  reforms  are  long  practised,  not  a  single  litigant  will 
be  found  in  the  whole  Empire.  Won't  this  be  splendid  !  All  you 
soldiers  and  people  obey  and  conform  to  these  words,  and  all  will 
be  well. 


1.  Lit.,  forces  words  and  robs  reason  ;  op.  na  s?ii'  h'tany  piet\ 
is  special  pleading." 

142 


l- 


that 


13 


-"•  "™ 

T 


A 


*   w 

M      A 

T£    -S\ 


T.    A, 


'.      B 


m       A 

il>,»  X  >  i 


W 


m 

Ahv| 

Jil 


ff. 


CHAPTKR   XIII. 

"Prohibit  gluing   Shelter  to  Deserters,  in  order  to  prevent  otkerx 
from  sharing  their  Fate." 


Duties  of  Bannermen. 

1.  The  Emperor's  meaning:  (he)  says: — 

The  people  in  the  Empire  are  exceedingly  numerous  ;  and  at  the 
present  time  we  cherish  you  all.  The  whole  Empire  is  like  one 
family:1  all  the  people  are  one  b-/dy  politic,  and  whether  they  be 
dwellers  in  the  Metropolis,  or  in  the  Provinces,  Bannermen2  or 
common  people  (Chinese),  are  treated  exactly  alike. 

But  in  the  beginning a  the  State  instituted  the  arrangement,  that 
those  serving  under  the  Eight  Banners4  in  the  Metropolis,  should 
protect  it,  while  those  in  the  Provinces  formed  garrisons5  in  each 

1.  The  family  is  the  ideal  form  of  Chinese  government.  The  Kinperor  is  the 
father,  and  wields  a  sort  of  patriarchal  despotism  ;  while  the  officials  are  called 
"parental  rulers ''  fii-mu  knan  (^  -{jj:  Yj')- 

'2.  Kli-h#ia  (5Jt  ~p)  or  k'i-rtn  (jjt  A.)  "  Bannermen,''  include  Manchus,  Mongols, 
and  descendants  of  those  Chinese  who  sided  with  the  conquering  invaders  in  early 
days  :  these  are  called  han  kiiin  (•$£  ^). 

3.  The   Manchus   obtained   possession   of   the    country    in    1644,    establishing 
themselves  under  the  title  of  the  Pure  Dynasty  7Vim/  Ch'ao  (jp|  ft>j). 

4.  The  Pah  k'i  (ASK)  are  the  divisions  of  the  Manchu  army.     The  Banners 
are  distinguished  by  colours,  and  further  divided  into  two  classes,  called  the  Three 
Superior  Banners,  and  the  Five  Inferior  Banners  respectively.     See  Mayer's  Chinese 
Government. 

6.  Chu-fanij  (ft  gjj)  are  the  Manchu  garrisons  outside  Peking.  Some  are 
stationed  in  '25  cities  in  Chihli,  guarding  the  approaches  to  the  capital,  others  are  in 
charge  of  the  Imperial  tombs,  and  others  form  garrisons  at  various  important  places 
in  the  provinces  ;  e.;/.,  Nanking. 

143 


13 

# 
± 


T. 


3 


« 


A,  T 


A    A. 

tr  % 

Tf— j 
xE 


w.  A 

;il$ 


IS. 


«5    ft 

»       - 

A.   fp. 


'it 


:  JS   H 

»    S 
A    if 


ffi 


* 


A    ft    W 
T.  »    A, 


province.  (Bannermen)  are  widely  different  from  the  ordinary  people, 
and  should  therefore  attend  to  the  duties  (involved  in)  being  under 
the  flag. 

Cautions  against  harbouring  Deserters. 

2.  Should  they  not  obey  orders,  but  secretly  make  off  to  another 
district,  they  are  deserters:  this  the  law  stringently  interdicts.  Where 
soever  there  come  deserters,  and  soldiers  and  civilians   do   not  ferret 
them  out,  but  dare  to  receive    and    shelter    them  ;  all   alike  will  be 
sentenced  to  punishment. 

There  are  only  two  causes  why  people  harbour  deserters.  The 
one  is,  you  are  deceived  by  their  specious  and  flowery  language,  which 
conceals  the  real  facts  of  the  case,  and  give  them  a  lodging,  innocently 
taking  them  to  be  honest  fellows.  The  other  is,  you  covet  their  money, 
and  knowing  full  well  that  they  are  deserters,  still  say,  "  "What  does 
it  matter :  let  them  stay  a  few  days  ?" 

Penalties  attached  to  harbouring  Deserters. 

3.  Now  you  fail  to  bear  in  mind  that  all  Bannermen  have  chiefs. 
The    difference    in    rank    between    chief    and    bondservant1    is    very 
considerable:  deserters  who   turn   their   backs  on   their   masters,  are 
persons  who  wilfully  violate  such  distinctions. 

1.  JV?(-/.f<ai  (KJ  ~jf)  was  formerly  used  for  those  bought  with  money.  Manchus 
alone  tise  it  when  addressing  the  throne  ;  Chinese  statesmen  styling  themselves 
cA'en  (g). 

144 


.    fr 


7.   S 


A 


A 


j 


T    &> 


+    ^L 

s  m 

•$.-• 


«t    Jj/f 
W    JM 

ff    III 

n.  fe 

X. 


HI    A 


ft  •  N 

A,   ft 


Those  who  harbour  runaways,  instead  of  being  afraid  of  the 
law,  actually  protect  these  unpatriotic  fellows  ;  and  they  having  those 
who  will  harbour  them,  as  a  matter  of  course  desert  in  larger 
numbers.  How  can  this  be  forgiven  ?  Hence  in  the  5th  year  of 
Shuen-c.h'j,1  it  was  enacted  "  That  those  who  harbour  deserters  should 
be  sentenced  to  decapitation,  and  that  their  property  should  be 
confiscated:  that  the  neighbours  on  either  side2  should  be  tran 
sported  to  the  frontier  as  military  convicts,  and  that  if  one  family  were 
guilty,  ten  families  should  be  charged  with  complicity."  In  the  loth 
year  of  Kanghsi  a  fresh  enactment  was  made,  viz.,  "All  who  harbour 
deserters  shall  be  transported,  and  the  heads  of  the  neighbouring  ten 
houses  on  each  side,3  shall  be  beaten  and  transported." 

All  this  means  that  our  Sacred  Ancestor,  the  Benevolent  Emperor, 
thought  with  pity  of  the  masses,  and  changed  heavy  punishments  into 

1.  He  was  the  first  emperor  of  the  present  dynasty,  ascending  the  throne  in  A. 
D.  1B44:  he  reigned  18  years. 

2.  In  China  every  man  is  supposed  to  be  his  brother's  keeper,      [f  a  man   goes 
wrong  and  gets  into  trouble,  his  neighbours  are  held  responsible  for  not  having  set 
him  a  good  example  and  made  him  a  better  man  !     Hence  a  man  is  usually  particular 
about  a  new  neighbour. 

3.  Nominally  a  small  official  or  "elder''  has  charge  of  ten  houses,  and  a  higher 
official  charge  of  a  hundred.     For  the  system  of  "Tithiuga"  see  chapter  15. 

145 


13 


ffl  ffl  A  S    ^  M  fft  ~9  ^8,  "fiy 

ff  ••  il  *»  £.'  II  ft-  A  ft  A  A 

^°  $)'  {5  f*  *  w  as  ^  s  n 

*  S.  W  ffl    tit*  A  £  *  «  (ft 

#-  -ft  «.  *    ft  *•'  *  ft  ffl 


-il> 


ff    I 


* 


"T 


light  ones  ;  while  from  time  to  time  he  graciously  conferred  on  one 
and  all — deserters  and  accomplices  alike — a  free  pardon. 

It  was  doubtless  to  induce  you  to  be  faithful  in  the  discharge  of 
your  duties,  and  not  to  commit  these  malpractices,  that  the  Emperor 
was  thus  lenient.  (May)  you  one  and  all  be  glad,  and  rejoice  together 
in  the  happiness  of  peace. 

Warning  not  to'  abuse  the  Imperial  Clemency. 

4.  All  you  soldiers  and  people  be  extremely  careful  and  watchful, 
not  to  associate  with  idle  vagrants  having  no  means  of  support. 
Eschew  all  evil  and  dangerous  courses  of  conduct ;  do  not  commit 
great  transgressions  in  order  to  gratify  the  object  of  your  illicit 
affections  ;  do  not  hanker  after  petty  gains,  and  forget  (the  risk 
involved  to)  yourselves  and  families. 

If  you  really  do  keep  the  law,  every  family  will  be  prosperous 
and  peaceful ;  everybody  will  be  free  from  trouble  ;  no  underlings  will 
come  and  annoy  you — even  your  fowls  and  dogs  will  be  unmolested; 
and  the  Government  will  not  need  to  inflict  any  punishment. 

But  if  you,  seeing  how  indulgent  the  law  is,  still  go  on  in  your 
old  ways,  harbouring  deserters  for  the  sake  of  gain,  and  breaking  the 
law;  how  can  this  be  forgiveu ?  Besides,  deserters  are  naturally  evil, 

146 


tit 
J: 


* 


13 


ft 


w.  <n   $„ 

it    g    Ji 


A 


A    Ji 


0, 


Jl 


A 


fit 

M. 
>j\ 


A. 

ia. 


ft'  A  fll „  * '  flfi 

W  BE  tt  t 

T  ai  »  ^f  a-- 

J     o  ?Pv  Miv  X^  »*»» 


and  have  no  regular  occupation;  the  consequence  is,  the  elder  ones 
take  to  thieving,  the  younger  ones  to  gambling.  Both  are  offences 
against  the  law.  Once  found  out,  do  you  think  that  the  deserters 
having  transgressed,  those  who  harbour  them  will  be  able  to  escape? 
of  course  they  also  are  punished. 


Exhortation  to  keep  clear  of  Law  Breakers. 

5.  Ancient  writings  say,  "  If  a  person  associate  with  evil  doers, 
he  suffers  a  good  deal  of  harm  iu  consequence."  Again,  in  former 
days  a  certain  Yen  P'ing-chony  also  said,  "If  a  person  wants  to  escape 
being  involved  in  trouble  iu  this  world,  then  he  must  even  iu  the 
matter  of  a  dwelling  place  select  good  neighbours."  It  is  manifest 
that  the  misdeeds  of  deserters  involve  the  people.  Fathers  must 
teach  their  children ;  elder  brothers  their  young  brothers ;  heads  of 
soldiery  the  soldiers  under  them  ;  village  elders  the  people  in  the 

147 


m 


« 


a 


A,  5 


W4 


T 


T 
ft 


different  neighbourhoods ;  one  and  all  to  conform  to  the  instructions 
of  his  Highness  our  Sacred  Ancestor,  and  give  evil  people  a  wide 
berth.  Thus  undisturbed  quietness  will  become  universal,  manners 
will  all  improve,  and  no  one  will  suffer  for  complicity  with  evil. 


148 


f* 


T. 


"4     ffi 


ffl 


m 


f«%    -jh 

*  m 


V/ri  i~  =>t 

1/J^         X«.        wT 


e 
* 


*'  ^ 
a    II 


JS 


CHAPTER  XIV. 
"Pay  Taxes,  and  so  avoid  being  pressed  for  Payment." 


Object  of  levying  Taxes. 

1.  The  meaning  of  the  Emperor  :  (he)  says  : — 

There  has  been  arable  laud  from  time  immemorial,  and  taxation 
in  consequence.  Taxes  are  of  extreme  importance : — the  State 
depends  on  them  to  meet  all  its  expenses :  in  the  nature  of  the  case 
they  should  be  collected  by  the  State  from  the  people,  and  rendered 
by  the  people  to  the  State.  In  all  history,  which  Dynasty  has  not 
thus  levied  them  ?  Besides,  the  fact  is,  these  taxes  are  not  for  the 
private  uses  of  the  Government,  but  are  used  for  you  people.  For 
example,  they  are  used  to  sustain  the  numerous  officials,  that  they 
may  look  after  you ;  and  to  support  numerous  troops,  that  they  may 
protect  you.  With  regard  to1  the  purchase  of  grain,  and  storing  it 

1.  Kih  (28:)=" and"  in  connecting  the  names  of  things  and  inferiors;   but  is 
often  used  to="  iu  reference  to,  concerning  "  etc.,  it  is  sometimes  followed  by  it  (J*). 

149 


14 

n  & 

ffi  *. 

g  f35 

a  ffi 


0 


"§' 


T    ffl    ib'  ±'  1?    i    IE    ffl    18 

II    I  Id  -JL_  |-4  1.  ,    4  ^-X*  *  ll     I  ^vX 


mi. 


Jft 


o  h 

*.  3B    R    44  .  *  •&          JH    ffl    a    K 

ffl     19     fi     «     i*k    &J      2      *,    £     ^     ft 

tf  fi  w  £'  tt '  it  g  it  •*  ft  ffl 

it    *    e    ^    *    B0   fit    19    *    ».  M 
W    •    H    R  IR '  ft    XI  '  iff    ft    T 

in  granaries,  this  also  is  simply  for  fear  of  years  of  famine,  that  you 
may  be  relieved.  And  not  to  stop  with  mentioning  this,  there  are 
cities,  canals,  embankments,  boats,  and  granaries  to  be  built  and  kept 
in  repair — uses  without  number;  all  beyond  question  simply  applying 
your  taxes  to  promote  your  interests :  never  has  the  State  oppressed 
the  people  for  its  own  gratification, 

Reasonableness  of  the  Amount  levied. 

2.  From  the  establishment  of  Our  Dynasty,  there  has  been  a 
fixed  amount  of  taxes  to  be  rendered.  Those  who  exact  over  and 
above  the  fixed  amount,  and  those  who,  acting  in  another's  name,  serve 
their  own  ends,  shall  one  and  all  be  got  rid  of :  not  a  thread  or  a  hair 
too  much  is  to  be  collected  from  you. 

In  addition,  the  taxes  remitted  in  various  places,  amount  each 
time  to  not  far  short  of  several  million  taels :  who  in  the  Empire  has 
not  been  a  recipient  of  this  favour  ?  Now,  since  the  State  unquest 
ionably  takes  special  care  of  you,  you  must  reciprocate :  it  is  your 
boundeu  duty  to  look  on  the  business  of  the  State  as  far  more  pressing 
than  your  own.  You  should  all,  soldiers  and  people,  be  aware  of  this 

150 


14 


7.  a 


m. 


1    K 


a 
* 

* 


fi.  tt  it, 

-  ifi  IE 

R  «„  T 

KR  3  a 

•fte  1b§  ^ 


til    iW 


til 


7. 

c    fij    I 
s    T 


A    M 

X  X4          %_ 


15    «. 


ff 
ff 


T 


consideration.    Lot  none  neglect  their  proper  callings  through  inordinate 
love  of  ease,  nor  spend  money  to  no  profit  through  love  of  show. 

Prompt  Payment  of  Taxes  necessary. 

3.  With  regard  to  the  (proper)  times  for  paying  taxes — do  not 
delay  on  purpose,  making  excuses  each  time  ;l  thinking  the  Govern 
ment  will  graciously  remit  them  (altogether).  By  all  means  go 
and  pay  your  taxes  yourself;  don't  commission  somehody  else  to  take 
them  when  he  goes,  or  you  will  fall  into  the  snares  by  which  sharpers 
rleece  people.  Just  pay  up  at  the  appointed  time,  lest  underlings 
come  and  make  no  end  of  a  fuss  at  your  door.  If  the  proper  taxes 
are  all  paid  up,  the  surplus  will  purchase  some  token  of  respect 
for  your  seniors,  or  marriage  outfit  for  your  children  ;  as  to  ordinary 
and  holiday  expenses,  (these)  may  be  gone  over  at  your  leisure.  To 
put  it  briefly  : — if  no  one  of  you  owes  taxes,  the  officials  will  not  come 
to  enquire  after  you,  nor  the  underlings  to  search  for  you.  You  will 
be  able  to  dwell  together  with  your  wife  and  family  in  peace  and 
safety,  without  the  slightest  annoyance.  How  delightful ! 

1.  It  is  a  common  thing  for  tax  payers  to  ask  for  au  cxtunsiou  of  time ;  such 
uxluusiou  is  called  (A  Tmieii.  (—  ftji)  "a  limit." 

151 


J 


m.  m 


H 


*  •&  %  ^ 

T.  W  T  £ 

SI  5  36,  ^i 

w.  m  n  *t 


ft 


ft 


4 

{$ 

* 


Excuses  for  Delay. 

4.  You  are  perhaps  unaware  that  taxation  is  an  important  matter, 
and  that  it  is  difficult  to  relax  the  laws  of  the  Government  (on   the 
subject);  or  it  may  be  you  depend  on  your  status,  or  that  you  serve 
as   an  underling  in    a  law  court,  and   consequently   intend   to  resist 
payment  of  the  land  tax;  or  else  it  may  not  be  convenient  to  pay  at 
the  time  and  you  are  unwilling  to  devise  some  means  of  raising  funds. 
You  merely  say,  "  An  extension  of  time  is  time  gained,  the  delay  of  a 
term  is  a  term  to  the  good."     And  again,  "  The  prospect  of  gathering 
in  the  harvest1  is  uncertain.     Some  fine  morning,  in  all  probability,y 
the  official  will  notify  (the  Government)  of  a  failure  in  the  crops,  and 
obtain   remission  of  from  ten  to  twenty  per  cent,  on  the  taxes.     If 
I  (have  already  paid)  shall  I  not  (in  such  case)  be  a  loser?     Besides, 
I  have  a  few  loads  of  grain,  which  I  am  loth  to  part  with  at  a  low 
price,  I  will  wait  till  the  market  rate  is  higher  before  I  sell." 

Inconveniences  of  Delay. 

5.  Now  you  are  unaware  that  officials  have  a  definite  period  for 
laying  before   the   Throne   a   memorial   of  outlay.3     If  you  overstep 
the  fixed  time  and  do  not  pay  up,  the  official,  having  regard  to  the 

1.  In  many  parts  the  harvest  is  spoken  of  as  nien  ch'enrj  (^  J$[). 

2.  Van  ih  (H  —  )  10,000  to  1  ;=a  moral  certainty. 

3.  This  is  done  yearly  by  the  Provincial  Authorities.     A  statement  of  receipts 
and  expenditure  is  submitted  annually  by  the  Provincial  Authorities  ;   and  according 
to  the  statements  of  the  natives,  ic  is  generally  made  a  means  of  gain. 

152 


A, 


7 

IE    t 


m 


14 

m.  (ft  g> 
T   #,  j& 

M    9    H 

1Bfc    7    ffi 


:.  iE   ft 


SB 


fi    A   ^ 

ta     S,   B®, 


settlement  between  himself  and  his  superiors,1  cannot  hut  make  strict 
requisition  and  punish  the  underlings  for  neglect  of  duty.2  The 
underlings  who  press  for  payment  of  taxes,  beino  beaten  by  the 
official,  cannot  but  come  and  row  you,  and  want  this,  that,  and  the 
other.  If  you  reckon  up  the  odds  and  ends  of  expenses,  such  as  food, 
wine,  and  gratuities  to  the  underlings,  it  is  much  more  than  the 
amount  of  tax  you  should  have  paid.  If  you  delayed  and  after  all 
they  did  not  demand  it,  well  and  good;  but  in  the  end,  as  before, 
there  is  still  no  escaping  the  legitimate  items  of  taxation.  Why  are 
you  so  fond  of  deferring  payment?  Give  it  a  little  consideration. 
How  can  it  be  as  good  to  have  to  give  this  money  to  the  underlings  to 
defray  their  outlay,  as  to  pay  up  the  legitimate  items  of  taxation  (in  the 
first  instance)?  It  is  far  better  to  be  a  law-abiding,  good  citizen,  than 
to  be  a  perverse  fellow  who  resists  the  payment  of  taxes.  No  matter 
if  you  are  stupid,  you  should  all  awake  to  a  sense  of  duty.  Why  do 
you  want  to  defer  payment  ? 

1.  Tlio  k'ao-ch'eng  (3*  $)  is  the  sum  due  according  to  the  harvest.     The  local 
official  notifies  his  superior  what  sorfc  of  harvest    has  been  reaped   in   his  district; 
in  rice  producing  districts   this  is  done  after  the  first  crop  of  rice  tsao  tao  (JfL  jjg)  is 
reaped.     The  amount  of  money  or  grain  due  according  to  the  report  is  the  k'ao-ch'enij. 
It  is  also  applied  to  the  period  within  which  a  subordinate  has  to  give  in  his    report 
to  his  superior ;  and  to  the  report  itself. 

2.  Taxes  are  collected  in  the  Spring  and  Autumn.     The  collectors  are  held  re 
sponsible  for  the  amounts  due,  aud  beaten  if  they  are  not  forthcoming. 

153 


14 


7 


B. 


•»  a 


7 

*. 


M. 
± 


7. 


in 


,»^       ^ 
ijtf      *a 


* 


* 


m 


7 


7    n 

m   m 


7 


i.  pJ5. 


7 


A 

H 


BH 

wc 
± 


Ingratitude  of  Delay. 

6.  Besides,  the  upper  aud  lower  classes  form  one  body.  The 
governing  classes  are  in.  sympathy  with  the  people ;  the  governed 
should  also  have  regard  to  the  difficulties  of  the  Government.  Just 
think,  all  the  constant  anxiety  of  the  Government  is  on  your  account. 
Are  there  floods  ?  the  Government  must  set  to  work  aud  huild  dykes. 
Is  there  drought?  (the  officials)1  must  go  (to  the  temples) and  pray  for 
rain,  Are  there  locusts?  they  must  stamp  them  out.  If  these  things 
do  not  become  (public)  calamities,  all  of  you  reap  the  benefit ;  if  they 
do,  you  both  want  a  remission  of  taxes,  and  a  general  distribution2  of 
relief.  That  the  Government  should  thus  act  for  you,  aud  you  still 
be  behindhand  with  your  taxes  and  hinder  the  affairs  of  the  State ! 
Examine  yourselves — how  can  you  do  it  in  all  conscience  ? 

Take  for  instance  a  son  living  with  his  parents.  The  parents 
with  infinite  pains  scrape  a  little  property  together,  in  which  you  (the 
sons)  all  share.  Now  if  you  are  to  fulfil  the  obligations  of  sons,  you 
ought  so  to  submit  to  toil,  and  minister  to  their  support,  that  they 
may  for  a  short  season  have  their  wants  (fully)  gratified.  If  the 
parents  fondly  love  their  sons,  with  a  tenderness  deep  as  the  sea,  aud 

1.  Iii  the  event  of  drought,  the  officials  are  expected  to  go  to  the  temples  and 
pray  for  rain ;    the  common  notion  being,   that  the    prayers  of    those    in  authority 
have  more  weight  with  the  gods  than  those  of  the  people.      In  tim  es  of  great  drought 
or  flood,  the  officials  dare  noc  but  go  aud  pray  in  the  temples. 

2.  Lit.,  want  rolief  (by)  houses  aud  mouths. 

154 


fa  ffi  St  Ss£  ft  1      *  «  @  ft 

ft  fid  *'•  x  M  tt  *  ft.  a  ^ 

it.  *  »-.  K.  *  ft .  .*  *  *  s 

jp.  jg.  a  ^  *  9k     7,  ffl  «  * 

JK  w  ft  f-  n>  a  SB  ft.  a  -K 


f  P 


*i    ffl    ffi    £R 


»— ^        **fl         x  V>          !=•  I 


the  sons  only  attend  to  hoarding  up  for  their  private  use,  utterly 
indifferent  as  to  whether  any  of  the  needs  of  the  parents  are  supplied 
or  not — they  are  just  beasts,  not  men  in  any  sense. 

Advantages  of  Prompt  Payment. 

7.  You  people  and  soldiers  should  on  the  one  hand  consider  the 
manifold  expenses  of  the  State,  and  on  the  other  hand  regard  the 
importance  of  your  personal  interests,  and  pay  taxes  in  good  time. 
In  public  you  will  have  the  reputation  of  being  zealous  for  the 
common  good,  and  at  home,  the  comfort  of  peace  and  quietness.  The 
officials  will  not  trouble  you,  nor  their  subordinates  annoy  you.  How 
delicious  !  Let  your  mind  dwell  on  it  at  all  times  :  it  will  be  well  for 
all  of  you  to  reciprocate  the  kindness  of  the  Emperor. 


155 


-H 


tt  »  2 

4¥  T  i& 

PF»  J  °  wL 

— -  /^  |£& 

i*  ie  M 


-I-/.  ^**F* 

m  m 

T  ^t 

$  «, 


.go 
ft 


sis 


>W,        JU\0        -^C  pi 

ft     «     T     fPI     W 
M  '  Hr    IH    W    S 


CHAPTER  XV. 
((  Z7?ii7e  i/ie  Tithings  in  order  to  suppress  Crime" 

Removal  of  Criminals  essential  to  Peace  and  Quiet. 

1.  The  meaning  of  the  Emperor:  (lie)  says: — 

From  time  immemorial  the  entire  removal  of  criminals  has  been 
essential,  that  the  people  may  be  in  peace  and  quietness.  Should 
there  be  robbers  and  thieves  they  must  forthwith  be  apprehended  ; 
if  there  are  none,  preventive  measures  must  be  taken,  they  must  be 
guarded  against  beforehand.  Hence  he  who  apprehends  a  thief  is 
rewarded,  he  who  lets  one  go  is  punished ;  the  official  who  does  not 
notify  there  are  criminals  (in  his  district)  is  visited  for  delinquency  ; 
if  he  exceed  the  time  set  for  their  apprehension  he  is  degraded.1 
The  Tithing  System  is  the  Best  Means  to  this  End. 

2.  If  it  be  asked,  what  is  a  good  plan  for  doing  away  with 
thieves  ?  beyond  question  there  is  nothing  more  admirable  than  the 
Tithing  System.2     What  is  the  Tithing  System  ?     Ten  Wards  are 
reckoned  to  make  one  Tithing;  a  Tithing  appoints  a  Headman,3  and 

1.  Ch'u-fon  ($£  5")  is  the   punishment  of  officials  for  errors  in   administration: 
ts'an-faft  (^  frj)  would  not  necessarily  mean  removal  from  office  in  such  a  case  as  that 
referred  to   above,    but  would  probably  mean   the  loss  if  so  many  marks,  kih  ($£) 
granted  to  Chinese  officials  for  good  conduct,  and  allowed  to  count  as  a  set  off  in  case 
of  subsequent  faults. 

2.  All  Chinese  cities  are  divided  into  wards  kiah  (cp)  or  tuan  (p£).     Over  them 
all  is  an  officer  who  presides  over  the  pao-kiah  kith  ($  rp  ^})  or  Tithing  Office, 

3.  Also  called  ti-pao  (t&  $)  in  many  places. 

156 


15 


A 


m 


m 


IE 

m 


ft 


91    & 


T 


*    W    A*  SS    fl.  tt 


ft.  1 


M 


, 

HJV 


II    1iffl.il 


B\  m 


lit 


4    * 


2 


draws  up  a  register  for  mutual  espionage  and  warning.1  If  one 
family  loses  anything,  (the  remaining)  nine  are  all  implicated.  This 
is  the  regulation  for  (ensuring)  mutual  help  and  protection. 

Reasons  for  Failure  of  the  Tithing  System. 
3.  Bub  it  is  to  be  feared  that  this  system  through  lapse  of  time 
inevitably  becomes  a  mere  matter  of  form.  The  officials  just  look 
through  the  household  registers,  and  the  people  merely  hang  up 
their  door  tablets;  and  as  to  the  plan  of  uniting  the  countryside  to 
search  out  criminals  —  we  certainly  have  not  seen  it  carried  out  with 
an  honest  purpose:  the  result  is,  that  such  things  as  holding  illicit 
intercourse  with  villains,  and  harbouring  bad  characters  are  practis 
ed  wholesale.  For  example,  at  the  present  time  you  know  perfectly 
well  that  a  certain  person  among  your  neighbours  is  a  thief,  but  you 
are  unwilling  to  give  information  to  the  authorities.  What  is  the 
reason  of  this  ?  Speaking  generally  it  lies  in  (one  of)  four  things. 

(a)  Dishonesty  of  Local  Officials. 

The  first  is  —  that  the  local  officials  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
things  do  not  honestly  act  in  the  interests  of  the  people;  but  only 
attend  to  their  own  reputation.  The  thing  they  most  dread  is  that 

1.  The  operation  of  this  system  has  largely  helped  to  suppress  crime.  It  also 
renders  tho  settlement  of  foreigners  in  Chinese  cities  very  difficult,  each  one  being 
held  accountable  for  tho  action  of  his  neighbours.  Every  householder  is  furnished 
with  an  official  paper  called  a  men-pai  (p^  Jj$)  on  which  is  written  the  number  of 
persons  in  the  house,  with  sundry  particulars  ns  to  sex  etc.  This  is  suspended  or 
posted  at  the  front  door. 

157 


ft 


7    *  ffi 


El    * 

i$f  n 


fi* 


I.    1m     SB 


*  7 

T  4± 

J  0  /Fa 

6  *. 

-  K 

ft.  at, 


f  $* 

-I     *  '»££, 

fil  * 

/ffj  "Y' 

flj<  J 

)?f  W. 

JK  B. 


A  T  *  Jfi. 

*,  IK.  ffi  * 

*  SfJ  3^  ^ 

^  JS  ±  ^ 


, 


1$ 


7 


7 


ffl      Bft      it 


ft 


(a  statement  concerning)  criminals  will  bring  them  into  trouble 
through  the  official  report.1  If  the  owner  of  lost  property  gives 
information  concerning  a  daring  robber,  or  a  petty  thief,  the 
official,  instead  of  apprehending  the  rogue,  first  examines  the  owner 
of  the  lost  property  till  he  is  thoroughly  confused  ;  and  although  he 
apprehends  the  thief  and  recovers  the  booty,  at  the  same  time  he 
worries  the  owner  to  death.  Therefore  those  who  have  lost  property 
do  not  dare  to  give  information,  but  are  grieved  in  spirit,  like  a 
dumb  man  eating  a  bitter  melon. 

Think  of  it  :  if  the  owners  of  lost  property  do  not  dare  to  give 
information,  the  thieves  are  delighted  to  pursue  their  calling;  it  is 
in  fact  as  though  the  officials  protected  them.  They  accordingly 
dwell  among  the  neighbours  on  every  side,  and  steal  whenever  they 
get  the  chance.  (The  neighbours  say,)  "All  we  can  do  is  to  be  each 
on  our  guard  against  them,  so  as  not  to  be  robbed.  If  we  let  the 
officials  know,  they  will  not  bring  them  to  trial  promptly  and  punish 
them  ;  but  we  on  the  other  hand  shall  contract  their  ill-will ;  with 
the  result  that  the  officials  take  a  guarantee,  and  are  content  with 
preparing  and  forwarding  a  misleading  document,  which  merely 
states  that  our2  tithing  is  absolutely  free  from  criminals — and  so  the 
matter  will  drop." 

1.  The  official  is  hold  responsible  for  the  conduct  of  the  people  under  him.     A 
succession  of  offences  in  one  district  will  cause  his  removal  from  office. 

2.  Pen  (2Js;)  is  used  in  official  despatches  and  proclamations  in  lieu  of  the  writer's 
name.     It  is  frequently  followed  by  his  titles.     See  Mayers'  Chinese  Government, 
Second  Edition. 

158 


15 


T 


is, 


A  $F 

5    zp 
*T    A 


fit 


0.    T>    7 
^    ft    Bi 


*r, 


# 


ffi 


*  T.  I*  *  ft.   $ 

K  ffi  ftt  *>  -IB    * 

R  tt  X  ft  Jl  '  JK 

*  us  *  *  A  as. 

H  at  ft  K  4t   tt 


(?y)  Venality  of  Constables. 

The  second  reason  is,  that  the  constables  receive  bribes  and  let 
the  culprit  off  for  a  monetary  consideration.1  There  has  never  at 
any  time  been  a  thief  who  was  not  in  league  with  underlings  and 
constables. 

Whenever  a  person  is  robbed  and  notifies  the  official,  he  sends 
a  constable  to  apprehend  the  thief.  The  constable's  first  step  is  to 
extort  travelling  expenses  from  the  owner  of  the  lost  property,  after 
doing  that  he  goes  to  enquire  about  the  thief.  If  the  thief,  when 
caught,  gives  the  constable  a  bribe  to  shift  the  crime  to  some  one  else, 
he  will  liberate  him  and  let  him  get  out  of  the  way.  In  the  next 
place  he  comes  to  the  official  and  implores  him  to  extend  the  limit 
of  time  allowed  a  few  days,-  in  order  to  test  whether  the  mandarin 
regards  the  case  as  a  pressing  one  or  not.  Does  he  regard  it  as  of 
no  moment  ?  the  constable  does  not  put  himself  about  to  ask 
repeatedly  for  an  extension  of  time,  but  merely  says  hs  cannot  find 
the  thief,  and  so  the  matter  ends.  Does  the  mandarin  press  him 
hard  ?  if  he  does  not  make  a  petty  thief  do  duty  for  the  real  one,  he 
forthwith  trumps  up  an  imaginary  case,:j  and  on  his  own  account  (i.e. 
without  official  warrant)  extorts  a  confession4  from  some  unoffending 
person  that  /te.is  the  thie[  \  This  person  is  beaten  beyond  endurance, 
and  has  nothing  for  it  but  to  come  forward  as  the  constable  bids  him. 

1.   Lit.,  receive  bribes  sell  release. 

'2.  Officials  give  their   underlines   a  certaiu  time  to  apprehend  a  thief:  if  they 
exceed  that  time  they  are  beaten. 

3.  Lit.,  catches  wind  and  grasps  shadows. 

4.  K'ao-ta  ($%  ff)  examination  by  torture.     It  is  a  common  thing  to  torture  veal 
or  supposed  crimiuuls  in  order  to  make  them  confess  to  souie  crime. 

15U 


15 


fi, 


A 


ift 


A    7  A  #  t: 

^    *o  ffi°  $  W% 

fl'9!  *  BS  «g 

ift   %  «E  #  W 


ffl 


B5 


Once  in  Court,  with  all  he  says,  it  is  difficult  to  discern  the  facts 
of  the  case,1  and  when  he  is  examined  by  torture  as  to  his 
accomplices,  he  is  all  confused  and  wildly  implicates2  a  number  of 
innocent  people.  The  constable  goes  off,  seizes  this  one  and  that 
one,  and  extorts  money  from  them  to  any  extent. 

Finally  all  that  is  done  is  to  apprehend  unoffending  persons  and 
scare  them  out  of  their  wits,3  while  the  real  culprit  roams  at  large. 

To  give  information  in  a  case  like  the  above,  not  only  does  not 
get  back  the  plunder,  but  means  incurring  exorbitant  expense,  and 
contracting  the  ill-will  of  all  the  Tithing.4  Hence  those  who  are 
robbed  and  lose  property,  concenl  the  fact  again  and  again  :  who 
would  dare  to  be  the  first  to  come  forward  ? 


(c)  Connivance  of  Local  Gentry. 

Another  reason  is,  that  there  are  local  gentry  and  scholars, 
who,  lost  to  all  sense  of  shame,  share  the  booty6  with  the  sharpers 
and  other  villains,  looking  on  robbers  and  thieves  as  a  means  of 
livelihood,0  and  protecting  them  of  set  purpose.  Hence  the  common 
people  do  not  dare  to  denounce  them. 

1.   Lit.,  a  hundred   mouths  difficult  to  distinguish  ;    i.e.,   lie  answers  at  raudoui  : 
his  answers  giving  no  coherent  statement  of  the  case. 

~.  Lit.,  wildly  confesses,  and  stupidly  drugs  in  ;  p'an  (§J)  to  grasp,  drag  in. 

3.  Lit.,  fowls  flying  and  dogs  jumping  ;  cp.  '•  all  in  a  flatter. 

4.  Because  they  have  been  annoyed  by  the  constables. 

5.  Lit.,  sit  on  the  ground  and    divide    the    spoil  ;    i.e.,  they  share  in  the  booty 
without  going  abroad  for  it. 

G.  Lit.,  regard  robbers  and  thieves  as  food  and  clothing, 

160 


15 


*. 


. 


it 


7    « 
^,   PB 


jii  Ai 

»    J« 
tU    ft! 


a  * 
Ai  • 

J«    fll 


7, 
* 


J* 


A 


H 


•on  *  .-•  .  . 

*s   A  (ft 

=t  H&    -    A 


JUS 


7 


.   4fc.   BE 


*  ffl  US, 

*  at  fl  ft. 

jfi  S  ^6-  fir 

5^  BE  P7U  xE 

ffi.  7,  ^L  W 

S  W  a  tt 

H  =»f  ^  H 

*  w  *  * 


((/)  Indifference  of  the  People  themselves. 

Another  reason  is,  that  the  people  have  become  accustomed  to 
take  matters  easy.  Although  in  their  own  Tithing  there  are  thieves, 
they  say,  "We  need  not  concern  ourselves  about  our  neighbours  j1 
if  they  do  not  hurt  us  it  doesn't  matter,  why  should  we  put  ourselves 
forward  to  report  them  ?  "  Or  it  may  be  they  associate  with  them, 
and  buy  some  of  their  stolen  goods  cheap  ;  or  they  have  an  eye  to 
sharing  some  of  their  dainties.2  Who  is  willing  to  give  information 
about  thieves  ? 

Hence,  owing  to  these  reasons,  all  the  Tithings  fail  in  their  real 
object/5  If  neighbours  lose  anything  it  is  entirely  disregarded  ; 
they  are  treated  just  like  strangers.  If  a  wealthy  man  is  robbed 
they  rather  find  fault  with  him  saying,  "  Usually  he  is  too  stingy  to 
give  away  a  cash,  how  is  it  that  he  is  now  robbed  by  others  of  so 
many  things?  this  is  the  judgment  of  Heaven  on  him." 

(e)  Extortionate  Demands  for  Official  Services. 

Another  most  intolerable  matter  is,  that  constables  and  petty 
officials  in  the  Criminal  Departments 4  of  the  different  Districts, 

1.  Lit.,  rabbits  do  not  cat  the  grass  (that  grows)  by  the  side  of  their  burrow. 

2.  Lit.,  excellent  wine  and  fat  meat. 

3.  Sliik-t.il  (g[  $£)  "  true  state  or  condition," 

4.  Each  yameii   has  six  fany   (^  fj|)  or  offices,    which  arc  supposed  to  hear  a 
resemblance    to  the  Six   Boards  Lu/i    Pu  (>^  38)  forming  the    Central    Government 
at  Peking.     These  Boards  are  named  as  follows:—!.   Li  Pit  (^  fjft)    Board  of  Civil 
Otiice;  2.  Hn  Pu  (p  ^)  Board  of  Revenue;  3.  Li  Pu  (jf3  |fJJ)  Hoard  of  Ceremonies; 
4.   Pin'/  Pa  (-fe  ffi)  Board  of  War;  5.  Hsinj  Pu  (fij  $R)   Board  of  Punishments;  6. 
Kon<j  Pu,  (X  iHO  Board  of  Works. 

101 


». 


jf     0, 
ft    Mb 


* 


tf 


-t,  ft 


M    W 


-t  JL  $£•  T0  41 

7  i^  ¥  #n  ^ 

*  ¥  »  ft  If, 

95  j«°  4  «  i# 

/en  )tt;  -£=•  ~zr 

y»|4  _5£  "f^  £1 

fi*  B  ffi  fit  it 


ft    -   w    tfy    $    g    g    >£k  ^ 


M     a  *K    K    H    fl|k    Wl     m 

turn  the  public  interests  to  their  own  account  ;!  and  under  the 
guise  of  "  legal  enquiry"  make  the  most  insatiable  demands.2  They 
want  money  at  every  turn.  They  want  money  for  compiling  census 
returns,  for  issuing  door  tablets;  till  it  comes  to  such  a  pass,  that 
nothing  can  be  done  without  it.  This  is  not  to  protect  the  people 
but  to  annoy  them.  The  result  of  acting  thus,  is  that  there  is  only 
the  empty  title  of  the  "Tithing  System  "  without  a  vestige  of  the 
real  thing. 

How  the  System  should  le  carried  out. 

4.  Only  suffering  the  annoyance  of  the  System,  of  course  you 
fail  to  perceive  its  advantages,  if  the  criminal  class  become  more 
numerous  every  day,  the  locality  cannot  be  in  peace.  At  the  same  time 
you  fail  to  see  that  in  its  primary  intent,  the  Tithing  System  is  a 
most  remarkably  good  one  for  getting  rid  of  criminals  ;  but  it  must 
be  honestly  carried  out  to  get  the  benefit  of  it.  Hereafter  both  iu 
cities  and  country  places  let  the  System  be  rigorously  put  into 
practice.  Let  each  district  be  divided  into  Tithings  governing  a 
Ward.  Let  the  cities  be  divided  according  to  their  different  subdivi 
sions  ;  the  country  places  according  to  villages.  Let  householders 

1.  Lit.,  pretend  public,  aid  private;  i.e.  serve  self  under  pretence  of  oerviusr  the 
public. 

2.  Lit       borrow    legal-enquiry-hollow     name,    fertilize    not-satisfied    vexatious 
demand.     / .si  (|g)  "to  nourish"  is  used   in  combinations  indicating  illegal   action: 
#'o  hiu  (-py  jj£)  "to  frame  excuses  "=to  make  harsh  demands. 

^.   ClCeaj-shi  ($£  7ft)  "  city  market,"  the  frequented  parts  of  a  city. 

162 


JK   lit 


^   M, 

*   * 
SE   & 


m  *,  » 

T  ff  JE. 

«,  &  ¥ 

3fr  W 

H  I*  S 


15 

lit  ± 


A-    A. 


'     H. 
I.   + 


E9 


•e  * 


ilS 


JK.  A 


W 
6t 
fft' 


A 


; 
SB 


i5    j- 
1@   A' 


H  A 

P  ^ 

i 

3^  A 


that  are  next  to  each  other,  combine  for  mutual  preservation. 
Wherever,  within  a  radius  of  three  miles,  there  are  well-to-do 
families  and  farmers,  they  are  naturally  held  responsible  for  the 
good  and  bad  among  their  servants,  even  if  they  number  several 
hundred.  As  to  small  villages,  where  the  people  are  scattered,  the 
village  elders  usually  know  very  well  who  among  them  is  well  off 
and  who  is  not,  who  is  well  disposed  and  who  is  vicious ;  there  are 
none  whose  coming  and  going  they  cannot  ascertain  on  enquiry. 

(a)  Receivers  must  be  denounced. 

Further,  there  is  no  need  to  wait  till  a  person  is  seen  in  the  act 
of  thieving  before  notifying  the  officials.  Wherever  there  is  a  thief, 
there  is  sure  to  be  a  receiver.  Thieves  of  another  place  skulk  in 
some  thieves'  den  here,  and  steal  the  property  of  the  people  of 
this  district  ;  those  of  this  place  also  go  and  hide  in  some  similar 
place  there,  and  steal  the  property  of  the  people  of  that  district; 
changing  about  and  acting  as  receivers.  To  sum  up — there  is  no 
such  thing  as  a  thief  belonging  to  a  distant  place  coming  several 
miles  in  order  to  commit  theft,  and  having  no  one  at  all  to  act  as 
receiver.1  If  they  only  lead  away  a  cow,  drive  away  a  donkey,  or 

1.  It  may  help  the  student  to  translate  as  follows;  1tsai  strengthens  the 
negative  *u-iu  there  is  no  (such)  3tao-li  thing  (as)  *hti  coming  5&e/i  ki  shiti  li  a  distance 
of  several  li  6tso  tseh  to  be  a  thief  7tts'iien  entirely  *>nuh  ko  o-kla  without  a  receiver. 
The  peculiar  force  of  tih  (6^))  is  well  illustrated  in  this  sentence,  all  the  words  from 
tsai  to  tseh  being  dependent  on  it  :  there-is-absolutely-no-entirely-without-a-receiver- 
sojiarated-fow-tens-of-tniles-come-to-thieve  doctrine ! 

103 


15 


A 


* 


7.M    A    A    £. 


-tt     E 


0 


* 


.  II-  fl    + 


7.   A. 


ft 


4 


A 


HE 


tt 


* 


commit  a  burglary,1  they  most  probably  hide  in  the  receiver's  house 
in  the  daytime2  before  setting  to  work  at  night.  Gambling  houses 
and  brothels  are  their  chief  resorts.3 


(6) 


Espionage  essential. 


All  in  the  various  Tithings  without  exception,  whether  gentry, 
soldiers,  or  civilians,  must  be  enrolled  on  the  register.  In  the 
Tithings,  aid  each  other  by  diligent  search.  In  the  evening,  ask 
who  is  at  home  and  who  is  absent,  which  family  has  anyone  coming 
and  going.  If  at  night  a  person,  with  no  special  business  (abroad), 
is  not  in  the  house,  he  has  gone  to  commit  theft  for  a  certainty;  or 
if  there  is  a  stranger  in  the  house  at  a  loose  end,  he  doubtless  has 
come  to  commit  theft.  The  one  in  charge  of  the  registers,  will 
notify  the  official  in  charge  of  the  Tithing,  who  will  forthwith  notify 
the  Mandarin. 

In  the  case  of  those  who  do  not  mind  their  own  business,  bufc 
assemble  in  small  groups4  drinking,  gambling,  cock-fighting  and 
dog-fighting,  meeting  at  night  and  dispei'sing  at  dawn,  together 

1.  Lit.,  sets  to  work  to  make  a  hole  ;  cp.     Matthew  vi.  20.     The  hollow  walls  of 
houses  in  central  and  southern  China  offer  but  little  hindrance  to  anyone  who  wishes 
to  make  an  opening. 

2.  See  Job  xxiv.  16.  R.  V. 

•5.   Lit.,  appearing  and  disappearing  places. 
4.  Lit.,  three  in  a  squad  five  in  a  knot. 


15 


v_«-  * 

fe    A    —  - 


o 

p  k    4$      d      jt^, 

±   -s  ft   to 


*. 


& 


H, 
H 


W   ffl 


*ft  4* 

ft)  5 

.£7*  Ivl 

>  >  ?1sj 


®  ^    c 


as. 


1* 


W,  II 

i35  ft 

fl  A 

JS  * 

a:  to 


* 


A 


with  those  of  questionable  antecedents,  and  suspicious  characters1 — 
all  must  be  reported  at  once,  and  on  no  account  be  allowed  to 
remain  in  the  Tithing.  In  the  first  place,  it  saves  robbery ;  and  in 
the  second  place,  it  saves  getting  into  trouble. 

(c)  Temples  and  Monasteries  notorious  Hiding  Places. 
As  to  temples  in  unfrequented  places,  far  removed  from  any 
habitation,  and  much  frequented  monasteries,  various  kinds  of 
people  resort  there  in  great  numbers.  These  places  are  notoriously 
the  hiding  places  and  resorts  of  bad  characters.  It  is  quite  the 
right  thing  that  you  diligently  ferret  them  out.  If  you  fear  their 
accomplices  are  too  many,  or  that  they  will  use  violence  and  be  more 
than  a  match  for  you,  or  you  are  afraid  they  are  too  influential,  there 
is  no  objection  to  your  secretly  informing  the  officials;  they  of 
course  will  deal  with  them. 

(d)  Soldiers'  Duties  in  the  Matter. 

In  the  case  of  you  soldiers  who  are  on  guard,2  you  have  an 
extra  responsibility  to  keep  watch  and  ward :  you  roust  be  of  one 
mind  with  the  people  in  making  strict  enquiry.  Promptly  go  your 
rounds,  whether  by  night  or  by  day.  As  a  rule,  every  day  after 
setting  the  watch,3  forthwith  prohibit  travelling  by  night.  Should 

1.  Lit.,  footprints  may  be  doubted  people. 

2.  A  hsi.in  (jft)  is  a  military  post  in  charge  of  a  sergeant  pa  tsony  ($2  jff,). 

3.  Generally  at  dusk  :  the  hour  varying  with  the  season  of  the  year. 

105 


15 


^  jS?  ^  13  W 

ft'  JS°  fl  It'  IK  # 

±-t  ^"*  >/iS  =^7  Hit 

n  Ba  //lU  rui::\  >$C 

'      ^  «yl?.  5K  §i 


Ii    — 


ll* 

1ST 


fi! 
** 

sir: 

Jh 


'.  ^.   T0  T 


* 


it 

T 


ffi 
SB 


7 


^.  *r    w 

•4-    ^    H 


tliere  be  a  night  prowler,  detain  him  till  daybreak  and  then  let  him 
go.  If  he  use  violence,  request  the  official  to  deal  with  him;  if  any 
take  his  part,  they  belong  to  a  gang  of  thieves, — take  them  all  to 
the  official. 

As  soon  as  you  hear  there  are  thieves  about,  set  to  work  and 
beat  the  gong,  that  each  place  may  respond  and  intercept  them. 

Do  noc  annoy  the  people  under  colour  of  making  search,  nor 
get  innocent  people  into  a  scrape,  (because)  you  have  a  spite  against 
them.  Do  not  receive  money  from  thieves,  and  for  a  bribe  let  them 
off  on  the  sly,  nor  overlook  (their  offence)  for  old  acquaintance  sake. 

(e)  Need  of  United  Effort. 

All  must  put  forth  united  effort.  If  all  are  appointed  to  their 
respective  posts  in  regular  course,  and  constant  search  is  made,  of 
course  criminals  will  have  no  place  to  settle  down  in.  If  all  soldiers 
and  people  are  in  peace  and  quietness,  will  it  not  be  delightful  ? 

An  ancient  plan  for  apprehending  thieves  was  to  erect  a  tower 
in  a  village  and  place  a  drum  in  it.  If  any  one  family  had  anything 
the  matter,1  the  drum  was  beaten,  the  people  heard  it,  and  at  once 

1.  In- si  (^  ^)=in  difficulties,  to  meet  with  anything  unusual  iu  the  way    of 
accident  or  misfortune. 

166 


15 


7 

it 


tt  A 

ft    S  » 

£    ffl  SP 

Jg.    *.  ft 

T  •*>•  # 


ft    if 


A 


tf 


ft 


».   Jfe 


A. 


.   IS.    # 

*      %> 

95,    ffl 


stopped  the  most  important  points  of  exit.  Where  could  the  thief 
run  to  then  ?  This  is  a  military  device,  but  it  (also)  lies  hidden 
away  in  the  Tithing  System. 

Application  of  the  System  to    Waterways. 

5.  If  thieves  are  allowed  easy  exit  and  entry  on  the  principal  rivers 
and   seas,   there  will   be  difficulties  in  the  way  of  carrying  out  the 
Tithing  System.     But  if  vessels  are  registered  under  an  indicator,1 
and  a  number,  either  ten  making  a  flotilla,  or  any  number  between 
that  and  a  hundred  making  a  fleet,  though  each  ship  stands  its  own 
course,  still  the  men  will  all  know  one  another's  vessels  :  even  should 
a  pirate  vessel  get  among  them  ic  is  found  out  at  a  glance  :  how  can 
it  be  hidden  ?     This  also  is  included  in  the  design  of  the  Tithing 
System. 

Importance  of  putting  it  into  Practice. 

6.  In  conclusion  :  these  methods  must  be   loyally  carried  out. 
It  is  best  to  set  to  work  and   prepare  thfin   thoroughly   beforehand. 
Otherwise,  when  you  are  robbed  and  your  goods  injured  or  lost,  ten 
families  will  be  involved  in  the  ditlic          -  of  one;  nud  (such  want  of 

1.  The  characters  forming  the  Thousand  Chnrncter  Essay  7Vieii,  TYi  Uen  (^f-  ^ 
«j£)  are  those  most  commonly  employed  for  i.liis  purpose.  The  vessels  are  classed 
uuder  the  different,  characters,  ds'i  (-^)  by  means  of  a  huo  (i$£)  or  uuuibur  ;  e.g.  t'ien  tsi 
ti-ih  hao  (p^  ifJ  ?$  —  jjjjj)  "uuiubor  ouc  muter  tho  class  t'ieu." 

107 


15 


* 


T 


IB 


care),  besides  being  an  ill  requital  for  the  kindness  of  the  Emperor 
in  repressing  criminals  and  quieting  the  people,  is  far  from  being 
the  best  plan  for  preserving  your  persons  and  property  intact. 
Remember  without  fail  ! 


168 


.   T     J: 


i.    ft  T  tfr  S 

A;  $f  ft  J@> 

E*;r  x5?  h  "=&• 

^o  xpf  -L.  H/LI 


w 


.     1PT     3s 
t     * 


iti 

444-  /f/£- 

LiL  k  tiff- 


ic 


A 


A 


-   a 


*   tt  .  tt    ?.  a 

CHAPTER  X.VI. 
"  Make  up  (Quarrels,  and  so  respect  the  Person  and  Life" 


Importance  of  caring  for  the  Person  and  Life. 

J .  The  meaning  of  the  Emperor  :  (he)  says  : — 

Every  human  being  is  endowed  with  a  body  and  a  life.  Life  is 
the  gift  of  high  heaven ;  the  body  is  handed  down  by  the  parents : 
that  everyone  should  care  for  both,  is  one  of  the  first  duties  of 
mankind. 

The  people  possess  bodies,  and  therefore  devote  themselves  to 
the  all  important  business  of  farming;  thereby  supporting  both  their 
parents  and  wives  :  soldiers  are  endowed  with  bodies,  and  therefore 
study  military  science  and  drill  ;  by  this  means  protecting  the 
people,  and  requiting  the  State. 

The  usefulness  of  the  body  is  agreed  on  all  hands ;  and  because 
it  is  so  useful,  we  are  bound  to  take  care  of  it.  Hence  the  ancients 
in  walking,  or  speakiug,  dared  not  for  one  moment1  forget  their 

1.  Lit.,  one  movement  of  the  foot,  one  going  forth  of  words. 

159 


16 

& 


;,   5S 


DP    A    Stk  A    ^c, 
fg    ^    4*    '!#    ^r 

AiS»     7nV%  ^tc 


ffl     ffi 
W.   ^> 


T 


*r 


-ft 


S  "ft, 

*  #P 

H  itt 

A  ffi 


fi  P 

Al|  A*K 

ftE  WC 

P^J  =='0* 

nJ  B/U» 

w  ia 


Z    ffi 
S0  A, 


A 


parents ;  lest  they  should  fall  and  injure  the  body  bequeathed  by 
them;  or  lest  by  cursing  others,  and  being  cursed  by  them  in 
return,  they  should  bring  their  parents  into  reproach.  To  thus 
regard  the  body  as  supremely  important  is  the  correct  thing. 

Evils  of  yielding  to  Anger. 

2.  How  is  it  you  continue  to  be  at  enmity  with  others? 
For  the  simple  reason  that  most  people's  disposition  is  obstinate 
and  cannot  alter.  They  only  ace  under  tli3  impulse  of  animal 
passion,  are  headstrong  and  cannot  be  restrained.  Suddenly  in  a 
fit  of  auger  they  quarrel  with  others,  and  either  kill  them,  or  are 
killed  by  them,  and  forfeit  their  lives  in  consequence.  But  they 
fail  to  bear  in  mind  that  fighting  and  cursing  are  only  the  outcome 
of  a  fit  of  passion  ;  and  that  matters  merely  relating  to  property  do 
not  affect  the  person,  are  of  no  special  importance,  and  may  all  be 
explained. 

But  unfortunately  you  are  overbearing  and  wish  to  pose  as  men 
of  mettle.  Whenever  you  open  your  mouth  you  say,  "  These  insults 
are  unendurable;"  and,  "What  if  I  do  kill  him,  I  shall  but  forfeit 
iny  lifo  for  his  ;  that's  very  simple." 

170 


•-».• 

If 


3E         4jM         ttU         2S        "T^ 

r,  ffi  $?4  ojfc 


I    T    8 


815    1 


ffi  n 

M    =ff 


16 

«f  T 

I"*  -I     o 

P^  X& 

|4%  ^ 

. »  •  ». 

•j|Cr  "ff . 

^^  ~sr 

A  Jg 

^»  >®0 

5£  3 

TFH?  45W 


A 


p°  H1    7.  ft,    * 


A 
ft. 


7.  m 


H 


Troubles  involved  in  a  case  of  Assault  and  Battery. 

3.  But  you  overlook  the  fact,  that  in  ;vu  ordinary  case  of  assault 
and  abuse,  as  soon  as  you  get  to  the  yainen,  you  must  endure  the 
insults  of  the  underlings.  If  all  the  persons  criminated1  are  not  at 
hand,  you  must  wait  ten  days  or  halt'  a  month.  Let  your  affairs  be 
of  the  utmost  moment,2  you  cannot  return.  And  even  when  the  trial 
comes  on,  and  you  say  you  arc  in  the  right,  your  opponent  has  also 
something  to  say.  The  mandarin  soon  upsets  your  caser<  and  makes 
you  feel  ashamed  of  yourself.  Besides,  if  you  prefer  a  false 
accusation,  the  mandarin  upholds  the  law  and  condemns  you  to  the 
punishment  that  Avould  have  been  due  to  your  adversary.  Even  if 
for  the  time  you  gain  the  day,  that  opponent  of  yours  is  unwilling 
to  submit  to  it,  and  will  doubtless  carry  the  case  to  another  court. 
Yon  go  on  for  ever  each  vexing  the  other.  Enmity  becomes  still 
deeper,  more  and  more  time  is  wasted  and  money  squandered, 
reproach  and  contempt  are  increasingly  harder  to  endure.  Further, 
if  life  is  taken,  when  you  come  to  be  sentenced  to  death  and  are 
tortured  and  beaten  beyond  endurance,  yuu  will  bitterly  cry  far; 

1.  Ren-Jan  (X  2(11)  persons  waiting  trial. 

2.  Lit.,  heaven-fulling-impoilunt  matter. 

3.  Lit.,  iiitervogates  you  upside  du\vu. 

171 


16 
« 

7 


So    ;§;.    It 

J&    H 

4      7     tt 


*  i' 

A    T 


Bl 


±. 


:.  A 


fid  SB 

£**  "^a^ 

>B^  ^ 

Vi.  * 

U4  -=^ 

-S.  J     c 


^»r^ 

HE 


o 

a*    ft    *r    ^, 


0 


1i\ 


Ji* 
/E 


A 


P 


pardon,  in  piteous  tones.  Onlookers  will  say,  "Where  is  he  gone  to, 
who  was  formerly  cock  of  the  walk  ?"  All  this  is  because  a  moment's 
indulgence  in  passion  has  developed  into  irreconcilable  enmity, 
Is  it  not  to  get  into  great  trouble  on  account  of  a  mere  trifle  ? 

Undervaluing  Life  leads  to  Murders  and  Suicides, 

4.  Moreover,  that  a  murderer  should  die  is  an  irrevocable 
sentence.  Though  the  clemency  of  the  State  is  great,  it  cannot 
suffer  the  murderer  to  live. 

Consider — nature  loves  to  conserve  life,1  and  has  endowed  you 
with  a  body  ;  the  Emperor's  houses  and  land  keep  you  alive.-  But 
alas,  you  hold  life  cheap,  and  break  the  law  recklessly.  It  may  be 
you  are  determined  to  revenge  some  ordinary  breach  of  the  peace, 
or  your  malice  has  been  aroused  through  some  outburst  of  passion. 
The  violent,  trusting  to  their  superior  strength,  kill  others  with 
a  few  kicks  and  blows,3  and  forthwith  escape  to  another  part :  the 
weak  who  are  aggrieved,  unable  to  endure  this  slight  provocation, 
throw  away  their  own  lives,  reckoning  that  others  will  have  to 

1.  Hao-teng  (0  ^jr)   "to  love  production"  is  .applied  to  heaven  and  earth,  or 
nature  ;  the  common  saying  puts  it,  t'ien  iu  hao  seitg  chl  teh,  ren  uei  nan  nh  chl  liny 
(Tf.  '<$  £F  ^£  ~Z'&  A  B  Sf,  %  Z  Us)  "  heaven  has  the  virtue  of  loving  production'; 
man  is  tlie  spiritual  intelligence  of  creation." 

2.  The  Emperor  is  supposed  to  possess  all  the  Empire  for  the  good  of  the  people. 

3.  Lit.,  a  kick  (or)  a  blow. 

J72 


16 


ft 


a  *  *  tt.  fc  w 

Bff    tt  §  f  S$  M 

P     IS.  ft.  ifi  =  ± 

ff   ft  ft  &.  *  -0 

*.  ft  ti  W  ffi  9 


A. 


. 

^°  $   m   *  tr  it  i&  IK.  jit  tt   * 
JL   fit,  R  in.  R  ift  w   ^   ^   ^»,  a 

?BJ    16     *l     A-     *    H     IB     ffi     i^E     15     ^> 
W    -    ©    %    77    ^,   II,  ft    tt.  ff     J* 

forfeit  theirs  in  turn.1  On  the  spur  of  the  moment  they  take  a 
foolish  view  of  things,  and  either  jump  into  a  river,  or  drop  into  a 
well,  or  commit  suicide  by  hang-ing  from  a  beam.  This  is  tho 
result  of  anger  developing  into  enmity  :  the  enmity  deepens  and 
passion  grows,  until  they  endanger  both  your  own  life  and  the  lives 
of  your  family. 

Wine  Drinking  a  Fruitful  Source  of  Crime. 

5.  If  we  trace  to  their  source,  the  causes  by  which  this  state 
of  things  is  brought  about/  they  are  more  than  can  be  mentioned. 
But  of  the  things  in  which  soldiers  and  civilians  easily  transgress, 
the  greater  part  proceed  from  indulgence  in  wine.  Those  who 
indulge  in  wine  are  muddled  in  mind,  incoherent  in  speech.  After 
they  are  drunk,  in  consequence  of  a  few  words  —  spoken  when  they 
were  laughing  and  talking  all  together,  hail  fellow  well  met,  and  no 
mistake  —  they  upset  the  tables,  break  the  crockery,  and  set  to  work 
quarrelling  with  knife  and  cudgel.  After  they  are  drunk,  they  tako 
occasion  of  being  elated  by  wine  to  bring  up  some  manifestly  trilling 
matters  which  had  already  been  dropped  out  of  mind  by  everyone  ; 
and  the  result  is  they  are  as  (irreconcilable  as)  though  they  could 
not  dwell  under  the  same  heaven.  Wrangling,  fighting  and  misery 
is  the  consequence.  It  is  continually  noticed,  that  fifty  or  sixty  per 

1.  According  to  Chinese  law,  the  one  who  causes  another  to  commit  suicide  is 
held  accountable  for  his  murder. 

2.  Chu!,  follow  up  iiKii,  fountain,  source,  .so-i  the  therefore,  the  means  by  which 
a  thing  is  brought  about,  tih  which  cAf,  caused,  te'i'tuis,  Hen-kit  reason. 

173 


a 


16 

it  flu  rt 

*6  rfr~ 

xa  H, 

%  JG  it,  m0  w 

a  *  *  a  ft 

>M  ~T  xa      TO4 

iVt  ~iT        &tf?        *v.        £t 

fly  j     $£>    ~r     @ 


ft 


X2. 


** 


^       (ft 

ffo        ^ 


6 


T    ffl^  » 

^     ife  ?E 

0-JL-h  HJ  !-• 

M  S 


s 

|2<l 


a 


,  at. 


A 


cent  of  the  cases  involving  life  which  cotne  before  the  Board  of 
Punishments,  arise  out  of  the  evil  produced  by  the  after  effects 
of  wine. 

The  Miseries  consequent  on  Crime. 

6.  Alas  for  these  criminals  !   there  is  no  punishment  they  do 
not  endure.      They  are  imprisoned3  chained,  and  made  to  carry  the 
collar.     They   bring  about  the  ruin  of  the  family  and  loss  of  life; 
their  children  weep  and  wail,   their  neighbours  are  implicated  and 
share  in  their  sufferings.  When  matters  have  reached  this  pass,  after 
regrets  are  unavailing. 

Exhortation  to  Reflection  and  Self-control. 

7.  From   henceforth   all   come  to  a  better   mind,   and   setting 
your  private  enmities  over  against  your  personal  interests,  see  which 
are  the  more  weighty  ?     Set  this  little  bit  of  spleen  of  yours  over 
against  your  life,  and  see  which  is  the  more  trifling?     Why  do  you 
simply  give  attention  to  wreaking  this  petty  spite,  and  after  all  lose 
your  se/f  ?  a  little  consideration  of  this  sort,  and  the  result  will  be 
that  you  will  neither  be  willing  to  follow  up  animosities  which  are 
already  things  of  the  past,  (forgetful  of   the  after  ill  effects),   nor 
willing  to  act  in  an  outburst  of  passion  and  involve  yourself  in  after 
regrets.1 

1.  Lit.,  baud  down  matters -after  remorse. 

174 


tt 


16 

J     o         ^  W>  o 


T 


«„  36 

T 
9     'It 


*r  *  & 

ffe    II    ffi 
H     ft. 


"  -* 

"jlj     'fy^ 

7— r 
rji 

f».  « 


* 

' 


A.   ffi 


A,  & 


IB 

JR. 


* 


tr 


Reasoning  ivith  the  Rude  better   than   Retaliation. 

8.  Allowing  there  is  a  certain  class  of  detestable  fellows  who 
without  cause  or  reason  insult  you,  and  you  do  not  feel  like  letting 
them  off,  still  if  you  reflect  a  little,  (you  will  see)  how  valuable  are 
your  person  and  life.     It  is  better  to  reason  with  them,  or  to  take 
a  few  elderly,  just  minded  relatives,  and  talk  the  matter  over  as  to 
who  is  in  the  right  and  who   is   in  the  wrong,  and  with  a  few  words 
shut  him  up,  than  for  you  to  curse   and  strike   each  other  without 
knowing  who  will  gain  the  day.  Men  the  world  over  can  only  be 
won  by  reason.    Do  not  let  him  go  without  making  him  accept  your 
apology. 

Mediation  of  Friends  safeguards  ontt's  Honour. 

9.  Again,   if    relatives    and   friends    say,    "  This    fellow    is    an 
ignoramus,  hence  he  behaved  rudely  to  you,  don't  argue  with  him  ; 
he  was  drunk  and  therefore  insulted  you,  don't  try  conclusions  with 
him."     You  should  at  once  follow  the  advice  of  your   elders  and 
give  heed  to  their  exhortations.     If  you  can  in  deference  to  them1 

1.  Ti'ing-mien  (f§  IS)  "the  face  of  the  fenlings  ;"  to  act  out  of  consideration 
of  the  feelings  of  others,  lien  tx'iny  (oh  li  (Jj£  ffi  jff  Jj|)  "to  reflect  on  the  circum 
stances,  and  consider  the  li  or  eternal  principle  of  right,"  i.e.,  to  look  at  the  case 
in  all  its  bearings — in  itself,  and  as  modified  by  circumstances. 

175 


16 


S& 


jia 


Yif  f£t  -*!i  ^  -^  A.  j^t     . 

^  jit  fit  (ft  ffi  IB  fft  fi 

IS  f®  ^  ?S  tti  ^  A» 

^»  ift  s  ^  is  ^  ta  10 

ft  it*  ?£  tt  tk  £  H,  M 


^L 


IKJ 


JE    «, 


T     ± 


forgive  him.  and  bring  tlic  matter  to  an  end  without  sacrifice  of 
principle,  you  should  do  so.  A  consideration  of  the  circumstances 
of  the  case,  saves  a  great  deal  of  annoyance  :  why  continue  to  have 
trouble  all  one's  life  ? 

Warnings  against   Wine  Drinking. 

10.  Coming  now  to  the  matter  of  wine  drinking,  that  must   be 
carefully    abstained    from.     Observe,  whenever    the  Ancients    took 
wine,  they  bade  somebody  to  look   on,  to  take  note,  to   warn  them, 
and    not    to  allow    them   to   take    too  much.      This  was  lest  being 
elated  after  taking  wine,  they  should  talk  wildly,  draw  down  evil  on 
themselves,  and  on  coming  before  the  magistrate  receive  extremely 
severe  punishment. 

What  is  the  benefit  of  wine  drinking,  that  you  still  insatiably 
hanker  after  the  cup  ? 

Clan  Fights  should  be  avoided. 

11.  We  will  further  supplement  these  words  of  caution  about 
wine  drinking  and  making  disturbances,  by  referring  to  one  matter 
only,  which,  in    a    word,    manifestly    emphasizes    the    importance    of 
making  up  quarrels  and  preserving  life. 

The  fights   with  weapons  which  constantly  occur,    in  Fuhkien 
for  instance,  are  quite  inexplicable.      In  the  first   instance,  the  only 

176 


tt     ft     *. 

T    # 
«.  A    * 


A 


7 


tit 


P 


7, 


*r 


A 


tt  I 


7 


«f  m  7,  s 

I1;!  tt  -& 

7  a-  12  a 

rf'ct  ilCKl*  v/Vr^  >f-'T 

^  I^F  W 

A.  =ff  ffl  W 


7 
7J. 


ffl 


ifc'   *    S 


K 


»         LA- 


occasion  of  offence  is  merely  some  casual  quarrel,  or  petty  dislike. 
All  that  is  needed,  is  simply  to  lay  the  matter  clearly  before  the 
Tribal1  Assembly  and  Village  Elders  to  discuss  fairly,  who  was 
in  the  right,  and  so  settle  the  difficulty.  Even  if  the  village  authorities 
should  be  unable  to  settle  it,  you  have  but  to  go  to  the  law  court 
of  the  district,  and  state  the  actual  facts  of  the  case;  the  local 
official  would  easily  decide  it  and  yon  would  be  spared  no  end  of 
misery  into  the  bargain. 

Origin  and  Nature  of  Clan  Fights. 

12.  But  you  are  doltish  and  unacquainted  with  the  law.  It 
frequently  happens  that  you  follow  your  own  bent,  and  trusting  in 
the  possession  of  power  or  the  support  of  many  members  of  some 
powerful  family,  at  once  form  an  unlawful  confederacy,  and  armed 
with  knives,  spears,  clubs  and  cudgels  go  forward  to  the  fight. 
The  opposite  side,  hearing  that  the  people  on  this  side  are  numerous, 
form  a  similar  confederacy  without  delay,  and  stand  on  the 
defensive.  All  are  mixed  up  in  the  general  scrimmage  and  fight 
like  mad-men.  After,  when  the  fight  is  over,  some  are  wounded 

1.  Matters  of  dispute  in  country  districts  arc  often  settled  by  local  tribunals 
composed  of  men  of  note  in  the  village  or  clan.  Failing  redress  at  their  hands,  the 
aggrieved  parties  carry  the  ease  to  a  court  of  law. 

177 


16 

*r   JM  »  A. 


*fc  ft   a   m  is 


7. 


m 


± 


T     ft 


a  & 

j.  it. 

£    jit 


£. 


BE. 


A 


K 


in 


A, 


it 


others  are  dead.1  Further  (the  survivors)  are  also  afraid  of  having 
to  appear  before  the  magistrate  and  be  punished,  and  hide,  and 
flee  away  to  all  parts  —  suffering  no  end  of  trouble. 

Evils  -resulting  from   Clan  Fights. 

13.  Now,  don't  you  know,  that  when  they  are  apprehended  and 
brought  before  the  magistrate,  those  who  have  killed  others  will 
doubtless  have  to  give  life  for  life.  When  they  reach  the  place  of 
execution  and  are  about  to  be  punished,  they  see  their  own  parents, 
brethren,  wives  and  children  :  how  grievous  that  in  the  twinkling  of 
an  eye  death  should  sunder  its  victim  from  the  living  !  Then  They 
call  to  heaven,  but  heaven  does  not  answer;  to  earth,  but  earth 
does  not  respond. 

Furthermore  those  who  originated  hostilities  will  in  the  ordinary 
course  of  things  each  receive  retribution  according  to  his  works. 
As  to  those  who  followed  the  confederacy  and  helped  in  the  fight  at 
the  request  of  others,  without  the  slightest  enmity  towards  those  on 
the  other  side,  why  did  they  go  out  of  their  way  and  recklessly 
consort  with  friends  at  the  expense  of  the  bodies  bequeathed  by 
their  parents  ?  Let  me  ask,  after  all,  which  are  the  more  closely 
related,  parents  or  friends?  In  helping  others  to  fight,  even  if  you 

1.  A  less  literal  but  perhaps  more  accurate  rendering  of  this  idiomatic  sentence 
would  be,—  the  field  is  fall  of  dead  and  wounded,  or  there  are  dead  and  wounded  lying 
on  eveiy  side. 

178 


it   a 


16 


A 


JE 


*  fit 


7     il 


n  -a  ii.  ft. 
fi-i  w  M  # 
tt  n  ft  m 


14 
* 

A 


<B    S    »    A    "8 

&  n  w  *  a 


to 


flu 


7. 


A 
tr 


win,  what  advantage  is  it  to  yourself?     You    only  need  to  carefully 
look  at  it  in  this  light,  aud  you  will  soon  understand. 

Hereafter  let  the  father  caution  the  son,  the  elder  brother 
the  younger.  In  everything  simply  appeal  to  reason.  Neither 
form  unlawful  confederacies  for  fighting,  nor  pay  any  attention  to  a 
summons  to  help  on  a  fight,  and  by  so  doing  experience  the  miseries 
which  ruin  families  and  destroy  life. 

Anger  should  be  repressed  by  Self-examination. 

14.  The  Ancients  said,  "Suppress  the  anger  of  a  moment  and 
escape  the  sorrows  of  a  lifetime." 

Where  in  the  world  is  there  a  person  who  has  not  a  temper  ? 
At  the  same  time  there  is  reason  in  everything :  good  and  bad, 
right  and  wrong,  are  clearly  defined.  But  because  you  simply  dwell 
upon  the  faults  of  others  and  not  upon  your  own,  unrelenting  anger 
gradually  grows,  and  deepens  into  irreconcilable  enmity.  It'  you  would 
search  out  your  own  faults  and  say  to  yourselves,  "  uet  it  be  (granted) 
that  in  certain  things  I  was  wrong;  though  he  too  was  wrong,  I  also 
was  a  little  mistaken  :  it  is  difficult  for  me  to  blame  him  for  coming 
and  treating  me  in  this  way  ;  "  you  would  at  once  repress  your  hasty 
disposition,  and  everything  would  forthwith  be  amicably  settled 
without  any  further  damage.  , 

179 


16 


T  Jl  ;!§  ^0 

ffi.  V5^  «W  H 

:T^  JILI\  >FCi  Aak 

#i  &  ^  m 

&j  f$  ($  ^ 

3K  Bf  11  5S 


-4dt 
TT 


ft,, 

A    jfc 


fjg    -     B 


• 

'fgf    ~y    ^ 

i  j.  A 


&t  ffl 

j  fc  »>  /  !•* 

^s*  x 

r«  A 

7.  & 


tt  ffl 

-T.  «• 

>f>  A 

£  ^J 

M  it 

M,  W. 

-  T 

^J  0 

A  @ 


-  ffi 


7  T^ 

tt  fl 

^  i^ 

I 

O 

« 

7  15 

^  "T 


Patience  should  be  cultivated. 

15.  Since  it  is  evident  that  forbearance  only  needs  to  be  exercised 
for  a  little  season,  (in  order)  to  secure  both  life  and  property,  how  is  it 
that  the  people  one  and  all  do  not  cultivate  a  peaceable  disposition?  If 
you  do  not  act  on  impulse,   nor  provoke  to  anger  about   trifles,  nor 
lightly  believe  the  backbiting  of  every  outsider,  but  uniformly  practice 
forbearance,  there  will  be  no  need  for  bystanders  to   mediate  and  set 
you  at  one;  the  spirit  of  strife  about  preeminence,  will  vanish  of  itself. 
Will  not  this  be  a  most  excellent  state  of  things  ? 

Confucius  said  in  his  day,  "In  anger  think  of  the  trouble."1  That 
is  to  say,  whenever  people  are  angry  they  should  consider,  "If  by  get 
ting  angry  I  sooner  or  later  contract  an  irreconcilable  enmity,  of  which 
I  am  never  able  to  get  clear  all  my  life,  how  much  superior  (would  it 
be)  to  be  a  little  more  forbearing." 

The  Princel/  Man  is  characterized  by  Forbearance. 

16.  Mencius  said,  "  If  one  person  treat  another  rudely,  if  the  latter 
is  a  gentleman  he  will  be  unwilling  to  treat  the  former  in  the  same 
fashion.     He  will  first  examine  himself  and  ask,  "Is  there  anything 

1.  i.e.,  the  difficulties  your  anger  will  involve  you  in.     The  passage  is  from  the 
Analects,  where  Confucius  speaks  of  the  nine  subjects  a  gentleman  should  think  about. 

180 


16 


iBi     ci 
K    ft 


&    7    & 


# 


W,    »     17     35. 
«•     *     «    » 

ili   *   fl    ft 


K 


A 

tt 
tt 


•V  I  ~F" 

^  A,  ^ 

A%  SR  Tc 

&  itr  A 


«    » 

T     iff 

J         ivTc 


».  »    na  a 

T.  A    W.  £     H 


*    * 


w 


nmiss  in  me  which  has  provoked  him  to  be  violent  and  disagreeable  ?" 
He  will  examine  himself  three  times  in  succession,  till  he  has  not  the 
least  fault.  If  the  person  continues  thus  detestable,  u  gentleman  will 
simply  say,  "  He  is  an  unmannerly  fellow,  and  differs  in  nothing  from 
a  beast;  first  and  last  I  will  not  argue  with  him." 

Take  note  how  magnanimous  is  the  princely  man  ! 

The  teaching  of  all  these  sayings  of  the  Ancients  is  that  you 
should  not  regard  as  enemies  those  who  might  lawfully  be  regarded  as 
such  ;  nor  be  angry  with  those  with  whom  you  might  lawfully  be  angry. 

Concluding  Exhortations. 

17.  All  you  people  and  soldiers  must  honestly  put  these  things 
into  practice.  Scatter  your  ordinary  passions  to  the  winds.  Set 
value  upon  the  life  of  every  man.  You  people  in  different  country 
places  be  on  good  terms  with  one  another  just  like  one  family.  You 
soldiers  in  different  camps  and  companies  all  be  at  peace  (knit  together) 
as  n-rte  body.  Whether  as  members  of  your  particular  village;  or 
hamlet,  or  as  members  of  the  State,  be  well  behaved,  and  you  will 
all  be  happy  and  rejoice  in  peace,  is  this  not  the  evident  result  of 
making  up  quarrels  ? 

181 


± 


SB. 

^§ 
d 


± 


?     2? 


fit 


*ff         ->         «^£         -V        -Jr 

A£^     ><S      'T     ,c     yTC 


fi 


K   ¥ 
A   ^ 


IB 


Hi 


•    • 

* 

A 
Jit 


m 


5  ¥ 

W  ft 

w  ^ 

«  a 


Jit 


ffi 

182 


* 


IE 


M 


0 


»    *  ™» 

gij    IE    « 


. 


(Si 


Mffl 


"x'* 

iff 

ZT?» 

A 


183 


« 
A 


. 
EJ 


, 
If 


m. 


.     . 

Hi>.  It.  ft   •   A   jft   tr 


tj  ^n 

zft  ^t 

^Jo  W 

ft  ft 


7B. 

^ 

fcl 


A 


fi 


A 


It.  * 
' 


If  ^  US   1  6 


A 


if  *$ 


tr 


184 


A 


. 

A 
A 


*fc  & 

#    «. 


H     ILL    -ft, 


R. 


#r   tr.  fe  tr   * 


T 


f^  M    tU    # 


rfif 


a 


tt  $  V 

TT^»    ^<_,     ffi£ 


A 


m 


tr»A  r^ 

Rfc     55, 

*  * 


B5 


KH  Jl   ?P 

W  0   •(& 

^  M  * 

a  w  * 

•fi.  A  a 


?" 

^ 


It 
ffn 


. 


3E 

<f    I 


ai 


13 


w 


, 


* 


T 


x  19r  IS 

^pj-       rn      <»v\c 


ffi 


& 


II   ffl   A 


185 


ffl   §   wl.  H   *   JS.  tr   ^   M   ja   £ 

y»-4        _^*A  .!_  i^»       ^*^*i  o     Hji  t 

W^tf^^^W^^E^ 

P    S'o  O    ^    ffn    M   It    tTo  «F   -fftn  M 


iff 


H,  ja  #f 

—  A   31 


. 
.  » 


TV?       TK 

^    mj 


75 

ift 


£.  n 


j  ^  J^  yA. 

:    ffi)    ^c    ^ 
>    «:    H, 


H 
Bi. 


2. 


XJ>0 

<£? 


r^AM 

A 


••»•-•  _X^  V^ti-.  |t  * 

ft  nfn    ^o  W    ^c    1 


ra 


VI^V  »  »-I 

kS»>  r  -*y 

§  A,  * 


Bt 


o 

il   W 


?F,  A 
ffiJ  1i& 
Iffi  ?Ri 


186 


Jft. 


rfii 


jtb 


H, 


* 


A 


3 


*  ffl  * 

JT  H  \rt  ^Gt  t'm-* 

s\***  M/w  £3  >T* 

*£»  1^  3L  H 


r;  s: 


^*  i»  ffi 

11°  1K  S& 

K   ffif  ft 

K   ft  fi 


/^C       ABi       A 

it    $$» 
K    H^    I 


-*--» 

IS.  * 


i^y  »~»^ 

yft  JRi.  f|  ^ 

^K  i i  fls  >£ 

%  jffi.  M  £, 

*__»  i  •  ^  VA$  j~iri' 

fv  j^*  ^yii 


PP?      ni 


* 


'iy  i  fix-* 

*  PC 

•Jf^  rifi' 

xaio  /diXi 


»J^«       /A.       HH 

m     Iffii     I  J. 

^c  'So   T 


f     H 


^   M   >t 


**    ^s* 

»„    RB.. 


-ft 

w 


A   * 


*  J5f  S  «S  1 


PJt 


187 


fr 

n 


.  . 

ft  J|  if  M  w  £ 


ft 


.a 


If  .  - 


EJE       •&£       -nto        ^fl 

— '      ^C      $j|£>     TO       i7\ 


Jit 


f 


ia, 


. 
'A.  .-7  Ji.  £ 


ft 


lit  Jtfc  A 


;fn 


tr 


ttj 


ft  IS  «   x    h 

188 


£-        3« 


-ft. 


BS 


,  m 


til.  T 


rfff    3?c 
8   2. 


ffl    HJ 


:££ 


. 


o 


il 


4*       ^ 


«:' 


5c    W 

T   ft 


* 


)n  fl 
m  z 


ifco 


Itfc 


A. 


ffl 


f. 


MS.  ifr 

189 


A 


4 


£   ft  JL  ffi  li 

M  3E  tt   *   Uj 


ifn 


r   i 

R  3 


m 


a  # 


11  § 

rfo    a 


I  IS 
:  * 
I.  ffi 


=» 


-h 

Jj 


it 


H 


i 


ffi 


^  I 


tr 


ffi 


/JRC 


A 
# 

ffl 
* 

Ift. 


T 


•ifc. 


* 
* 
* 
fl 


ItTB 

^ 

EHo 


^    « 


|^        "Ri/         P» 

B   •*"  -ft 


ffi 


«  «f 


HI 

*  '* 


» 

« 
j«t 

*. 


r3 


W 


»  r  »xi| 

Jit  * 
iSr 


r  ^-*^*  *   • 

5E   S 

^/I       Jn£ 


JT    W 


AS 


A. 
JH 


=»    H 


f  T  j&  IK  IB'  it  j. 


y  •  »       A/V^ 

W  ^ 


* 


a 


^  s 

-*>      *-• ' 
Z     ^ 


HE 


0  LW  k 


ffl. 


m   -fr 

.^       H 


ffl 

»  •  . 
rnn 
of 


JE 


II 


>9    H 
Z.   Z 


o          I"*    o 


ig    ^    A,  «    M    W 

So  S^o  ^  ri  ft  H 

'fR        ^2.        /fZ        @/TI        *^        "S" 

191 


fH 
* 
K 

JH. 


19 

at 
m 


n  at 


B 

tfn 


ft. 


tffi    Ht. 
*    fin 


nfn 


Pi   m 


. 
9  H  '  tt 

£o  BU    H 


Jit   ft   &  'M"'  # 

IS]     m.     ~TK     35      35 

I^MI         •v::4         *^1  ^        T— •  %        -"•  *- 


II 


»-*•>-'  v'—ii— 

s  fs 

*  &„ 


± 


*  t  »  » 

A 
^ 

IE 


*.. 


Jit 


m. 


J3S 


Z 


PA 


-\  f?  g 


m. 


Jit 


**, 


•». 

Jit 

& 

A 


*&  fli.  ^ 

.  9  &  H 

l  *»  if  •$ 

^Jo  H  A 

ft  ^  «£ 


192 


,  tf  . 


£  £  II  tt  ft  M 


la 


.a 


0.  B 

A   3? 


-W 

Sft 


n\\ 


dtt 


± 


± 


A. 


A 

It 

rSJ 

/f 


-f-  M  JM 

JL  >jyc  J-l* 

•dfe  :&£  ^ 

•19  fffl  /ml 


J* 

/VS 


ft 


± 


BO 


H- 


A   Jl  * 


A 


± 


± 


±^ 

k  rn 

*  S 

CC  T 

nrf  •  i  i 

77  1  J 

«  0. 

it  S« 

K.  & 

*  JF 


H5   ^ 


^ 

±.  » 


db6r  eg  J=L 

rix^  71 V  Aj^ 

K  ffo  Wr 

—  ^  ia 


Z 


A 


193 


ftr 


>-*rA          £gj  _!-*          Igg  — p-  *  I  i 

ffi    JL   IE  It  A   H 


W—  •  — 
it 

^  A 

®o      'fr. 


*. 


^p 
si 


*--%»• 

iz;0  ^O    A 

a  ».  IE 

a  ih  ± 


I 

±, 


± 


A 


:.  A 


^    tit    5* 


»      'v—.o 


K 


«^  {^  ^ 

^0»  Hii  TO 

Bn    ^  fiR  lit 

P   ^s  «  « 

jji     E3.  R"  nj 

-*7V|        ^\4  ,^A»  M 


S'"W                                                                                     S  »!"•  -^  t  »  1 

^  f.  ft  it  A 

m  *  ft0  a  « 

nj  m0  ^  MIJ  ^ 

fil  !"I  ^    ^  ^ 

H.  B  E    ±  ± 


§  z  m 


0 


194 


to. 


Jr 


*iV       /— 

a    'p 


*. 


»»  'i 


«  8 


K 


#. 


.a 


A 


Z. 


if. 


IE 


^ 
m» 


rfii 
* 


tfi)      n 
IP      f 


S>  IE, 
^E   * 

/A 

±   IS 


IP 


^-  *~^  ^^ 

^»  ^  ^l 

^  fro  f^ 

|^  X  jjis 


^   —   M   Kk 

-L+  ./Xf.  X^  -tf 

x^      ^iy     2&     -M. 


si.      §5;     ---z 

^,k      DU*       Fv 


Jit 
* 

» 

2G. 

S 

pTo 

"T 


* 

A 

to 

51 


ffr 


#  es 


f  •*.*.*  is  * 

IS  W)0  if0  it°  ft  li 

*  «  a  *  K  i 

0o  at    A    S  ffl  9f 


8 


JB. 

&  &  i= 

«.  n  a 


*«!V        A- 


'.  A 


^^-^  r    f  '*•      -» •  »—   *  »— — 

if0  )&'  s  ^  if  B  K 

^c    M    ifco  H    1$    ffl    ,>i 


So 


Z 


A 
* 

* 


IE 


Iff 
Ji 


* 


H    W.  * 


<        o 

|H  S   JJ* 

' 


-&» 


A 


IE 


J* 


IS. 
W 


¥ 

ffij  Ift 


^T»7«o 


196 


ft. 

ft 


"T 
56, 

m. 


^?Co     12? 

f&  m 

*F  in 


z  m. 

• 


. 

' 


^  ft  ft  ^  #p 

M  %  &  ff%  $ 


— »  i  -i 

i  5c  j# 

!  a  ji 

i.  A  K 

•   'IW,  SB 


H 
«F 

^ 


it 


BL 


us  w  J$ 

14    ^  ^ 


®  15,  ^  w.  JB.  is 

J^i  ^h  B  il  H  —  S 

ATiT  ~y  <&&.  -fcf*  0^  — ^ 

Pj  >f*  W  ^r  ifQ  <L 


S"   ^ 
¥   ^ 

tt    li 
».  ^ 

Ji  a 


« 


in  tL  ft, 


•— < 

ft 


k  S,  us 


to 


197 


I*   * 


til.  fi 


* 


I 


a  JIB  £.  m 

1^1  "i^  f*F^  IM 

y  /x.  pR»  &* 

&„  z  &  m 

t£  3i  &  Z. 


..  . 

t=|  pi* 

M  BS. 

Ka.  n 

Sfi  ^ 

£  ^o 


IL 


I. 
H 


sg 
tiff 


3L 


tt, 
fin 


-  ii 


is 


a  i 


Z 


•  9-^    O  ^^     -^- 

ft     Jit     "ft 

i  tn  FU 


Jit 


^ 


^5  • 


Jt 


>— ^  'I'X^. 

«   ifc 

®   *, 

TO  i§- 
m 


A 
yv 

a 


m 


jtb  ^  ft 
^.  R.  * 


m 

^ 

m 

z 


_LL 


If  *. 

*l  ft 

**  A 

li*J     O  ^^ 


_ 

=ff    « 
ffl    Jit 


a. 


- 

rfn 


ttfM-M* 

j&*     -*+  I/* 

^0  <-  iH 

-~   f'L  #H 

A    jffi  jit 

A   K  ^ 


in  $£  ^ 
f§  if  * 
»  ft  m 


±. 


'J  V 


* 

^ 

* 
ffi 

Jit 
K 

•W, 


lit 

fif 

A. 


til 


&k 


*-•  \          f'j  -  v_*  •  • 

fi      K      E 


?  it 

m 


liv 


_     dfc 


ffn 


p 

i*   * 


199 


* 


m  s  A 

^  s 


>M\ 


T 


ffl    T.  Bl 


•J-*  *-»"*  \J 

^L    ffi?    % 


fife    rfn    Mb    -i 

,vi»      -SB      :£»!      -J-      .777  jkj  ^i^  ±L. 

iiitf  /£*  3gt  /ii> 

^  7rtk  [B  # 

W  rfn  ^0  ffi 

^  §  ffs  a 

)S  ^  ^  r?n 

&o  ja  »  m 

n  m  z,  &, 

9  lttk  ±  -^L  •  fi 

l/y    x   ^-  ^  vfe  m 

*  2S    ^  * 

-^k  3£    ^  ^  -g  ^ 

^    5§,  ff  IK  if  r?n 

tt*  n  ft.  %*  z  4 

B^i        J^  -^  T^ 

HI    i2<  >?H»  -gc 

v4/»       P32.       7'/~*  r7r~*  j-tf 

it     »    fe  (nj  j®0  „ 

Bff    *.  H  ^  ft  fl 

4F»  ^  ^2  ffi) 

*  A  fl  • 

''  *  -^  ^Ix   * 

3-fr  ^11^  Ip&L.  T«l^ 

W  ^B&  »  IK 


jtb 


IB 


*! 


'W/*>        »LL»  •( 

&      ffi 


tr   fe 


± 


M  in 

S  *• 

^FTI  B& 

7>U0  '"7 

*  it. 


p  k  £+        i*  ^  y»»i 

»  ¥  ^  * 

*  ^  te  w 

fi  i&.  K  « 

po  ffi  p,  ijj, 

?&  ^C  <f  ^c 

ft  ii  ^  .a 

w  **  i 


s 


S    If    ®    nfn    ^    S? 

.y=l="JL  *^^  _|4-<^  -t^w  --*^  tlv/  fTLEI  *         ..  j .- 

ff^ltfi^cJKffi^ 
ft»  ^   ^  ®  fi   if  J^,  )ft 

200 


11 


a 
+  s 

IP?      711 

.if.        >^c 

^   * 
*    D 


W 

^ 
I1 

H 


tr   A   « 


^   «   fif  fi|° 
—  ^@    l&,  3fr 


'    ff   >B 

;,  a  * 


pj 


me 
% 

y  vVo 


ffl 

^t  I>J     -4- 

\3fo  Y*         JL 

-?  ^   p 

<<_  M 


^i» 


— -jp--»  ^**^*  ^«_  l>-l 

^  ^  ^Jp 

/ 1 .  '^i^'  ^i|  rri- 

'pfC  T*  ,  /-r'J  "59^ 


^    *    if0  TRE. 


» 


0 


IS' 


t*  w 

Jtt  » 

^c  ^ 

Ji  ^ 


-a- 


flt 


A 


. 


± 


^  «f  ^  ^  -^     ^ 


201 


11 


« 
JB. 


/I'J  **S 

^j     Jvti 


H 


A  - 


m  it 


m 
ffi 
*, 
in 


J#         ^o      ft       "U         ffS         M 

g£.  iffct  _-U.  -t*  -f^.  ^>l> 

5r    ^    He    -r     i     BE 


g6    H" 

M.  i&, 


>  «  5-, 


fW 


IS 
« 
I 


ffi  IA 


t 


m  &  ?g  m 

f «   S   5c    ± 


A. 

0 
^ 

•^ 

"T1 

•• 


ep 


ife. 

rt 

-H' 

m 

t  II 


Jife 


H 


± 


-ft. 


JE 


9W 


m 


JIB 


. 


^ 
A 


m 


a 


S 


_UL 


Vt    *. 

ffl    I 


/UA 


tt 


fflit, 


12 


B£     Z 


ffff 


it 


Ho 

a 

R 

^4 

*F 
R 


JS. 

- 


J —*-+•  I    I  -*  •— VJIJ  •  •»• 

*°  Tt>  S  Wo  P  Jit 

K  *  ^  Jl  W  * 

^T  ^  6^0  IR)  Jf »  ^ 

ffl»  'j^  ig  w&  ^c  -tko 

So  S  rfn  *.  ^  75 

|iL  T,  JJ!  W  IS  W 

M  fa  tt  7J  M  Iff 

~5*  rfe  f^  ^si  .£rt  tfc* 

^  <K  IW  ^f^  TE|^  xL 


203 


S 


fig 


A 


13 


Jit 


w 


t>      PT      - 
>C      P      H 


i 
?p 

».  fil 


f^-4  z^lll  ;-f|ll»  yj--^  I.  •*! 

J5^-      tciio    py«      *0£      i— I 


$c   A.  $c 

jjrSS       gt?       jj^t 

£    *    JL 


T    rfn    jg  ^'  ^Uo  0   Hj,  w 


as 


R 

£ 


S»    ifn 


A 


^   fi   fl5 


in°  W*  »'  ife          fe 


PO. 


tfi 


^4 

tffi 


2o  m 


-A       < 
204 


13 


5R 
'If 


if    « 


ffii   § 


Jtt. 
Mil 


pg 


If 


as. 
x 


ffii" 


tr 


*»  a. 

I  Fl  A^_i.  c 

is,  fs 

^  s. 


-\-+  ft  X— ^  -  *  * 

^t    Ak  m.    Z 
tS    flB    W   *fio 


A 


2/ 
o      * 


ff 


Kr 


s  «BO  £  »£ 

6   tt    W,  H. 


( 


•  —  3^ 


K/IW  'XI  *^*  n^ 

ffe  2:  ffio  A. 


H   W  ffi.  H 
F1   SS  "|g 

^.  #  + 


pr-^1 

M  A 


If. 


K» 

* 


A  m 

».  s 


/ 1>  j      /itni 


SB  ^  §£ 
iti  S  jij 


A, 


o 

Jft  p 
«  ffe 


205 


>n  ^ 

S  A, 


A 


*i* 

/E 

K3J» 
A 

m 

A 


s  w 


h  Ml  * 

__Lo  / 1 1 »  7 

*  fi  i 

3*  ±  * 


£L    3 

x— r*         ttm        —l-»        — r—        yi-Li 

-fit    ?M    ^c    rftj    fB 


L'   • 

^o      tt 

JL    « 


A 


or    >ip     /x, 

13?        rfli        vfcA 


ffl 


sgg    A 

--y fc-^  l-*l/ 

rfn    ^   ^ 


a  jit 


R, 


>>  ^ 


3B] 

si 


tf 


^nf:  4ft 

fflX,  Tli< 

ik  fti 

)l°  n 

^  & 

^li\  f/W 

f?/'l  l^r 


4 


I® 


•  %,  fS  ^ 

i  W  P  Ji; 

:  ^st  un  ^? 

Sk  Mf  fllJo  TJ 

i  §  ffl  a 


ffii 


A,  S 


rfii 


ft,  I'l 


14 


A   J& 


«,  m  TT 

&  #  Jfc 

M   *>  2 

X     S:  M 

2l  S  A 


f  pi 
6   2 


* 


I'r 


Sfe  Itt 


* 


If 


£  MIJ  #>  m  up  * 

»c  li  £a  lit,  ^u  ^k 

_/.. .  tt-i—  — *>  — §-»  •  i.  •  - 1*- 

#R  K//o  <i>  v^  si  ®L 

\\\*  Q  >n  /H-  £H!  /-f, 

Ji-Lo  =p  ^JL  \s\  W 


*  /^~  J^^  1*13 

1    i   ^;    g    fe 
W    K1)    ^.  wi    ?¥ 


Ji   g   IS    P, 


TSr 
JIL 


L 


fP 


*    g. 

ffi   + 


J6    Jit 

^it»»       »\ 


7T 

/  U 


IsU 
^!>: 


2&T 


ffii 


[W,r^  ™-      ••  ^  -••-* 


^ry.j 

£  iH 


0    * 


m 


g  iit  * 

In'   tt     K' 


am      VJ-. 

FPTx      TA 


S 
«1 


Jh 
1 


Is. 
aa 


207 


15 


If 
w 

BJ 


.§. 

fi 


ffl 


0 

H, 

W 
ff 


3? 


31    ff 


*.  * 

^h  K 

1  »- 

^c  a 

^>  U- 

^  t- 

=g.  rfij 


II 


i   IB 


. 
B5  IS   13! 

.  4.  mi  m 


*. 
ft 

us? 
ea 


» 


z 


* 

m 

«(, 


-j^ 


fln 


#, 


1 


#  A 

«  'F 

tft  •¥•< 

S  tfg 

T>  ffl 


11   SI 

#H     ^ 

«  ® 


*f.  *  j*. 


S    si 


r     i  o 

jtfc 

in 


jy.  j** 

Jic 


H 


208 


15 


•=JT-       ?8c       jfp       ijS| 

T—y-          -tA.  Mil 

PI     s£    M'J    — 


a     o 


- 

-  an 
^  # 


ff 

^ 

z. 


ifc. 


ffi 


ffi  '&  ^  w 

^  w  ^  ft, 

^  j»  »  m 

Itt  %3  ^,  s 

5  #f  ME  j&j 

ffi  ll  §  Sfr 

S  S  A  ffi 

fi,  ^  ^  |0J 


M 
rfi 


* 

it 


Id. 


R 


a 

I  I— 

J-L 


:.  IE, 


Tfj 
fli 

I  .  V. 

TU 

* 


Jtfc 


» 


/  ^3^** 

2      ~F"      "fcN 

^,    >T     ^T 


, 
ift 


n: 
iti 


flo   ^   *, 


»—  ™^^v 

tS.  TTT        I II 

^  pj    m 

••    i  syC 

%%  %t.  A. 


M 


Jit 


tt. 


209 


f»     H-       PF       ' 


i 


« 
PI 


/i 


^^•-^ 

n 

if 


A 


ft, 


S       £§      >\&      5&      '& 

ItJ  o      PR  A  M^c 


Ic  ^ 

Wn    rffi  ^J  A  + 

m  j*  ^  a-  ^  B 

A  s  HI.  «  «,  « 


Jt'J 


^ 


tr 


W 


ffri 


s  ^  ^ 

S   t^4  i 


/O       ^Ii 

fS   * 


x*     ^    ?A      A 

/C_      Tg^     ^^t       yv 

P.  M    W   * 


Z 


•>       A       ijj      ~fc/>      -j-' 
<-    A    J^l    /^     5^c 


IBI 


•  T  -~ 

-J-<> 


t>r 


^    rff 


T'j 

A 

>!=• 

m 


ffl. 


rTn 


A 


itt 


' 


^    Jt    ffn 


.^^  ^v^X 

fl.  ±  Jit 

H'J    Mi   ± 


210 


m 


16 


ffl 
M 

Z 
W 


T 


JB 


?l°  ^    £   If   Z 

11,  #  JB  a  Ik  If- 

s  itt  §  £  fE  ft 


$5 


f?  Jl 


^ 


T.  is  st  -K 
?«  *  *  i 


itt 


M'J 


A 

•a 


^Ii  *"  *^  /^l>  • — r~ * 

?i   ^c   ^    rfii 
Po  A    —   S« 


f      uo      St     ^u 

P  '-t   it   3 

a  ii  z>z  % 


a 


HI 


ffii  »?  ft 


HIJ 


ra 


« 

V 

Jit 


J: 

Jit 


^/.  IB  ''ft  3t  ii. 
@   IEU  "S  fi|  « 


^  •*  • 

* 


JC 

E 


i  a 

fi    It 
fe    ^ 


JS 


i.  m 

;     HA 


211 


INDEX   TO    NOTES. 


An-ch'ah-xt  $'£  %%  ££ 
An-kuan-x'i-iien  %t  ^|  ^p  $% 
Ancestors,  Reviling  a  man's 

Bannermen  ... 

Page 
89 
79 
58 

143 
90 

44 
7 
129 
123 
24 
164 
138 
136 
24 
138 
2 

164 
110 
7 
7") 
75 
ll<> 
78 
74 

81 
81 
79 
80 

89 

17 
•> 

13,44 
16 

16,  17 
1C. 
of! 
127 

13 
53 
121 

9 
136 

chto  '-m 

Page. 
162 
63 
21 
79 
97 
13 
10 

16 
54 

42 
81 
18 
7.5 
143 

164 

7 

89 

19 
67 
32 

1 

3 

12 
137 
89 
119 

78 
100 
90 
138 
161 
SI 
117 

LSI 
60 

71 
172 
143 

Cheo-li  Jg)  jp3           
Ch'eofk       

Chi  J3  emphasizing  superlative  ... 
Chi  H 

Barriers  along  Chinese  streets 
Bible  References  :  — 
Genesis  iii.  19 
iv.    6           
xl.  19            
Deuteronomy  xiii.  6 
2  Kings  xxiv.  16 
Jobxxiv.  16  R.  V  
Psalm  vii.  1,1.  16       
,,      x.  9      
,,      Ixxxiv.  9         
Daniel  vi.  24  ...         
Matt.  vi.  11   
vi.  20     . 

Chi-  it  ^  JA  ... 

Lhi-Ji(  $[]  /ff 
Ch'i  &£ 

Ch'ih-fiaini  H||  k§    ... 
Choi,  yg        

Chong-uen  ty  jt 
Ch'ong-Jciiin  5t  5--- 
Chit-)i(-n-Jco»f/  fa  X  ^x 
Chu-fang  Jilt  P/5 
Ch'u-fenJ&ft        
Ch'iih-mith  fjj  -^    
Ch'uh-lai  {Ii  2£       
Ch'uang-liang-tih    $&%•&}} 
Ch'uang-tsiang-tih   1   {$?  $J  /' 
Clansmen,  Wlio  are  reckoned  to  be 
Classics,  The  Chinese        
Coming  of  age         

Elevation  of  Characters  on  page  ... 
Emphatic  expressions  of  three  or 
four  characters   ... 
Engagement  of  servants    
Evidence  extorted  by  torture 
Exposure  of  decapitated  heads   ... 
Expounding  of  Sacred  Edict 

Fan  *\. 

Luke   xv.   18             
Acts  xxviii.  4 
Romans  i.  22 
Ephesians  iv.  17.  18 
1  Peter  iii.  7 
Buddha         

Buddhist  celibacy  of  clergy 
,,         feasts   of    1st,    7th   and 
10th  months         
Buddhist  masses     ... 
,,         nunneries 
,,          resorts  and  pilgrimages 

Capital  offences,  Trial  of  
Capital  punishment,  Varieties  of 
Ch'a-faii  2£  |g    =    food 
Ch«'  |jf  used  to  emphasize  a  sub 
ject...                                             o 

Fan  ^-T_, 

Fan-it  ;JQ  ^ 
Fan-txo  J51  ^ 
/*««//  ^|  (in  Chinese  Yamen) 
Fang-ien-k'eo  JJC  -Ifj  p 
Fate,  Chinese  belief  in 
Feng-ch'eng  ^  7^c  ... 

/•'•  lltf-tHI  -III/    |.j     |^ 

Funeral  recjuisites  ... 
<  -nlden  Age  ... 

—  chir  iainj  jg  £{• 

Chain/  <5t 

Ch'an</  flf  before  another  verb    ... 

Ch'amj  ijb,  Different  uses  of 
Ch'aitt/-fi«i  p|  gfc     
Ch'ao-iiao  oj;  (,'{,] 
Cheh  ffi  =  to  discount 
Chein/  Jf 

C\eny-kin'j  ]f  jf^    ... 

(y/l'6/^      rj£ 

Government,  Chinese  theory  of   143. 
,,             Present  dynasty    ... 

'rl  €nff~t#i    -1?-    -%• 

213 


Han  $f  dynasty       ...... 

HTI  -;  ---in  order  that 
Happiness,  Chinese  idea  of 
Heo-pok&it         ..... 

7/o-rA'aw.f/  ...... 


.nixiliary  ,  . 
~ 


Jf 


aani/ 


41  U* 


/A-Vr//  pjj  —  extension  of  time 
Hsien-mao-hs&eh  $fc  *£  jfiL 
V/-  -'iiKj-ch'i  ft  ih        ...... 

ffsii-ften  fr'f 


II  ii -k  (iii  n  if 


Ih-kitn  —  ^  applying  to  two  sub 
jects  ...         ... 

Ih-/iang-u-ts'ien  — •  {"ff  3J.  £3?  ••• 
lao  JH,  implying  supposition  ... 
Ino  5|  =  to  get  by  overpersuading 
Idolatrous  processions  in  rivalry 

li  •& 

It  ffi 

Immortals 

I),   <j\  =  chaoffi 
In-kong  fe  3j] 
lit  -iany   $*$jj 
Interest,  Legal  rate  of 
fonjjKAengr  p|i  ]£  The  Emperor 
r«  %  implying  supposition 


Page 

67 
38 

121 
24 
56 
90 
24 
3 
J!) 
81 
29 

29,  32 
89 
1 

151 
32 
91 
80 

165 
45 
2,  12 

138 
6 

50 
16 

1,  44 
55 
4 

104 
55 

6,  8,  9,  15,  57 
1 

76 
18 
35 
91 

...       126 
1 

5 
166 


Kai  3%  =  fated  to  be 
Kan-hong  choh-iien  or  k'ien 


12,  127 


Kan-tan  JH"  JJIIt 

A''riH  /fi^to  think,  to  estimate 

h'i(t.it<i-h*i  $£  £'£  The  Kmperor 

Kao-fheo  jg,  ^f- 

K'ao-ch't.nfj  3g  !$   ... 


A*'co  p  =  person 
Ki-H'htilft 

Kt-kiao  St 
Ki-t^hi  m 
K'l-lni  %L 
K'i-l:'H<j  ^G  |£ 

f  A''/- 


Kl-J'fh 


A"/-/ 
A-7  ^  =  as  to 
Kih  2i  =  in  reference  to 
Ajfaflo 

Kiu-rti(ui<j  |jt  Jl 
' 


Jjt  A 


to 

...       123 

29,  138 

1 

97 

152,  153 

159 

23 

...       119 

24 

27 

7 

165 

...       143 

...       119 

57 

...        149 

48 

145 

156 


Page. 

Kiah  #c        95 

Kianij-klu^^       ...          50 

Ki<ui<i-nan  *£    ]|}    ...          ...          ...         45 

K'iang-pien  5H$$  K'iaity-tx'}  J§S  gf      142 
Kiao-kiian  ^1^"      ...         ...         ...         67 

Kiao  Z:\-,  sign  of  passive     ...          ...         73 

Kitn  ^,  sign  of  passive     ...         ...  11,  34 

Kli-u  Q,  introducing  new  subject         32 
Kitn-Kh'ih  ^  |Jij        ...          ...          ...         35 

K'iiuj-ho^ft          24 

Eiph-hsia  (J  "f       ...         '..'.        ...        80 

Kiu-hua-shan  fa  lp  ]Jj      ...         ...        7S 

K'in-ii  ^  p||  ...          .  .         ...       154 

X"ttt-ren-te'tnj7  &  A  1f     96 

Ao  P,  to  express  uniqueness       ...         73 

K'o-Uah  ft  Efi        33,  68 

K'o-xh'i  "pj"  Q 

Koh  %?  used  with  xiaii<j  ^ 


Kong-ih-ko-ts'l-t'ang  *-  — 
z{|  ffjj 


Ku  -huen-tsieh 

Kit-mi.  J     X 


Kuen-cheh 
Kiien-kua 
Ktiin-txl  j 


La-la-ch'ce-ch'ai-tih  g  JJ  £ 
/,a/^$  ......  A"w  i 

Lao-*!  3£  filp  or  lao-kiao 


Li-ch'an.  jpg  ^ 
Liang-hn  p^"  ^       '. 
LiaiKj-fciaiig  ffi  Jl 
Liang-tsuen-hoh-fuh 


127 
45 
75 
19 
17 
25/> 

33 
66 
34 
68. 

70,  81 


fli]        31 

6,103- 

...         67 

95- 

59,  100 

81 

45 

...         45 


Lien-k'i  $$  ^          ...          ...         ... 

Lien-tan  ^  ^-         ......... 

Ling-ch'i  )^  jg       ...         ...... 

Litigation  commenced  under  false 

name          ...         ...         ...         ... 

Litigation,  First  step  in  commenc 

ing  ............... 

Liu  fa          ...         ......... 

Liver,  Chinese  idea  of       ...         ... 

Lomj  f|  and  ftmj  ^         ...... 

Long-hua-huei  t|  ^  ^     •••         ••• 

Long-in-hu-aiao  ft  ft  &  &        ... 
Luh-ch'nh  ^  *     ......... 

Luen-hitei  i^g  ^  ...  ...  ... 

Mai-mai-puh-lcien-mitn     Tf  jef  ^\ 


Male  issue,  Importance  of 
Manchus       ...... 


Men-p'ai  f^  Rf 

J/?'e»t  jgf        

Ming-Hill   ^  j^ 

Monastic  establishments 
J/«A  J5  for  muh-iu  $.  7 


24,  96 
76- 
75 
17 

135- 

13S 

39 

123 

78 

^^ 
75 

77 


143 

5 

157 

24 
117 

79 


214 


Nn 


jYa-w  Up  4g?=all  sorts  of  ...... 

Names  used  by  Chinese,  Various 
kinds  of    ......... 

Nan-t'au<)  ^  )g  dynasty 
Neighbours'  mutual  responsibility 
Ni  ffi  instead  of  t'a  jfa      ...... 

Nifn-fith  ^  f|J        ...  ...         "... 

Night,  Idol  worship  by    ... 
Ning-kto...puh-tfo  $£  "gj...^  1$  ••• 
Nu-ts'ai  yiH'        ......... 

Nid-tan   ft  ft 

Numerary  adjunct  after  noun     ... 

O  ft=o-mtn  %  ff9 


O-mi-f'o-ftih  Pnj  $  P£ 
Official  responsibility 


Pa  ft 
Pa-rh't  ft! 

PaA-/t';  A 

Pai-fcia-tih 


Pao-tan  $}  JJL,  pao-fang 
Pao-kiah-k&h  &  Ep'  ffi 

Papacy,  The 
Parallelism  of  phrases 
Peh-chih  ^b  fi. 
Peh-lien-Jeiao  Q  j|^  ^ 

Peh-xh'ih  T5  + 


Pew 


P«»  •    •    .  7NO/I  TIC  .   •    •    3ft       ... 

Percentage,  how  reckoned 
P*e»  f£=tottf  ft    ...... 


PttA-cAf£-tj'ie»]  yjs  na  jg    ... 
Pith-teh  xheo  ionrj  ^  ^.g.  §£  ^j 

Praying  for  rain,  Official 

Presents  given  to  show  respect   ... 

Re-marriage  induced  by  pressure 
Ren  A  =  others       ... 

R*n-Huang-tm  j£ty     

J>"  tfl   and   roh   ^    preceded   by 
negative    ... 

Sacred  Edict,  Expounding  of      ... 

Sacrifice  to  parents 

Xh<v  ti(=a  general  reprieve 


Papc 

13 

8 
59 

66 

23 

145 

7 

74 

78 

59 
144 

75 
100 

14,  31 

58 

74 

158 

2,  80 

40 
143 

15 

81 

33 
156 

85 
7 

45 

91 

23 

90 
158 
110 

46 

32 
4 

17,  22 
122 

11 

49 

21 
154 

24 

135 

5 
87 
1 

Q 


_t  jft 


Skang-iien  _     TC 
SJumg-t'ien  _t  ^    ... 

Mi>n-mo  &  )gj  =  all  kinds  of 


119 
32 
91 
78 

111 
19 

4,  44 
81 

110 


ift-ii  kuang-hs&in  ch'ih-kiai  gg  fjj£ 


ffheo-nien-tih-k&eh 


Kh'i-ien  ^  "g  nh'i=c 
Shlh-kia-chang  -j- 


Hhoh-ch'mir/-tnan   f 
Shoh-hua^^ 
Shoh-st-to-te'ien  * 


Shui-t'n  7^ 

Shiten-rhi.  The  Emperor    . 

**?»?•>«* 
Sih-fuh  fg 


Sl-shu-u-king  119 


HI. 


... 

Siao-kong  /]•» 
Siao-ren  /]•>  A 


......... 

*S'o??f/  5J5  dynasty      ......... 

Style  of  addressing  throne 
Style  of  requesting  superiors 
Stt:/an00fcJ5p          ......... 

Suicide  in  consequence  of  a  quarrel  32, 
Supposition  often  implied 


I 

22 
97 
83 
135 
105 
145 
135 
8 
12 
66 
127 
90 
99 
145 
Q7 
121 
90 
42 
67 
>,  56 

27 
81 
33 

136 
66 

144 

122 
19 

173 
4 


Ta-hsioh  ^  J^ 

Ta-konrj  Jt  ijj         .....  : 

Ta-fxo  ^J  ^ 

T'a  {&  for  fa-men  •ffi  f?9 

T'ai-xhco  ft  ^p 

Tan  -ft  kin  -fan  $*  ft 

Tan-tang-ahl-tao  H  »  "fi  J| 


T'ang  J3f  dynasty  ... 
Tao-rcn  jg  A 

roo-«^ii 

Taoist  deities 
Taxes,  Collection  of 
Temple  name  miao-hao 
7V?)  .7  ^=  etc. 


Tien  j&  ... 
Tfien-chu-kioo 
T'ien-hria  3^  "F 


76 
5 

67 
75 
65 

15,  49 
29 
23 
74 

2 

76 

153 

1 
20 

5 
156 

4 
85 
90 
85 

1 


._1,2,  11,13,  37,  38,  126,  163 
28 
and 

70 
126 


Titles    common   to    military 
literary  graduates 


215 


Tony  "&  ...  •• 
Ts'ai-hao 


T«l-hao 


sign  of  past  tense 


Ts'ien    -=f   ...    waw 


T«'in  & 
Tx'iti-tx'ih  % 
'I'*' in- fang   % 
Tx'ing-ch'ao 

fn  j(  - 

Ts'ing-txiu  f 


rase. 

21 

12,  47,  117 

...  11,  57 

21 


3, : 

"/' 


Tuiu-sM-liao  j|jJt 
Txiu-*ih  j@  fig 
T--iu-rtth-p'e)i?:/-iu 
T.so  figc     to  l>e 
T»o-ttien-hxia  -^ 


156 
5 

'|«2 

54 
167 
119 
111 
15 

3,  53 

12 

135 

20,  95 

33 

11,  43 

81 

19 

1 

175 


8,  14,  29,  42,  57 
59 


* 


Tttong-kia  ^ 


1 

30 
19 


77*f//<  Jj£ 

'/;«  SP 

Titan  $£ 
T'lioi.t'ien 


high  handedly 
V-ch'any  3E  ^ 

tV«A  rltHR 
V-Iuen  HI  ^ 
V-nei-JHao  $&  '$j  %}(. 


U-ISi  ...  p«A-rw_||  15 
ff-lan-huei  3 


U-huan</  ^  ^ 

f-Tai  ^|.  applied  to  relatives 

Van-ih  m—  


Ven-rhaii!/  ^C  ^ 
Veii-t#ui  Po5  ft 
Ven-ii  "$£.  iS; 
&en-tsing-toh-li  M.  ffi  $.f$. 

Wards  in  a  Chinese  City  . 
Well-off,  Chinese  idea  of  being   .. 
Widow  compelled  to  re-marry 
Wife,  Choice  of  a  ... 
Women  and  Confucianism 


rage. 

19 

10,  58,  112 
16 

...       156 
...       115 

66 
71 

27 


91 

7.2 
58 
78 
78 
79 
17 

152 
94 
11 
68 
84 
70 

175 


156 

62 

135 

3 

116 


Yamcns,  Departments  in  Chinese        161 


216